Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Navy Training Activities Conducted Within the Northwest Training Range Complex, 33828-33900 [E9-16301]
Download as PDF
33828
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
NMFS will accept anonymous
comments (enter N/A in the required
fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe
PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie
Harrison, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, (301) 713–2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 218
[Docket No. 0906101030–91038–01]
RIN 0648–AX88
Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; Navy Training Activities
Conducted Within the Northwest
Training Range Complex
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request
from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to training activities
conducted in the Northwest Training
Range Complex (NWTRC), off the coasts
of Washington, Oregon, and northern
California, for the period of February
2010 through February 2015 (updated
from initial request for October 2009
through September 2014). Pursuant to
the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is proposing
regulations to govern that take and
requesting information, suggestions, and
comments on these proposed
regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than August 12,
2009.
You may submit comments,
identified by 0648–AX88, by any one of
the following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Hand delivery or mailing of paper,
disk, or CD–ROM comments should be
addressed to Michael Payne, Chief,
Permits, Conservation and Education
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910–3225.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
ADDRESSES:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Availability
A copy of the Navy’s application may
be obtained by writing to the address
specified above (See ADDRESSES),
telephoning the contact listed above (see
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or
visiting the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications. The
Navy’s Draft Environmental Impact
Statement (DEIS) for NWTRC was
published on December 29 2008, and
may be viewed at https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications. NMFS is
participating in the development of the
Navy’s EIS as a cooperating agency
under NEPA.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary)
to allow, upon request, the incidental,
but not intentional taking of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage
in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) during periods of
not more than five consecutive years
each if certain findings are made and
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if
NMFS finds that the taking will have a
negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of the
species or stock(s) for subsistence uses,
and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the
mitigation, monitoring and reporting of
such taking are set forth. NMFS has
defined ‘‘negligible impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as:
‘‘An impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected
to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
The National Defense Authorization
Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 108–136)
modified the MMPA by removing the
‘‘small numbers’’ and ‘‘specified
geographical region’’ limitations and
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
amended the definition of ‘‘harassment’’
as it applies to a ‘‘military readiness
activity’’ to read as follows (Section
3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) Any act that injures or has the
significant potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
[Level A Harassment]; or
(ii) Any act that disturbs or is likely to
disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,
breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point
where such behavioral patterns are
abandoned or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
In January 2009, the Council on
Environmental Quality requested that
NOAA conduct a comprehensive review
of the Navy’s mitigation measures
applicable to the use of sonar in it’s
training activities.
Summary of Request
In September 2008, NMFS received an
application from the Navy requesting
authorization for the take of individuals
of 26 species of marine mammals
incidental to upcoming Navy training
activities to be conducted within the
NWTRC, which extends west to 250
nautical miles (nm) (463 kilometers
[km]) beyond the coast of Northern
California, Oregon, and Washington and
east to Idaho and encompasses 122,400
nm2 (420,163 km2) of surface/subsurface
ocean operating areas. These training
activities are military readiness
activities under the provisions of the
NDAA. The Navy states, and NMFS
concurs, that these military readiness
activities may incidentally take marine
mammals present within the NWTRC by
exposing them to sound from midfrequency or high frequency active
sonar (MFAS/HFAS) or underwater
detonations. The Navy requests
authorization to take individuals of 26
species of marine mammals by Level B
Harassment and 14 individuals of 10
species by Level A Harassment. The
Navy’s model, which did not factor in
any potential benefits of mitigation
measures, predicted that 14 individual
marine mammals would be exposed to
levels of sound or pressure that would
result in injury; thus, NMFS is
proposing to authorize the take, by
Level A Harassment of 14 individuals.
However, NMFS and the Navy have
determined preliminarily that injury can
be avoided through the implementation
of the Navy’s proposed mitigation
measures. NMFS neither anticipates,
nor does it propose to authorize
mortality of marine mammals incidental
to naval exercises in the NWTRC.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Background of Request
The Navy’s mission is to maintain,
train, and equip combat-ready naval
forces capable of winning wars,
deterring aggression, and maintaining
freedom of the seas. Section 5062 of
Title 10 of the United States Code
directs the Chief of Naval Operations to
train all naval forces for combat. The
Chief of Naval Operations meets that
direction, in part, by conducting at-sea
training exercises and ensuring naval
forces have access to ranges, operating
areas (OPAREAs) and airspace where
they can develop and maintain skills for
wartime missions and conduct research,
development, testing, and evaluation
(RDT&E) of naval weapons systems.
The proposed action would result in
selectively focused, but critical
enhancements and increases in training
that are necessary for the Navy to
maintain a state of military readiness
commensurate with the national defense
mission. The Navy proposes to
implement actions within the NWTRC
to:
• Conduct training and Unmanned
Aerial Systems (UAS) RDT&E activities
of the same types as currently
conducted, but also;
• Increase training activities from
current levels as necessary in support of
the Fleet Response Training Plan
(FRTP);
• Accommodate force structure
changes (new platforms and weapons
systems); and
• Implement range enhancements
associated with the NWTRC.
The proposed action would result in
the following increases (above those
conducted in previous years, i.e., the No
Action Alternative in the Navy’s DEIS)
in activities:
• Antisubmarine Warfare—10%
increase.
• Gunnery Exercises—100% increase
(increased from 90 to 176 events).
• Bombing Exercises—25% increase
(increased from 24 to 30 sorties).
• Sinking Exercises—100% increase
(increased from 1 to 2 exercises).
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Overview of the NWTRC
The U.S. Navy has been training and
operating in the area now defined as the
NWTRC for over 60 years. The NWTRC
includes ranges and airspace that extend
west to 250 nm (463 km) beyond the
coast of Northern California, Oregon,
and Washington and east to Idaho. The
components of the NWTRC encompass
122,461 nm2 (420,163 km2) of surface/
subsurface ocean operating areas
(OPAREAs), 46,048 nm2 (157,928 km2)
of special use airspace (SUA), and 875
acres (354 hectares) of land. For range
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
management and scheduling purposes,
the NWTRC is divided into numerous
sub-component ranges or training areas
used to conduct training and RDT&E of
military hardware, personnel, tactics,
munitions, explosives, and electronic
combat systems, as described in detail
in the NWTRC DEIS. As the take of
marine mammals is inherently tied to
the surface/subsurface OPAREAs of the
NWTRC, only those areas are discussed
in more detail below.
The LOA application includes
graphics (Figures 1–1, 2–1, and 2–2) that
depict the sea, undersea, and air spaces
used by the Navy. To aid in the
description of the range complexes that
will be addressed in this proposed rule,
the ranges are divided into three major
geographic and functional subdivisions.
Each of the depicted individual ranges
falls into one of these three major range
subdivisions:
The Offshore Area—The Pacific
Northwest (PACNW) OPAREA (same
footprint as Offshore Area) serves as
maneuver water space for ships and
submarines to conduct training and to
use as transit lanes. It extends from the
Strait of Juan de Fuca in the north, to
approximately 50 nm (93 km) south of
Eureka, California in the south, and
from the coast line of Washington,
Oregon, and California westward to 130°
W. longitude. The PACNW OPAREA is
approximately 510 nm (945 km) in
length from the northern boundary to
the southern boundary, and 250 nm
(463 km) from the coastline to the
western boundary at 130° W longitude.
Total surface area of the PACNW
OPAREA is 122,400 nm2 (420,163 km2).
Commander Submarine Force, U.S.
Pacific Fleet (COMSUBPAC) Pearl
Harbor manages this water space as
transit lanes for U.S. submarines. While
the sea space is ample for all levels of
Navy training, no infrastructure is
currently in place to support training.
There are no dedicated training
frequencies, no permanent
instrumentation, no meteorological and
oceanographic activities (METOC)
system, and no Opposition Forces
(OPFOR) or Electronic Combat (EC)
target systems. In this region of the
Pacific Ocean, storms and high sea
states can create challenges to surface
ship training between October and
April. In addition, strong undersea
currents in the PACNW make it difficult
to place permanent bottom-mounted
instrumentation such as hydrophones.
The Offshore Area undersea space lies
beneath the PACNW OPAREA as
described above. The bathymetry chart
depicts a 100-fathom (182-m) curve
parallel to the coastline approximately
12 nm (22 km) to sea, and in places 20
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33829
nm (37 km) out to sea. The area of
deeper water of more than 100 fathoms
(182 m) is calculated to be
approximately 115,800 nm2 (397,194
km2), while the shallow water area of
less than 100 fathoms (600 ft, 182 m) is
all near shore and amounts to
approximately 6,600 nm2 (22,638 km2).
The Inshore Area—This area includes
all sea and undersea ranges and
OPAREAs inland of the coastline,
including Puget Sound. This area is
composed of approximately 61 nm2 of
surface and subsurface area. NWTRC
Inshore Areas include land ranges,
airspace, and two surface/subsurface
restricted areas—Navy 7 and 3.
Activities conducted in each of these
areas are not expected to take marine
mammals, as defined by the MMPA and
therefore, and will not be discussed
further in this proposed rule. Also
included in the Inshore Area, Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD) Ranges are
land, sea, and undersea ranges used by
NSW and EOD forces specifically for
EOD training and are composed of
approximately 0.4 nm2 of surface and
subsurface area within the area
identified as the Inshore Area. EOD
units located in the NWTRC conduct
underwater detonations as part of mine
countermeasure training. This training
is conducted at one of three locations:
Crescent Harbor Underwater EOD
Range, offshore from the Seaplane Base
at Naval Air Station Whidbey Island; at
the Floral Point Underwater EOD Range,
located in Hood Canal near NAVBASE
Kitsap-Bangor; and the Indian Island
Underwater EOD Range, adjacent to
Indian Island.
Description of Specified Activities
As mentioned above, the Navy has
requested MMPA authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to training
activities in the NWTRC that would
result in the generation of sound or
pressure waves in the water at or above
levels that NMFS has determined will
likely result in take (see Acoustic Take
Criteria Section), either through the use
of MFAS/HFAS or the detonation of
explosives in the water. These activities
are discussed in the subsections below.
In addition to use of active sonar
sources and explosives, these activities
include the operation and movement of
vessels that are necessary to conduct the
training, and the effects of this part of
the activities are also analyzed in this
document.
The Navy’s application also briefly
summarizes Anti-Air Warfare Training,
Naval Special Warfare Training and
Support Operations; however, these
activities are primarily land and air
based and do not utilize sound sources
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33830
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
or explosives for the portions that are in
the water and, therefore, no take of
marine mammals is anticipated from
these activities and they are not
discussed further.
Activities Utilizing Active Sonar
Sources
For the NWTRC, the training activities
that utilize active tactical sonar sources
fall primarily into the category of Antisubmarine Warfare (ASW) exercises
(MFAS/HFAS is also used in the mine
avoidance exercises, which are
considered Mine Warfare Training
(MIW) activities; however, it is in such
a small amount that impacts to marine
mammals are minimal). This section
includes a description of ASW, the
active acoustic devices used in ASW
exercises, and the exercise types in
which these acoustic sources are used.
Of note, the use of MFAS/HFAS in the
NWTRC is minimal as compared to
previous rules issued by NMFS
(approximately 110 hours annual use of
the most powerful surface vessel sonar
versus approximately 2,500 hours
annual use of AN/SQS–53C and AN/
SQS–56C sonar in the Southern
California Range Complex), does not
include major exercises that involve the
use of more than one surface vessel
MFAS (AN/SQS–53C or AN/SQS–56C)
at a time, and will not occur in the
inshore area (i.e., inland from the mouth
of the Strait of Juan de Fuca).
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
ASW Training and Active Sonar
ASW involves helicopter and sea
control aircraft, ships, and submarines,
operating alone or in combination, to
locate, track, and neutralize submarines.
Various types of active and passive
sonars are used by the Navy to
determine water depth, locate mines,
and identify, track, and target
submarines. Passive sonar ‘‘listens’’ for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
sound waves by using underwater
microphones, called hydrophones,
which receive, amplify and process
underwater sounds. No sound is
introduced into the water when using
passive sonar. Passive sonar can
indicate the presence, character and
movement of submarines. However,
passive sonar provides only a bearing
(direction) to a sound-emitting source; it
does not provide an accurate range
(distance) to the source. Also, passive
sonar relies on the underwater target
itself to provide sufficient sound to be
detected by hydrophones. Active sonar
is needed to locate objects that emit
little or no noise (such as mines or
diesel-electric submarines operating in
electric mode) and to establish both
bearing and range to the detected
contact.
Active sonar transmits pulses of
sound that travel through the water,
reflect off objects and return to a
receiver. By knowing the speed of sound
in water and the time taken for the
sound wave to travel to the object and
back, active sonar systems can quickly
calculate direction and distance from
the sonar platform to the underwater
object. There are three types of active
sonar: low frequency, mid-frequency,
and high-frequency.
LFA sonar is not presently utilized in
the NWTRC, and is not part of the
Proposed Action.
MFAS, as defined in the Navy’s
NWTRC LOA application, operates
between 1 and 10 kHz, with detection
ranges up to 10 nm (19 km). Because of
this detection ranging capability, MFAS
is the Navy’s primary tool for
conducting ASW. Many ASW
experiments and exercises have
demonstrated that this improved
capability for long range detection of
adversary submarines before they are
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
able to conduct an attack is essential to
U.S. ship survivability. Today, ASW is
the Navy’s number one war-fighting
priority. Navies across the world utilize
modern, quiet, diesel-electric
submarines that pose the primary threat
to the U.S. Navy’s ability to perform a
number of critical missions. Extensive
training is necessary if Sailors, ships,
and strike groups are to gain proficiency
in using MFAS. If a strike group does
not demonstrate MFAS proficiency, it
cannot be certified as combat ready.
HFAS, as defined in the Navy’s
NWTRC LOA application, operates at
frequencies greater than 10 kilohertz
(kHz). At higher acoustic frequencies,
sound rapidly dissipates in the ocean
environment, resulting in short
detection ranges, typically less than five
nm (9 km). High-frequency sonar is used
primarily for determining water depth,
hunting mines and guiding torpedoes.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW
Exercises in the NWTRC
Modern sonar technology has
developed a multitude of sonar sensor
and processing systems. In concept, the
simplest active sonars emit omnidirectional pulses (‘‘pings’’) and time
the arrival of the reflected echoes from
the target object to determine range.
More sophisticated active sonar emits
an omni-directional ping and then
rapidly scans a steered receiving beam
to provide directional, as well as range,
information. More advanced active
sonars transmit multiple preformed
beams, listening to echoes from several
directions simultaneously and
providing efficient detection of both
direction and range. The types of active
sonar sources employed during ASW
active sonar training exercises in the
NWTRC are identified in Table 1.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
ASW sonar systems are deployed
from certain classes of surface ships,
submarines, and fixed-wing maritime
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
patrol aircraft (MPA). Maritime patrol
aircraft is a category of fixed-wing
aircraft that includes the current P–3C
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33831
Orion, and the future P–8 Poseidon
multimission maritime aircraft. No ASW
helicopters train in the NWTRC. The
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.140
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33832
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
surface ships used are typically
equipped with hull-mounted sonars
(passive and active) for the detection of
submarines. Fixed-wing MPA are used
to deploy both active and passive
sonobuoys to assist in locating and
tracking submarines or ASW targets
during the exercise. Submarines are
equipped with passive sonar sensors
used to locate and prosecute other
submarines and/or surface ships during
the exercise. The platforms used in
ASW exercises are identified below.
Surface Ship Sonars—A variety of
surface ships participate in training
events. Of the ships that operate in the
NWTRC, only two classes employ
MFAS: the Fast Frigate (FFG) and the
Guided Missile Destroyer (DDG). These
two classes of ship are equipped with
active as well as passive tactical sonars
for mine avoidance and submarine
detection and tracking. DDG class ships
are equipped with the AN/SQS–53C
sonar system (the most powerful
system), with a nominal source level of
235 decibels (dB) re 1 μPa @ 1 m. The
FFG class ship uses the SQS–56 sonar
system, with a nominal source level of
225 decibels (dB) re 1 μPa @ 1 m. Sonar
ping transmission durations were
modeled as lasting 1 second per ping
and omni-directional, which is a
conservative assumption that will
overestimate potential effects. Actual
ping durations will be less than 1
second. The AN/SQS–53C hullmounted sonar transmits at a center
frequency of 3.5 kHz. The SQS–56
transmits at a center frequency of 7.5
kHz. Details concerning the tactical use
of specific frequencies and the
repetition rate for the sonar pings is
classified but was modeled based on the
required tactical training setting.
Submarine Sonars—Submarine active
sonars are not used for ASW training in
the NWTRC. However, the AN/BQS–15
sonar would be used for mine detection
training. The AN/BQS–15, installed on
guided missile nuclear submarines
(SSGN) and fast attack nuclear
submarines (SSN), uses high frequency
(> 10 kHz) active sonar to locate mine
shapes. A total of seven mine avoidance
exercises would take place annually in
the NWTRC. Each exercise would last
six hours, for a total of 42 hours
annually.
Aircraft Sonar Systems—Sonobuoys
are the only aircraft sonar systems that
would operate in the NWTRC.
Sonobuoys are deployed by MPAs and
are expendable devices used for the
detection of submarines. Most
sonobuoys are passive, but some can
generate active acoustic signals, as well
as listen passively. During ASW
training, these systems’ active modes are
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
used for localization of contacts and are
not typically used in primary search
capacity. The AN/SSQ–62 Directional
Command Activated Sonobuoy System
(DICASS) is the only MFAS sonobuoy
used in the NWTRC. Because no ASW
helicopters train in the NWTRC, no
dipping sonar system is carried forward
for any further analysis of effects.
Extended Echo Ranging and Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (EER/IEER)
Systems—EER/IEER are airborne ASW
systems used to conduct ‘‘large area’’
searches for submarines. These systems
are made up of airborne avionics ASW
acoustic processing and sonobuoy types
that are deployed in pairs. The EER/
IEER System’s active sonobuoy
component, the AN/SSQ–110A
Sonobuoy, generates an explosive sound
impulse and a passive sonobuoy
(ADAR, AN/SSQ–101A) would ‘‘listen’’
for the return echo that has been
bounced off the surface of a submarine.
These sonobuoys are designed to
provide underwater acoustic data
necessary for naval aircrews to quickly
and accurately detect submerged
submarines. The sonobuoy pairs are
dropped from a maritime patrol aircraft
into the ocean in a predetermined
pattern with a few buoys covering a very
large area. The AN/SSQ–110A
Sonobuoy Series is an expendable and
commandable sonobuoy. Upon
command from the aircraft, the
explosive charge would detonate,
creating the sound impulse. Within the
sonobuoy pattern, only one detonation
is commanded at a time. Twelve to
twenty SSQ–110A source sonobuoys are
used in a typical exercise. Both charges
of each sonobuoy would be detonated
during the course of the training, either
tactically to locate the submarine, or
when the sonobuoys are commanded to
scuttle at the conclusion of the exercise.
The AN/SSQ–110A is listed in this table
because it functions like a sonar ping,
however, the source creates an
explosive detonation and its effects are
considered in the underwater explosive
section.
Advanced Extended Echo Ranging
(AEER) System—The proposed AEER
system is operationally similar to the
existing EER/IEER system. The AEER
system will use the same ADAR
sonobuoy (SSQ–101A) as the acoustic
receiver and will be used for a large area
ASW search capability in both shallow
and deep water. However, instead of
using an explosive AN/SQS–110A as an
impulsive source for the active acoustic
wave, the AEER system will use a
battery powered (electronic) source for
the AN/SSQ 125 sonobuoy. The output
and operational parameters for the AN/
SSQ–125 sonobuoy (source levels,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
frequency, wave forms, etc.) are
classified. However, this sonobuoy is
intended to replace the EER/IEER’s use
of explosives and is scheduled to enter
the fleet in 2011. Acoustic impact
analysis for the AN/SSQ–125 in this
document assumes a similar per-buoy
effect as that modeled for the DICASS
sonobuoy. For purposes of analysis,
replacement of the EER/IEER system by
the AEER system will be assumed to
occur at 25% per year as follows:
2011—25% replacement; 2012—50%
replacement; 2013—75% replacement;
2014—100% replacement with no
further use of the EER/IEER system
beginning in 2015 and beyond.
Torpedoes—Torpedoes are the
primary ASW weapon used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The
guidance systems of these weapons can
be autonomous or electronically
controlled from the launching platform
through an attached wire. The
autonomous guidance systems are
acoustically based. They operate either
passively, exploiting the emitted sound
energy by the target, or actively,
ensonifying the target and using the
received echoes for guidance. The MK–
48 submarine-launched torpedo, used in
its anti-surface ship mode, was modeled
for active sonar transmissions in
Sinking Exercises conducted within the
NWTRC.
Portable Undersea Tracking Range—
The Portable Undersea Tracking Range
(PUTR) has been developed to support
ASW training in areas where the ocean
depth is between 300 ft and 12,000 ft
and at least 3 nm from land. This
proposed project would temporarily
instrument 25-square-mile or smaller
areas on the seafloor, and would
provide high fidelity feedback and
scoring of crew performance during
ASW training activities. When training
is complete, the PUTR equipment
would be recovered. All of the potential
PUTR areas have been used for ASW
training for decades.
No on-shore construction would take
place. Seven electronics packages, each
approximately 3 ft long by 2 ft in
diameter, would be temporarily
installed on the seafloor by a range boat,
in water depths greater than 600 ft. The
anchors used to keep the electronics
packages on the seafloor would be either
concrete or sand bags, approximately
1.5 ft-by-1.5 ft and 300 pounds. Each
package consists of a hydrophone that
receives pinger signals, and a transducer
that sends an acoustic ‘‘uplink’’ of
locating data to the range boat. The
uplink signal is transmitted at 8.8
kilohertz (kHz), 17 kHz, or 40 kHz, at a
source level of 190 decibels (dB). The
Portable Undersea Tracking Range
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
system also incorporates an underwater
voice capability that transmits at 8–11
kHz and a source level of 190 dB. Each
of these packages is powered by a D cell
alkaline battery. After the end of the
battery life, the electronic packages
would be recovered and the anchors
would remain on the seafloor. The Navy
proposes to deploy this system for 3
months of the year (approximately
June–August), and to conduct
TRACKEX activities for 10 days per
month in an area beyond 3 nm from
shore. During each of the 30 days of
annual operation, the PUTR would be in
use for 5 hours each day. No additional
ASW activity is proposed as a result of
PUTR use. Operation of this range
requires that underwater participants
transmit their locations via pingers and
that the receiving transducers transmit
that information the range boat via the
Uplink transmitter (see ‘‘Range Tracking
Pingers’’ and uplink transmitter
‘‘below’’).
Range Tracking Pingers—MK–84
range tracking pingers would be used on
ships, submarines, and ASW targets
when ASW TRACKEX training is
conducted on the PUTR. The MK–84
pinger generates a 12.93 kHz sine wave
in pulses with a maximum duty cycle of
30 milliseconds (3% duty cycle) and has
a design power of 194 dB re 1 microPascal at 1 meter. Although the specific
exercise, and number and type of
participants will determine the number
of pingers in use at any time, a
minimum of one and a maximum of
three pingers would be used for each
ASW training activity. On average, two
pingers would be in use for 3 hours each
during PUTR operational days.
Uplink Transmitters—Each package
consists of a hydrophone that receives
pinger signals, and a transducer that
sends an acoustic ‘‘uplink’’ of locating
data to the range boat. The uplink signal
is transmitted at 8.8 kilohertz (kHz), 17
kHz, or 40 kHz, at a source level of 190
decibels (dB). The Portable Undersea
Tracking Range system also incorporates
an underwater voice capability that
transmits at 8–11 kHz and a source level
of 190 dB. Under the proposed action,
the uplink transmitters would operate
30 days per year, for 5 hours each day
of use. The total time of use would be
150 hours annually.
Exercises Utilizing MFAS in the
NWTRC
ASW Tracking Exercises are the
exercises that primarily utilize MFAS
and HFAS sources in the NWTRC,
although Mine Avoidance MIW
exercises also utilize a less powerful
HFAS source. ASW Tracking Exercise
(TRACKEX) trains aircraft, ship, and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
submarine crews in tactics, techniques,
and procedures for search, detection,
localization, and tracking of submarines
with the goal of determining a firing
solution that could be used to launch a
torpedo and destroy the submarine.
ASW Tracking Exercises occur during
both day and night. A typical unit-level
exercise involves one (1) ASW unit
(aircraft, ship, or submarine) versus one
(1) target—either a MK–39 Expendable
Mobile ASW Training Target (EMATT),
or a live submarine. The target may be
non-evading while operating on a
specified track or fully evasive.
Participating units use active and
passive sensors, including hull-mounted
sonar, towed arrays, and sonobuoys for
tracking. If the exercise continues into
the firing of a practice torpedo it is
termed a Torpedo Exercise (TORPEX).
The ASW TORPEX usually starts as a
TRACKEX to achieve the firing solution.
No torpedoes are fired during ASW
training conducted in the NWTRC. The
exercise types that utilize MFAS/HFAS
are described below and summarized in
Table 2, which also includes a summary
of the exercise types utilizing
explosives.
ASW TRACKEX (Maritime Patrol
Aircraft)—During an ASW TRACKEX
(MPA), a typical scenario would involve
a single MPA dropping sonobuoys, from
an altitude below 3,000 ft (914 m) above
mean sea level (MSL), and sometimes as
low as 400 ft (122 m), into specific
patterns designed for both the
anticipated threat submarine and the
specific water conditions. These
patterns vary in size and coverage area
based on the threat and water
conditions.
Typically, passive sonobuoys will be
used first, so the threat submarine is not
alerted. Active buoys will be used as
required either to locate extremely quiet
submarines, or to further localize and
track submarines previously detected by
passive buoys. A TRACKEX (MPA)
usually takes two to four hours. The
P–8 Multi-mission Maritime Aircraft
(MMA), a modified Boeing 737 that is
the Navy’s replacement for the aging
P–3 Orion aircraft, is a long-range
aircraft that is capable of broad-area,
maritime and littoral activities. As P–8
live training is expected to be
supplemented with virtual training to a
greater degree than P–3 training, P–8
training activities in the NWTRC are
likely to be less numerous than those
currently conducted by P–3 aircraft
crews. P–3 replacement is expected to
begin by 2013. None of the potential
marine mammal impacts associated
with the P–3 aircraft are expected to
differ as a result of the P–3 being
replaced by the MMA.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33833
ASW TRACKEX (EER/IEER or
AEER)—This activity is an at-sea flying
event, typically conducted below 3,000
ft (914 m) MSL, that is designed to train
P–3 crews in the deployment and use of
the EER/IEER (and in the future, AEER)
sonobuoy systems. These systems use
the SSQ–110A as the signal source and
the SSQ–77 (VLAD) as the receiver
buoy. The signal source is a small
explosive charge that detonates
underwater. The SSQ–110A sonobuoy
has two charges, each being
individually detonated during the
exercise. This activity typically lasts six
hours, with one hour for buoy pattern
deployment and five hours for active
search. Between 12 and 20 SSQ–110A
source sonobuoys and approximately 20
SSQ–77 passive sonobuoys are used in
a typical exercise.
ASW TRACKEX (Surface Ship)—In
the PACNW OPAREA, locally based
surface ships do not routinely conduct
ASW Tracking exercises. However,
MFAS is used during ship transits
through the OPAREA. In a typical year,
24 DDG ship transits and 36 FFG
transits will take place, with 1.5 hours
of active sonar use during each transit.
All surface ship MFAS use is
documented in this training activity
description. 10% of surface ship MFAS
used in NWTRC is training associated
with the PUTR.
ASW TRACKEX (Submarine)—ASW
TRACKEX is a primary training exercise
for locally based submarines. Training is
conducted within the NWTRC and
involves aircraft approximately 30% of
the time. Training events in which
aircraft are used typically last 8 to 12
hours. During these activities
submarines use passive sonar sensors to
search, detect, classify, localize and
track the threat submarine with the goal
of developing a firing solution that
could be used to launch a torpedo and
destroy the threat submarine. However,
no torpedoes are fired during this
training activity. All submarine ASW
TRACKEX conducted in the NWTRC is
passive only; therefore, these activities
are not carried forward for any further
analysis of effects. All aircraft ASW is
analyzed under ASW TRACKEX (MPA).
Mine Avoidance—Mine avoidance
exercises train ship and submarine
crews to detect and avoid underwater
mines. In the NWTRC, submarine crews
will use the AN/BQS–15 high frequency
active sonar to locate mine shapes in a
training minefield in the PACNW
OPAREA. A small-scale underwater
minefield will be added in the NWTRC
for these exercises. Each mine
avoidance exercise involves one
submarine operating the AN/BQS–15
sonar for six hours to navigate through
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33834
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the training minefield. A total of seven
mine avoidance exercises will occur in
the NWTRC annually.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.141
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Activities Utilizing Underwater
Detonations
Underwater detonation activities can
occur at various depths depending on
the activity, but may also include
activities which may have detonations
at or just below the surface (such as
SINKEX or gunnery exercise [GUNEX]).
When the weapons hit the target, except
for live torpedo shots, there is no
explosion in the water, and so a ‘‘hit’’
is not modeled (i.e., the energy (either
acoustic or pressure) from the hit is not
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
expected to reach levels that would
result in take of marine mammals).
When a live weapon misses, it is
modeled as exploding below the water
surface at 1 ft (5-inch naval gunfire,
76mm rounds), 2 meters (Maverick,
Harpoon, MK–82, MK–83, MK–84), or
50-ft (MK–48 torpedo) as shown in
Appendix A of the Navy’s application
(the depth is chosen to represent the
worst case of the possible scenarios as
related to potential marine mammal
impacts). Exercises may utilize either
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33835
live or inert ordnance of the types listed
in Table 3. Additionally, successful hit
rates are known to the Navy and are
utilized in the effects modeling.
Training events that involve explosives
and underwater detonations occur
throughout the year and are described
below and summarized in Table 2. Of
note, the only Inshore Area exercises
that use explosives are on EOD ranges
described under Mine Countermeasures
(No more than 4 total detonations of 2.5
lb. charges annually).
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Anti-Surface Warfare Training (ASUW)
Anti-Surface Warfare (ASUW) is the
category of activity that addresses
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
combat (or interdiction) activities
training by air, surface, or submarine
forces against hostile surface ships and
boats. The ASUW exercises conducted
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in NWTRC are described in the sections
below. Because all of the rounds used in
GUNEX in the NWTRC are inert, no take
of marine mammals is anticipated to
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.142
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33836
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
result from the activity. However, a
description is included here for
comparison and clarity as NMFS has
authorized take of marine mammals
incidental to these activities in the past
when explosive rounds were used
instead of inert rounds.
Air-to-Surface Bombing Exercise—
During an Air-to-Surface Bombing
Exercise (BOMBEX A–S), fixed-wing
aircraft deliver bombs against simulated
surface maritime targets, typically a
smoke float, with the goal of destroying
or disabling enemy ships or boats. MPA
use bombs to attack surfaced
submarines and surface craft that would
not present a major threat to the MPA
itself. A single MPA approaches the
target at a low altitude. In most training
exercises, the aircrew drops inert
training ordnance, such as the Bomb
Dummy Unit (BDU–45) on a MK–58
smoke float used as the target.
Historically, ordnance has been released
throughout W–237 (off WA State), just
south of W–237, and in international
waters in accordance with international
laws, rules, and regulations. Annually,
120 pieces of ordnance, consisting of 10
MK–82 live bombs and 110 BDU 45
inert bombs, are dropped in the
NWTRC. In accordance with the
regulations for the Olympic Coast
National Marine Sanctuary (OCNMS)
the Navy dos not conduct live bombing
in the sanctuary. Each BOMBEX A–S
can take up to 4 hours to complete.
Sinking Exercise—A Sinking Exercise
(SINKEX) is typically conducted by
aircraft, surface ships, and submarines
in order to take advantage of a full size
ship target and an opportunity to fire
live weapons. The target is typically a
decommissioned combatant or merchant
ship that has been made
environmentally safe for sinking. In
accordance with EPA permits, it is
towed out to sea (at least 50 nm [92.6
km]) and set adrift at the SINKEX
location in deep water (at least 1,000
fathoms [6,000 feet]) where it will not be
a navigation hazard to other shipping.
The Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) granted the Department of the
Navy a general permit through the
Marine Protection, Research, and
Sanctuaries Act to transport vessels ‘‘for
the purpose of sinking such vessels in
ocean waters * * *’’ (40 CFR Part
229.2). Subparagraph (a)(3) of this
regulation states ‘‘All such vessel
sinkings shall be conducted in water at
least 1,000 fathoms (6,000 feet) deep
and at least 50 nautical miles from
land.’’
Ship, aircraft, and submarine crews
typically are scheduled to attack the
target with coordinated tactics and
deliver live ordnance to sink the target.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Inert ordnance is often used during the
first stages of the event so that the target
may be available for a longer time. The
duration of a SINKEX is unpredictable
because it ends when the target sinks,
but the goal is to give all forces involved
in the exercise an opportunity to deliver
their live ordnance. Sometimes the
target will begin to sink immediately
after the first weapon impact and
sometimes only after multiple impacts
by a variety of weapons. Typically, the
exercise lasts 4 to 8 hours, especially if
inert ordnance such as 5-inch gun
projectiles or MK–76 dummy bombs are
used during the first hours. In the worst
case of maximum exposure, the
following ordnance are all expended (in
the indicated amounts): MK82 Live
Bomb (4); MK83 Live Bomb (4); MK84
Live Bomb (4); HARM Missile (2);
AGM–114 Hellfire Missile (1); M–65
Maverick Missile (3); M–84 Harpoon
Missile (3); AM ER Missile (1); 5 in/62
Shell (500); 76 mm Shell (200); 48
ADCAP Torpedo (1). If the hulk is not
sunk by weapons, it will be sunk by
Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)
personnel setting off demolition charges
previously placed on the ship. Since the
target may sink at any time during the
exercise, the actual number of weapons
used can vary widely.
Surface-to-Surface Gunnery
Exercise—Surface-to-Surface Gunnery
Exercises (S–S GUNEX) take place in
the open ocean to provide gunnery
practice for Navy ship crews. Exercises
can involve a variety of surface targets
that are either stationary or
maneuverable. Gun systems employed
against surface targets include the 5″,
76 mm, 57 mm, .50 caliber and the 7.62
mm. A GUNEX lasts approximately one
to two hours, depending on target
services and weather conditions. All
rounds fired are inert, containing no
explosives.
Mine Warfare Training (MIW)
Mine Warfare Training includes Mine
Countermeasures and Mine Avoidance.
Mine Avoidance includes use of an
active sonar source (although in very
small amounts) and, therefore, was
addressed in the appropriate section
previously. Because of the location of
the EOD ranges, the very limited use of
explosives (4 individual explosions)
proposed annually for these Mine
Countermeasure exercises, and the
likely effectiveness of the mitigation
(e.g., marine mammal take is only
expected within 180 m of the impact
area, which is well within the shutdown
zone of 700 yds from the point of
impact), take of marine mammals is not
anticipated to occur in the NWTRC.
However, a description is included here
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33837
for comparison as NMFS has authorized
take of marine mammals incidental to
these activities in other areas where the
amount of activity is significantly
greater.
Mine Countermeasures—Naval EOD
personnel require proficiency in
underwater mine neutralization. Mine
neutralization activities consist of
underwater demolitions designed to
train personnel in the destruction of
mines, unexploded ordnance (UXO),
obstacles, or other structures in an area
to prevent interference with friendly or
neutral forces and non-combatants. EOD
units conduct underwater demolition
training in Crescent Harbor Underwater
EOD Range, Indian Island Underwater
EOD Range, and Floral Point
Underwater EOD Range. A 2.5 lb (1.1
kg) charge of C–4 is used, consisting of
one surface or one subsurface
detonation. No more than two
detonations will take place annually at
Crescent Harbor, and no more than one
each at Indian Island and Floral Point.
The total duration of the exercise is four
hours for an underwater detonation and
one hour for a surface detonation. Small
boats such as the MK–5 Combat Rubber
Raiding Craft and MK–7, or 9 (meters in
length, respectively) Rigid Hull
Inflatable Boats (RHIB) are used to insert
personnel for underwater activities and
either a helicopter (H–60) or RHIB is
used for insertion for surface activities.
Vessel Movement
The operation and movement of
vessels that is necessary to conduct the
training described above is also
analyzed here. Training exercises
involving vessel movements occur
intermittently and are variable in
duration, ranging from a few hours up
to 2 weeks. During training, speeds vary
and depend on the specific type of
activity, although 10–14 knots is
considered the typical speed.
Approximately 490 training activities
that involve Navy vessels occur within
the Study Area during a typical year.
Training activities are widely dispersed
throughout the large OPAREA, which
encompasses 122,468 nm2 (420,054
km2). Consequently, the density of Navy
ships within the Study Area at any
given time is low.
Research, Development, Testing, and
Evaluation
RDT&E proposed in this action is
limited to Unmanned Aerial Systems
(UAS) activities, the use of which is not
anticipated to result in the take of
marine mammals because it utilizes
small, relatively quiet airborne, not
undersea, gliders. Undersea RDT&E in
the Pacific Northwest is conducted at
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33838
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the Naval Sea Systems Command
(NAVSEA) Keyport range and is
analyzed in the NAVSEA Naval
Undersea Warfare Center (NUWC)
Keyport Range Extension EIS/OEIS.
Additional information on the Navy’s
proposed activities may be found in the
LOA Application and the Navy’s
NWTRC DEIS.
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activities
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The California Current passes through
the NWTRC, creating a mixing of
temperate and tropical waters, thereby
making this area one of the most
productive ocean systems in the world
(Department of the Navy [DoN], 2002a).
Because of this productive environment,
there is a rich marine mammal fauna, as
evidenced in abundance and species
diversity (Leatherwood et al., 1988;
Bonnell and Dailey, 1993). In addition
to many marine mammal species that
live here year-round and use the
region’s coasts and islands for breeding
and hauling out, there is a community
of seasonal residents and migrants. The
narrow continental shelf along the
Pacific coast and the presence of the
cold California Current sweeping down
from Alaska allows cold-water marine
mammal species to reach nearshore
waters as far south as Baja California.
Thirty-three marine mammal species
or populations/stocks have confirmed or
possible occurrence within the NWTRC,
including six species of baleen whales
(mysticetes), 21 species of toothed
whales (odontocetes), five species of
seals and sea lions (pinnipeds), and the
sea otter (mustelids). Table 4
summarizes their abundance,
Endangered Species Act (ESA) status,
population trends, and occurrence in
the area. Most of these species are listed
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
as ‘‘common’’ in the table, indicating
that they occur routinely, either yearround or during annual migrations into
or through the area. The other species
are indicated as ‘‘rare’’ because of
sporadic sightings or as ‘‘very rare’’
because they have been documented
once or twice as appearing outside their
normal range. All of the species that
occur in the NWTRC are either
cosmopolitan (occur worldwide), or
associated with the temperate and subArctic oceans (Leatherwood et al.,
1988). Seven of the species are ESAlisted and considered depleted under
the MMPA: Blue whale; fin whale;
humpback whale; sei whale; sperm
whale; southern resident killer whale;
and Steller sea lion.
Temperate and warm-water toothed
whales often change their distribution
and abundance as oceanographic
conditions vary both seasonally (Forney
and Barlow, 1998) and inter-annually
(Forney, 2000). Forney and Barlow
(1998) noted significant north/south
shifts in distribution for Dall’s
porpoises, common dolphins, and
Pacific white-sided dolphins, and they
identified significant inshore/offshore
differences for northern right whale
dolphins and humpback whales. Several
authors have noted the impact of the El
˜
Nino events of 1982/1983 and 1997/
1998 on marine mammal occurrence
patterns and population dynamics in
the waters off California (Wells et al.,
1990; Forney and Barlow, 1998; Benson
et al., 2002).
The distribution of some marine
mammal species is based on the
presence of salmon, an important prey
source. Seals and sea lions congregate
near areas where migrating salmon run.
For example, in the San Juan Islands,
harbor seals (Phoca vitulina richardii)
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
congregate near a constricted channel
where incoming tidal currents funnel
migrating salmon (Zamon, 2001). In
Oregon, harbor seals wait for chum
salmon runs during the incoming tide
near a constriction in Netarts Bay
(Brown and Mat, 1983). During the
summer, southern resident killer whales
(Orcinus orca) congregate at locations
associated with high densities of
migrating salmon (Heimlich-Boran,
1986; Nichol and Shackleton, 1996;
Olson, 1998; National Marine Fisheries
Service [NMFS], 2005i). Their strong
preference for Chinook salmon may
influence the year-round distribution
patterns of southern resident killer
whales in the NWTRC (Ford and Ellis,
2005).
The Navy has compiled information
on the abundance, behavior, status and
distribution, and vocalizations of
marine mammal species in the NWTRC
waters from the Navy Marine Resource
Assessment for NWTRC (which was
recently updated, during the
development of the application for this
rule, based on peer-reviewed literature
and government reports such as NMFS’
Stock Assessment Reports) and marine
mammal experts engaged in current
research utilizing tagging and tracking.
This information may be viewed in the
Navy’s LOA application and/or the
Navy’s DEIS for NWTRC (see
Availability), and is incorporated by
reference herein. Included below,
however, are summaries of some
important biological issues that are
needed to further inform the MMPA
effects analysis. Additional information
is available in NMFS Stock Assessment
Reports, which may be viewed at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/
species.htm.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Species Not Considered Further
The North Pacific right whale is
classified as endangered under the ESA.
Although there is designated critical
habitat for this species in the western
Gulf of Alaska and an area in the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
southeastern Bering Sea (NMFS, 2006),
there is no designated critical habitat for
this species within the NWTRC. Census
data are too limited to suggest a
population trend for this species. In the
western North Pacific, the population
may number in the low hundreds
(Brownell et al., 2001; Clapham et al.,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33839
2004). The eastern population likely
now numbers in the tens of animals.
Right whales were probably never
common along the west coast of North
America (Scarff, 1986; Brownell et al.,
2001). Historical whaling records
provide the most complete information
on likely North Pacific right whale
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.143
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
33840
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
distribution. Presently, sightings are
extremely rare, occurring primarily in
the Okhotsk Sea and the eastern Bering
Sea (Brownell et al., 2001; Shelden et
al., 2005; Shelden and Clapham, 2006;
Wade et al., 2006). There were no
sightings of North Pacific right whales
during ship surveys conducted off
California, Oregon, and Washington
from 1991 through 2005 (Barlow and
Forney, 2007), although recent
deployment of directional sonobuoys
(focused on the gunshot call) in the
southeastern Bering Sea has resulted in
multiple recordings of the rarely
detected marine mammals (Berchok et
al., 2009). The area of densest
concentration in the Gulf of Alaska is
east from 170° W to 150° W and south
to 52° N (Shelden and Clapham, 2006).
Based upon the extremely low
probability of encountering this species
anywhere in the coastal and offshore
waters in the NWTRC, this species will
not be included in this analysis.
(2) Prey species of sufficient quantity,
quality and availability to support
individual growth, reproduction and
development, as well as overall
population growth—Fish are the major
dietary component of southern resident
killer whales in the northeastern Pacific.
Salmon comprise the southern resident
killer whales’ preferred prey, and are
likely consumed in large amounts; and
(3) Passage conditions to allow for
migration, resting, and foraging—In
order to move between important
habitat areas, find prey, and fulfill other
life history requirements, southern
resident killer whales require open
waterways that are free from
obstruction.
As noted previously, the Navy’s
proposed action does not include the
use of MFAS/HFAS in southern resident
killer whale critical habitat, and
explosive use is limited to four
detonations of 2.5-lb charges annually
in EOD exercises.
Designated Critical Habitat
Steller Sea Lion
In California and Oregon, major
Steller sea lion rookeries and associated
air and aquatic zones are designated as
critical habitat. Critical habitat includes
an air zone extending 3,000 ft above
rookery areas historically occupied by
sea lions and an aquatic zone extending
3,000 seaward. Three rookeries located
along the southern Oregon Coast have
been designated as critical habitat sites
in the NWTRC. These include: Orford
Reef (Long Brown Rock); Oxrord Reef
(Seal Rock); Rogue Reef (Pyramid Rock).
The PCEs for Steller sea lions are:
Nearshore waters around rookeries and
haulouts and prey resources and
foraging habitats.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Southern Resident Killer Whale
NMFS designated critical habitat for
the southern resident killer whale
(Orcinus orca) distinct population
segment (DPS). Three specific areas
(which comprise approximately 2,560
square miles (6,630 sq km) of marine
habitat) are designated:
(1) The Summer Core Area in Haro
Strait and waters around the San Juan
Islands—Occurrence of Southern
Residents in Area 1 coincides with
concentrations of salmon, and is more
consistent and concentrated in the
summer months of June through August,
though they have been sighted in Area
1 during every month of the year;
(2) Puget Sound—southern resident
killer whale occurrence in Area 2 has
been correlated with fall salmon runs;
and
(3) The Strait of Juan de Fuca—All
pods regularly use the Strait of Juan de
Fuca for passage from Areas 1 and 2 to
outside waters in the Pacific Ocean and
to access outer coastal water feeding
grounds.
The designated physical and
biological features which are essential to
the conservation of southern resident
killer whales and that may require
special management considerations or
protection (Primary Constituent
Elements/PCEs) are as follows:
(1) Water quality to support growth
and development—Because of their long
life span, position at the top of the food
chain, and their blubber stores, southern
resident killer whales accumulate high
concentrations of contaminants;
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Gray Whale Migration
The gray whale makes a well-defined
seasonal north-south migration. Most of
the population summers in the shallow
waters of the northern Bering Sea, the
Chukchi Sea, and the western Beaufort
Sea (Rice and Wolman, 1971), whereas
some individuals also summer along the
Pacific coast from Vancouver Island to
central California (Rice and Wolman,
1971; Darling 1984; Nerini, 1984). In
October and November, the whales
begin to migrate southeast through
Unimak Pass and follow the shoreline
south to breeding grounds on the west
coast of Baja California and the
southeastern Gulf of California (Braham,
1984; Rugh, 1984). The average gray
whale migrates 7,500–10,000 km at a
rate of 147 km/d (Rugh et al., 2001;
Jones and Swartz, 2002). Although some
calves are born along the coast of
California, most are born in the shallow,
protected waters on the Pacific coast of
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Baja California from Morro de Santo
Domingo (28° N) south to Isla Creciente
(24° N) (Urban et al., 2003). The main
calving sites are Laguna Guerrero Negro,
Laguna Ojo de Liebre, Laguna San
Ignacio, and Estero Soledad (Rice et al.,
1981).
Gray whales occur in the Pacific
Northwest OPAREA and Puget Sound
throughout the year. In addition, larger
numbers of migratory animals transit
along the coast of Washington, Oregon,
and California during migrations
between breeding and feeding grounds.
Peak sightings in the NWTRC during the
southbound migration occur in January
(Rugh et al., 2001). There are two phases
of the northbound migration, including
an early phase from mid-February
through April and a later phase, which
consists of mostly cows and calves, from
late April through May (Herzing and
Mate, 1984).
Marine Mammal Hearing and
Vocalizations
Cetaceans have an auditory anatomy
that follows the basic mammalian
pattern, with some changes to adapt to
the demands of hearing in the sea. The
typical mammalian ear is divided into
an outer ear, middle ear, and inner ear.
The outer ear is separated from the
inner ear by a tympanic membrane, or
eardrum. In terrestrial mammals, the
outer ear, eardrum, and middle ear
transmit airborne sound to the inner ear,
where the sound waves are propagated
through the cochlear fluid. Since the
impedance of water is close to that of
the tissues of a cetacean, the outer ear
is not required to transduce sound
energy as it does when sound waves
travel from air to fluid (inner ear).
Sound waves traveling through the
inner ear cause the basilar membrane to
vibrate. Specialized cells, called hair
cells, respond to the vibration and
produce nerve pulses that are
transmitted to the central nervous
system. Acoustic energy causes the
basilar membrane in the cochlea to
vibrate. Sensory cells at different
positions along the basilar membrane
are excited by different frequencies of
sound (Pickles, 1998). Baleen whales
have inner ears that appear to be
specialized for low-frequency hearing.
Conversely, dolphins and porpoises
have ears that are specialized to hear
high frequencies.
Marine mammal vocalizations often
extend both above and below the range
of human hearing; vocalizations with
frequencies lower than 18 Hertz (Hz) are
labeled as infrasonic and those higher
than 20 kHz as ultrasonic (National
Research Council [NRC], 2003; Figure
4–1). Measured data on the hearing
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
abilities of cetaceans are sparse,
particularly for the larger cetaceans such
as the baleen whales. The auditory
thresholds of some of the smaller
odontocetes have been determined in
captivity. It is generally believed that
cetaceans should at least be sensitive to
the frequencies of their own
vocalizations. Comparisons of the
anatomy of cetacean inner ears and
models of the structural properties and
the response to vibrations of the ear’s
components in different species provide
an indication of likely sensitivity to
various sound frequencies. The ears of
small toothed whales are optimized for
receiving high-frequency sound, while
baleen whale inner ears are best in low
to infrasonic frequencies (Ketten, 1992;
1997; 1998).
Baleen whale vocalizations are
composed primarily of frequencies
below 1 kHz, and some contain
fundamental frequencies as low as 16
Hz (Watkins et al., 1987; Richardson et
al., 1995; Rivers, 1997; Moore et al.,
1998; Stafford et al., 1999; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999) but can be as high as 24
kHz (humpback whale; Au et al., 2006).
Clark and Ellison (2004) suggested that
baleen whales use low frequency
sounds not only for long-range
communication, but also as a simple
form of echo ranging, using echoes to
navigate and orient relative to physical
features of the ocean. Information on
auditory function in mysticetes is
extremely lacking. Sensitivity to lowfrequency sound by baleen whales has
been inferred from observed
vocalization frequencies, observed
reactions to playback of sounds, and
anatomical analyses of the auditory
system. Although there is apparently
much variation, the source levels of
most baleen whale vocalizations lie in
the range of 150–190 dB re 1 μPa at 1
m. Low-frequency vocalizations made
by baleen whales and their
corresponding auditory anatomy suggest
that they have good low-frequency
hearing (Ketten, 2000), although specific
data on sensitivity, frequency or
intensity discrimination, or localization
abilities are lacking. Marine mammals,
like all mammals, have typical Ushaped audiograms that begin with
relatively low sensitivity (high
threshold) at some specified low
frequency with increased sensitivity
(low threshold) to a species specific
optimum followed by a generally steep
rise at higher frequencies (high
threshold) (Fay, 1988).
The toothed whales produce a wide
variety of sounds, which include
species-specific broadband ‘‘clicks’’
with peak energy between 10 and 200
kHz, individually variable ‘‘burst pulse’’
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
click trains, and constant frequency or
frequency-modulated (FM) whistles
ranging from 4 to 16 kHz (Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999). The general consensus is
that the tonal vocalizations (whistles)
produced by toothed whales play an
important role in maintaining contact
between dispersed individuals, while
broadband clicks are used during
echolocation (Wartzok and Ketten,
1999). Burst pulses have also been
strongly implicated in communication,
with some scientists suggesting that
they play an important role in agonistic
encounters (McCowan and Reiss, 1995),
while others have proposed that they
represent ‘‘emotive’’ signals in a broader
sense, possibly representing graded
communication signals (Herzing, 1996).
Sperm whales, however, are known to
produce only clicks, which are used for
both communication and echolocation
(Whitehead, 2003). Most of the energy of
toothed whales social vocalizations is
concentrated near 10 kHz, with source
levels for whistles as high as 100–180
dB re 1 μPa at 1 m (Richardson et al.,
1995). No odontocete has been shown
audiometrically to have acute hearing
(<80 dB re 1 μPa) below 500 Hz (DoN,
2001). Sperm whales produce clicks,
which may be used to echolocate
(Mullins et al., 1988), with a frequency
range from less than 100 Hz to 30 kHz
and source levels up to 230 dB re 1 μPa
1 m or greater (Mohl et al., 2000).
Table 5 includes a summary of the
vocalizations of the species found in the
NWTRC. The ‘‘Brief Background on
Sound’’ section contained a description
of the functional hearing groups
designated by Southall et al., (2007),
which includes the functional hearing
range of various marine mammal groups
(i.e., what frequencies that can actually
hear).
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Understanding the distribution and
abundance of a particular marine
mammal species or stock is necessary to
analyze the potential impacts of an
action on that species or stock. Further,
in order to assess quantitatively the
likely acoustic impacts of a potential
action on individuals and to estimate
take it is necessary to know the density
of the animals in the affected area.
Density estimates for cetaceans were
obtained from the Marine Mammal and
Sea Turtle Density Estimates for the
Pacific Northwest Study Area (DoN,
2007a). The abundance of most
cetaceans was derived from shipboard
surveys conducted by the Southwest
Fisheries Science Center in 1991, 1993,
1996, 2001, and 2005 (Barlow, 1995;
Barlow, 2003; Barlow and Forney,
2007). These estimates are used to
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33841
develop NMFS Stock Assessment
Reports (Carretta et al., 2007); interpret
the impacts of human-caused mortality
associated with fishery bycatch, ship
strikes, and other sources; and evaluate
the ecological role of cetaceans in the
eastern North Pacific. In the density
study, predictive species-habitat models
were built for species with sufficient
numbers of sightings to estimate
densities for the NWTRC (described in
detail Appendix B of the Navy’s
application). For species with
insufficient numbers of sightings,
density estimates were obtained from
Barlow and Forney (2007).
There are limited depth distribution
data for most marine mammals. This is
especially true for cetaceans, as they
must be tagged at-sea and by using a tag
that either must be implanted in the
skin/blubber in some manner or adhere
to the skin. There is slightly more data
for some pinnipeds, as they can be
tagged while on shore during breeding
or molting seasons and the tags can be
glued to the pelage rather than
implanted. There are a few different
methodologies/techniques that can be
used to determine depth distribution
percentages, but by far the most widely
used technique currently is the timedepth recorder. These instruments are
attached to the animal for a fairly short
period of time (several hours to a few
days) via a suction cup or glue, and then
retrieved immediately after detachment
or when the animal returns to the beach.
Depth information can also be collected
via satellite tags, sonic tags, digital tags,
and, for sperm whales, via acoustic
tracking of sounds produced by the
animal itself.
There are somewhat suitable depth
distribution data for a few marine
mammal species. Sample sizes are
usually extremely small, nearly always
fewer than 10 animals total and often
only one or two animals. Depth
distribution information often must be
interpreted from other dive and/or
preferred prey characteristics. Depth
distributions for species for which no
data are available are extrapolated from
similar species.
Density is nearly always reported for
an area, e.g., animals/km2. Analyses of
survey results using Distance Sampling
techniques include correction factors for
animals at the surface but not seen as
well as animals below the surface and
not seen. Therefore, although the area
(e.g., km2) appears to represent only the
surface of the water (two-dimensional),
density actually implicitly includes
animals anywhere within the water
column under that surface area. Density
assumes that animals are uniformly
distributed within the prescribed area,
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33842
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
even though this is likely rarely true.
Marine mammals are usually clumped
in areas of greater importance (and often
in groups), for example, areas of high
productivity, lower predation, safe
calving, etc. Density can occasionally be
calculated for smaller areas that are
used regularly by marine mammals, but
more often than not there are
insufficient data to calculate density for
small areas. Therefore, assuming an
even distribution within the prescribed
area remains the norm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Assuming that marine mammals are
distributed evenly within the water
column is not accurate. The everexpanding database of marine mammal
behavioral and physiological parameters
obtained through tagging and other
technologies has demonstrated that
marine mammals use the water column
in various ways, with some species
capable of regular deep dives (<800 m)
and others regularly diving to <200 m,
regardless of the bottom depth.
Assuming that all species are evenly
distributed from surface to bottom is
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
almost never appropriate and can
present a distorted view of marine
mammal distribution in any region.
By combining marine mammal
density with depth distribution
information, a more accurate threedimensional density estimate is
possible. These 3–D estimates allow
more accurate modeling of potential
marine mammal exposures from specific
noise sources. Density estimates are
included in Table 4.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33843
EP13JY09.144
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.145
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33844
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Brief Background on Sound
An understanding of the basic
properties of underwater sound is
necessary to comprehend many of the
concepts and analyses presented in this
document. A summary is included
below.
Sound is a wave of pressure variations
propagating through a medium (for the
MFAS/HFAS considered in this
proposed rule, the medium is marine
water). Pressure variations are created
by compressing and relaxing the
medium. Sound measurements can be
expressed in two forms: Intensity and
pressure. Acoustic intensity is the
average rate of energy transmitted
through a unit area in a specified
direction and is expressed in watts per
square meter (W/m2). Acoustic intensity
is rarely measured directly, it is derived
from ratios of pressures; the standard
reference pressure for underwater sound
is 1 microPascal (μPa); for airborne
sound, the standard reference pressure
is 20 μPa (Richardson et al., 1995).
Acousticians have adopted a
logarithmic scale for sound intensities,
which is denoted in decibels (dB).
Decibel measurements represent the
ratio between a measured pressure value
and a reference pressure value (in this
case 1 μPa or, for airborne sound, 20
μPa). The logarithmic nature of the scale
means that each 10 dB increase is a tenfold increase in power (e.g., 20 dB is a
100-fold increase, 30 dB is a 1,000-fold
increase). Humans perceive a 10-dB
increase in noise as a doubling of
loudness, or a 10 dB decrease in noise
as a halving of loudness. The term
‘‘sound pressure level’’ implies a
decibel measure and a reference
pressure that is used as the denominator
of the ratio. Throughout this document,
NMFS uses 1 microPascal (denoted re:
μPa) as a standard reference pressure
unless noted otherwise.
It is important to note that decibels
underwater and decibels in air are not
the same and cannot be directly
compared. To estimate a comparison
between sound in air and underwater,
because of the different densities of air
and water and the different decibel
standards (i.e., reference pressures) in
water and air, a sound with the same
intensity (i.e., power) in air and in water
would be approximately 63 dB quieter
in air. Thus a sound that is 160 dB loud
underwater would have the same
approximate effective intensity as a
sound that is 97 dB loud in air.
Sound frequency is measured in
cycles per second, or Hertz (abbreviated
Hz), and is analogous to musical pitch;
high-pitched sounds contain high
frequencies and low-pitched sounds
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
contain low frequencies. Natural sounds
in the ocean span a huge range of
frequencies: From earthquake noise at 5
Hz to harbor porpoise clicks at 150,000
Hz (150 kHz). These sounds are so low
or so high in pitch that humans cannot
even hear them; acousticians call these
infrasonic (typically below 20 Hz) and
ultrasonic (typically above 20,000 Hz)
sounds, respectively. A single sound
may be made up of many different
frequencies together. Sounds made up
of only a small range of frequencies are
called ‘‘narrowband’’, and sounds with
a broad range of frequencies are called
‘‘broadband’’; explosives are an example
of a broadband sound source and active
tactical sonars are an example of a
narrowband sound source.
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential (AEP)
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al., (2007)
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups.
Further, the frequency range in which
each group’s hearing is estimated as
being most sensitive is represented in
the flat part of the M-weighting
functions developed for each group. The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below
(though, again, animals are less
sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of
their functional range and most
sensitive to sounds of frequencies
within a smaller range somewhere in
the middle of their functional hearing
range):
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz;
• Pinnipeds in Water: Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33845
the greatest sensitivity between
approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
Because ears adapted to function
underwater are physiologically different
from human ears, comparisons using
decibel measurements in air would still
not be adequate to describe the effects
of a sound on a whale. When sound
travels away from its source, its
loudness decreases as the distance
traveled (propagates) by the sound
increases. Thus, the loudness of a sound
at its source is higher than the loudness
of that same sound a kilometer distant.
Acousticians often refer to the loudness
of a sound at its source (typically
measured one meter from the source) as
the source level and the loudness of
sound elsewhere as the received level.
For example, a humpback whale three
kilometers from an airgun that has a
source level of 230 dB may only be
exposed to sound that is 160 dB loud,
depending on how the sound propagates
(in this example, it is spherical
spreading). As a result, it is important
not to confuse source levels and
received levels when discussing the
loudness of sound in the ocean or its
impacts on the marine environment.
As sound travels from a source, its
propagation in water is influenced by
various physical characteristics,
including water temperature, depth,
salinity, and surface and bottom
properties that cause refraction,
reflection, absorption, and scattering of
sound waves. Oceans are not
homogeneous and the contribution of
each of these individual factors is
extremely complex and interrelated.
The physical characteristics that
determine the sound’s speed through
the water will change with depth,
season, geographic location, and with
time of day (as a result, in actual MFAS/
HFAS operations, crews will measure
oceanic conditions, such as sea water
temperature and depth, to calibrate
models that determine the path the
sonar signal will take as it travels
through the ocean and how strong the
sound signal will be at a given range
along a particular transmission path). As
sound travels through the ocean, the
intensity associated with the wavefront
diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease
in intensity is referred to as propagation
loss, also commonly called transmission
loss.
Metrics Used in This Document
This section includes a brief
explanation of the two sound
measurements (sound pressure level
(SPL) and sound exposure level (SEL))
frequently used in the discussions of
acoustic effects in this document.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33846
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
SPL
Sound pressure is the sound force per
unit area, and is usually measured in
micropascals (μPa), where 1 Pa is the
pressure resulting from a force of one
newton exerted over an area of one
square meter. SPL is expressed as the
ratio of a measured sound pressure and
a reference level. The commonly used
reference pressure level in underwater
acoustics is 1 μPa, and the units for
SPLs are dB re: 1 μPa.
SPL (in dB) = 20 log (pressure /
reference pressure)
SPL is an instantaneous measurement
and can be expressed as the peak, the
peak-peak, or the root mean square
(rms). Root mean square, which is the
square root of the arithmetic average of
the squared instantaneous pressure
values, is typically used in discussions
of the effects of sounds on vertebrates
and all references to SPL in this
document refer to the root mean square.
SPL does not take the duration of a
sound into account. SPL is the
applicable metric used in the risk
continuum, which is used to estimate
behavioral harassment takes (see Level
B Harassment Risk Function (Behavioral
Harassment) Section).
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SEL
SEL is an energy metric that integrates
the squared instantaneous sound
pressure over a stated time interval. The
units for SEL are dB re: 1 μPa2¥s.
SEL = SPL + 10log (duration in seconds)
As applied to MFAS/HFAS, the SEL
includes both the SPL of a sonar ping
and the total duration. Longer duration
pings and/or pings with higher SPLs
will have a higher SEL. If an animal is
exposed to multiple pings, the SEL in
each individual ping is summed to
calculate the total SEL. The total SEL
depends on the SPL, duration, and
number of pings received. The
thresholds that NMFS uses to indicate at
what received level the onset of
temporary threshold shift (TTS) and
permanent threshold shift (PTS) in
hearing are likely to occur are expressed
in SEL.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals
The Navy has requested authorization
for the take of marine mammals that
may occur incidental to training
activities in the NWTRC utilizing
MFAS/HFAS or underwater
detonations. In addition to MFAS/HFAS
and underwater detonations, the Navy
has analyzed other potential impacts to
marine mammals from training
activities in the NWTRC DEIS,
including ship strike, aerial overflights,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
ship noise and movement, and others,
and, in consultation with NMFS as a
cooperating agency for the NWTRC
DEIS, has determined that take of
marine mammals incidental to these
non-acoustic components of the
NWTRC is unlikely and, therefore, has
not requested authorization for take of
marine mammals that might occur
incidental to these non-acoustic
components. In this document, NMFS
analyzes the potential effects on marine
mammals from exposure to MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations, but
also includes some additional analysis
of the potential impacts from vessel
operation in the NWTRC.
For the purpose of MMPA
authorizations, NMFS’ effects
assessments serve four primary
purposes: (1) To help identify the
permissible methods of taking, meaning:
the nature of the take (e.g., resulting
from anthropogenic noise vs. from ship
strike, etc.); the regulatory level of take
(i.e., mortality vs. Level A or Level B
harassment), and; the amount of take;
(2) to inform the prescription of means
of affecting the least practicable adverse
impact on such species or stock and its
habitat (i.e., mitigation); (3) to support
the determination of whether the
specified activity will have a negligible
impact on the affected species or stocks
of marine mammals (based on the
likelihood that the activity will
adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival); and (4) to
determine whether the specified activity
will have an unmitigable adverse impact
on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses (however,
there are no subsistence communities
that would be affected in the NWTRC).
More specifically, for activities
involving sonar or underwater
detonations, NMFS’ analysis will
identify the probability of lethal
responses, physical trauma, sensory
impairment (permanent and temporary
threshold shifts and acoustic masking),
physiological responses (particular
stress responses), behavioral
disturbance (that rises to the level of
harassment), and social responses that
would be classified as behavioral
harassment or injury and/or would be
likely to adversely affect the species or
stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival. In this section,
we will focus qualitatively on the
different ways that MFAS/HFAS and
underwater explosive detonations may
affect marine mammals (some of which
NMFS would not classify as
harassment). Then, in the Estimated
Take of Marine Mammals Section,
NMFS will relate the potential effects to
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
marine mammals from MFAS/HFAS
and underwater detonation of
explosives to the MMPA regulatory
definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify
those effects.
Exposure to MFAS/HFAS
In the subsections below, the
following types of impacts are discussed
in more detail: Direct physiological
impacts, stress responses, acoustic
masking and impaired communication,
behavioral disturbance, and strandings.
An additional useful graphic tool for
better understanding the layered nature
of potential marine mammal responses
to anthropogenic sound is presented in
NMFS’ January 14, 2009 Programmatic
biological opinion on the U.S. Navy’s
proposal to conduct training exercises
in the Southern California Range
Complex from January 2009 to January
2014 (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications). This
document presents a conceptual model
of the potential responses of endangered
and threatened species upon being
exposed to MFAS/HFAS and the
pathways by which those responses
might affect the fitness of individual
animals that have been exposed, and the
resulting impact on the individual
animal’s ability to reproduce or survive.
Literature supporting the framework,
with examples drawn from many taxa
(both aquatic and terrestrial) was
included in the ‘‘Application of this
Approach’’ and ‘‘Response Analyses’’
sections of that document.
Direct Physiological Effects
Based on the literature, there are two
basic ways that MFAS/HFAS might
directly result in physical trauma or
damage: Noise-induced loss of hearing
sensitivity (more commonly-called
‘‘threshold shift’’) and acoustically
mediated bubble growth. Separately, an
animal’s behavioral reaction to an
acoustic exposure might lead to
physiological effects that might
ultimately lead to injury or death, which
is discussed later in the Stranding
section.
Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of
Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to recognize them)
following exposure to a sufficiently
intense sound, it is referred to as a
noise-induced threshold shift (TS). An
animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent
threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
recovery), occurs in specific frequency
ranges (i.e., an animal might only have
a temporary loss of hearing sensitivity
between the frequencies of 1 and 10
kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for
example, an animal’s hearing sensitivity
might be reduced by only 6 dB or
reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent
(i.e., there is no recovery), but also
occurs in a specific frequency range and
amount as mentioned above for TTS.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TSs: Effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all affect
the amount of associated TS and the
frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the
recovery time. Human non-impulsive
noise exposure guidelines are based on
exposures of equal energy (the same
SEL) producing equal amounts of
hearing impairment regardless of how
the sound energy is distributed in time
(NIOSH, 1998). Until recently, previous
marine mammal TTS studies have also
generally supported this equal energy
relationship (Southall et al., 2007).
Three newer studies, two by Mooney et
al., (2009a, 2009b) on a single bottlenose
dolphin either exposed to playbacks of
Navy MFAS or octave-band noise (4–8
kHz) and one by Kastak et al., (2007) on
a single California sea lion exposed to
airborne octave-band noise (centered at
2.5 kHz), concluded that for all noise
exposure situations the equal energy
relationship may not be the best
indicator to predict TTS levels. All three
of these studies highlight the inherent
complexity of TTS in marine mammals,
as well the importance of considering
exposure duration when assessing
impacts. With exposures of equal
energy, quieter, longer duration
exposures were found to induce greater
levels of TTS than those of exposures
that were louder and of shorter duration
(more similar to MFAS). For
intermittent sounds, less TS will occur
than from a continuous exposure with
the same energy (some recovery will
occur between intermittent exposures)
(Kryter et al., 1966; Ward, 1997). For
example, one short but loud (higher
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
SPL) sound exposure may induce the
same impairment as one longer but
softer sound, which in turn may cause
more impairment than a series of several
intermittent softer sounds with the same
total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally,
though TTS is temporary, very
prolonged exposure to sound strong
enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term
exposure to sound levels well above the
TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least
in terrestrial mammals (Kryter, 1985)
(although in the case of MFAS/HFAS,
animals are not expected to be exposed
to levels high enough or durations long
enough to result in PTS).
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS, however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
cetaceans, published data on the onset
of TTS are limited to the captive
bottlenose dolphin and beluga
(Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2005a;
Schlundt et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al.,
2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water,
data are limited to Kastak et al.’s
measurement of TTS in one harbor seal,
one elephant seal, and one California
sea lion.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33847
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts if it
were in the same frequency band as the
necessary vocalizations and of a severity
that it impeded communication. Also,
depending on the degree and frequency
range, the effects of PTS on an animal
could range in severity, although it is
considered generally more serious
because it is a permanent condition. Of
note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a
simple function of development and
aging has been observed in marine
mammals, as well as humans and other
taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can
infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost. There is no
empirical evidence that exposure to
MFAS/HFAS can cause PTS in any
marine mammals; instead the
probability of PTS has been inferred
from studies of TTS (see Richardson et
al., 1995).
Acoustically Mediated Bubble Growth
One theoretical cause of injury to
marine mammals is rectified diffusion
(Crum and Mao, 1996), the process of
increasing the size of a bubble by
exposing it to a sound field. This
process could be facilitated if the
environment in which the ensonified
bubbles exist is supersaturated with gas.
Repetitive diving by marine mammals
can cause the blood and some tissues to
accumulate gas to a greater degree than
is supported by the surrounding
environmental pressure (Ridgway and
Howard, 1979). The deeper and longer
dives of some marine mammals (for
example, beaked whales) are
theoretically predicted to induce greater
supersaturation (Houser et al., 2001b). If
rectified diffusion were possible in
marine mammals exposed to high-level
sound, conditions of tissue
supersaturation could theoretically
speed the rate and increase the size of
bubble growth. Subsequent effects due
to tissue trauma and emboli would
presumably mirror those observed in
humans suffering from decompression
sickness.
It is unlikely that the short duration
of MFAS pings would be long enough
to drive bubble growth to any
substantial size, if such a phenomenon
occurs. However, an alternative but
related hypothesis has also been
suggested: Stable bubbles could be
destabilized by high-level sound
exposures such that bubble growth then
occurs through static diffusion of gas
out of the tissues. In such a scenario the
marine mammal would need to be in a
gas-supersaturated state for a long
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33848
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
enough period of time for bubbles to
become of a problematic size.
Yet another hypothesis
(decompression sickness) has
speculated that rapid ascent to the
surface following exposure to a startling
sound might produce tissue gas
saturation sufficient for the evolution of
nitrogen bubbles (Jepson et al., 2003;
Fernandez et al., 2005). In this scenario,
the rate of ascent would need to be
sufficiently rapid to compromise
behavioral or physiological protections
against nitrogen bubble formation.
Collectively, these hypotheses can be
referred to as ‘‘hypotheses of
acoustically mediated bubble growth.’’
Although theoretical predictions
suggest the possibility for acoustically
mediated bubble growth, there is
considerable disagreement among
scientists as to its likelihood (Piantadosi
and Thalmann, 2004; Evans and Miller,
2003). Crum and Mao (1996)
hypothesized that received levels would
have to exceed 190 dB in order for there
to be the possibility of significant
bubble growth due to supersaturation of
gases in the blood (i.e., rectified
diffusion). More recent work conducted
by Crum et al., (2005) demonstrated the
possibility of rectified diffusion for
short duration signals, but at SELs and
tissue saturation levels that are highly
improbable to occur in diving marine
mammals. To date, Energy Levels (ELs)
predicted to cause in vivo bubble
formation within diving cetaceans have
not been evaluated (NOAA, 2002b).
Although it has been argued that
traumas from some recent beaked whale
strandings are consistent with gas
emboli and bubble-induced tissue
separations (Jepson et al., 2003), there is
no conclusive evidence of this.
However, Jepson et al., (2003, 2005) and
Fernandez et al., (2004, 2005)
concluded that in vivo bubble
formation, which may be exacerbated by
deep, long-duration, repetitive dives
may explain why beaked whales appear
to be particularly vulnerable to MFAS/
HFAS exposures. Further investigation
is needed to further assess the potential
validity of these hypotheses. More
information regarding hypotheses that
attempt to explain how behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS can lead to
strandings is included in the
Behaviorally Mediated Bubble Growth
Section, after the summary of
strandings.
Acoustic Masking
Marine mammals use acoustic signals
for a variety of purposes, which differ
among species, but include
communication between individuals,
navigation, foraging, reproduction, and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
learning about their environment (Erbe
and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000).
Masking, or auditory interference,
generally occurs when sounds in the
environment are louder than and of a
similar frequency to, auditory signals an
animal is trying to receive. Masking is
a phenomenon that affects animals that
are trying to receive acoustic
information about their environment,
including sounds from other members
of their species, predators, prey, and
sounds that allow them to orient in their
environment. Masking these acoustic
signals can disturb the behavior of
individual animals, groups of animals,
or entire populations.
The extent of the masking interference
depends on the spectral, temporal, and
spatial relationships between the signals
an animal is trying to receive and the
masking noise, in addition to other
factors. In humans, significant masking
of tonal signals occurs as a result of
exposure to noise in a narrow band of
similar frequencies. As the sound level
increases, though, the detection of
frequencies above those of the masking
stimulus decreases also. This principle
is expected to apply to marine mammals
as well because of common
biomechanical cochlear properties
across taxa.
Richardson et al., (1995b) argued that
the maximum radius of influence of an
industrial noise (including broadband
low frequency sound transmission) on a
marine mammal is the distance from the
source to the point at which the noise
can barely be heard. This range is
determined by either the hearing
sensitivity of the animal or the
background noise level present.
Industrial masking is most likely to
affect some species’ ability to detect
communication calls and natural
sounds (i.e., surf noise, prey noise, etc.;
Richardson et al., 1995).
The echolocation calls of toothed
whales are subject to masking by high
frequency sound. Human data indicate
low-frequency sound can mask highfrequency sounds (i.e., upward
masking). Studies on captive
odontocetes by Au et al., (1974, 1985,
1993) indicate that some species may
use various processes to reduce masking
effects (e.g., adjustments in echolocation
call intensity or frequency as a function
of background noise conditions). There
is also evidence that the directional
hearing abilities of odontocetes are
useful in reducing masking at the high
frequencies these cetaceans use to
echolocate, but not at the low-tomoderate frequencies they use to
communicate (Zaitseva et al., 1980). A
recent study by Nachtigall and Supin
(2008) showed that false killer whales
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
adjust their hearing to compensate for
ambient sounds and the intensity of
returning echolocation signals.
As mentioned previously, the
functional hearing ranges of
odontocetes, pinnipeds underwater, and
mysticetes all encompass the
frequencies of the MFAS/HFAS sources
used in the Navy’s MFAS/HFAS
training exercises (although some
mysticete’s best hearing capacities are
likely at frequencies somewhat lower
than MFAS). Additionally, in almost all
species, vocal repertoires span across
the frequencies of these MFAS/HFAS
sources used by the Navy. The closer
the characteristics of the masking signal
to the signal of interest, the more likely
masking is to occur. For hull-mounted
MFAS/HFAS—which accounts for the
largest part of the takes of marine
mammals (because of the source
strength and number of hours it’s
conducted), the pulse length and duty
cycle of the MFAS/HFAS signal (∼1
second pulse twice a minute) makes it
less likely that masking will occur as a
result.
Impaired Communication
In addition to making it more difficult
for animals to perceive acoustic cues in
their environment, anthropogenic sound
presents separate challenges for animals
that are vocalizing. When they vocalize,
animals are aware of environmental
conditions that affect the ‘‘active space’’
of their vocalizations, which is the
maximum area within which their
vocalizations can be detected before it
drops to the level of ambient noise
(Brenowitz, 2004; Brumm et al., 2004;
Lohr et al., 2003). Animals are also
aware of environmental conditions that
affect whether listeners can discriminate
and recognize their vocalizations from
other sounds, which is more important
than simply detecting that a
vocalization is occurring (Brenowitz,
1982; Brumm et al., 2004; Dooling,
2004, Marten and Marler, 1977;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Most animals that
vocalize have evolved with an ability to
make adjustments to their vocalizations
to increase the signal-to-noise ratio,
active space, and recognizability/
distinguishability of their vocalizations
in the face of temporary changes in
background noise (Brumm et al., 2004;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Vocalizing
animals can make one or more of the
following adjustments to their
vocalizations: Adjust the frequency
structure; adjust the amplitude; adjust
temporal structure; or adjust temporal
delivery (see Biological Opinion).
Many animals will combine several of
these strategies to compensate for high
levels of background noise.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Anthropogenic sounds that reduce the
signal-to-noise ratio of animal
vocalizations, increase the masked
auditory thresholds of animals listening
for such vocalizations, or reduce the
active space of an animal’s
vocalizations, impair communication
between animals. Most animals that
vocalize have evolved strategies to
compensate for the effects of short-term
or temporary increases in background or
ambient noise on their songs or calls.
Although the fitness consequences of
these vocal adjustments remain
unknown, like most other trade-offs
animals must make, some of these
strategies probably come at a cost
(Patricelli et al., 2006). For example,
vocalizing more loudly in noisy
environments may have energetic costs
that decrease the net benefits of vocal
adjustment and alter a bird’s energy
budget (Brumm, 2004; Wood and
Yezerinac, 2006). Shifting songs and
calls to higher frequencies may also
impose energetic costs (Lambrechts,
1996).
Stress Responses
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: Behavioral responses,
autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune
response.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the sympathetic part of the
autonomic nervous system and the
classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response
which includes the cardiovascular
system, the gastrointestinal system, the
exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart
rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity that humans commonly
associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses
have a relatively short duration and may
or may not have significant long-term
effects on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuro-endocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995) and altered
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
reduced immune competence (Blecha,
2000) and behavioral disturbance.
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,
corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al.,
2004) have been equated with stress for
many years.
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic functions, which impairs
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and its fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33849
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds,
studies of other marine animals and
terrestrial animals would lead us to
expect some marine mammals to
experience physiological stress
responses and, perhaps, physiological
responses that would be classified as
‘‘distress’’ upon exposure to high
frequency, mid-frequency and lowfrequency sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (for example, elevated
respiration and increased heart rates).
Jones (1998) reported on reductions in
human performance when faced with
acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al., (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al., (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al., (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and
Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that
accompanied damage to the inner ears
of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment
and to communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, it seems reasonable to assume
that reducing an animal’s ability to
gather information about its
environment and to communicate with
other members of its species would be
stressful for animals that use hearing as
their primary sensory mechanism.
Therefore, we assume that acoustic
exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS
or TTS would be accompanied by
physiological stress responses because
terrestrial animals exhibit those
responses under similar conditions
(NRC, 2003). More importantly, marine
mammals might experience stress
responses at received levels lower than
those necessary to trigger onset TTS.
Based on empirical studies of the time
required to recover from stress
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33850
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also
assumes that stress responses could
persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Behavioral Disturbance
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific.
Many different variables can influence
an animal’s perception of and response
to (nature and magnitude) an acoustic
event. An animal’s prior experience
with a sound or sound source affects
whether it is less likely (habituation) or
more likely (sensitization) to respond to
certain sounds in the future (animals
can also be innately pre-disposed to
respond to certain sounds in certain
ways) (Southall et al., 2007). Related to
the sound itself, the perceived nearness
of the sound, bearing of the sound
(approaching vs. retreating), similarity
of a sound to biologically relevant
sounds in the animal’s environment
(i.e., calls of predators, prey, or
conspecifics), and familiarity of the
sound may affect the way an animal
responds to the sound (Southall et al.,
2007). Individuals (of different age,
gender, reproductive status, etc.) among
most populations will have variable
hearing capabilities, and differing
behavioral sensitivities to sounds that
will be affected by prior conditioning,
experience, and current activities of
those individuals. Often, specific
acoustic features of the sound and
contextual variables (i.e., proximity,
duration, or recurrence of the sound or
the current behavior that the marine
mammal is engaged in or its prior
experience), as well as entirely separate
factors such as the physical presence of
a nearby vessel, may be more relevant
to the animal’s response than the
received level alone.
Exposure of marine mammals to
sound sources can result in (but is not
limited to) no response or any of the
following observable responses:
Increased alertness; orientation or
attraction to a sound source; vocal
modifications; cessation of feeding;
cessation of social interaction; alteration
of movement or diving behavior;
avoidance; habitat abandonment
(temporary or permanent); and, in
severe cases, panic, flight, stampede, or
stranding, potentially resulting in death
(Southall et al., 2007). A review of
marine mammal responses to
anthropogenic sound was first
conducted by Richardson (1995). A
more recent review (Nowacek et al.,
2007) addresses studies conducted since
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
1995 and focuses on observations where
the received sound level of the exposed
marine mammal(s) was known or could
be estimated. The following subsections provide examples of behavioral
responses that provide an idea of the
variability in behavioral responses that
would be expected given the differential
sensitivities of marine mammal species
to sound and the wide range of potential
acoustic sources to which a marine
mammal may be exposed. Estimates of
the types of behavioral responses that
could occur for a given sound exposure
should be determined from the
literature that is available for each
species, or extrapolated from closely
related species when no information
exists.
Alteration of Diving or Movement—
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely. They may consist of increased
or decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive.
Variations in dive behavior may reflect
interruptions in biologically significant
activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
of little biological significance.
Variations in dive behavior may also
expose an animal to potentially harmful
conditions (e.g., increasing the chance
of ship-strike) or may serve as an
avoidance response that enhances
survivorship. The impact of a variation
in diving resulting from an acoustic
exposure depends on what the animal is
doing at the time of the exposure and
the type and magnitude of the response.
Nowacek et al., (2004) reported
disruptions of dive behaviors in foraging
North Atlantic right whales when
exposed to an alerting stimulus, an
action, they noted, that could lead to an
increased likelihood of ship-strike.
However, the whales did not respond to
playbacks of either right whale social
sounds or vessel noise, highlighting the
importance of the sound characteristics
in producing a behavioral reaction.
Conversely, Indo-Pacific humpback
dolphins have been observed to dive for
longer periods of time in areas where
vessels were present and/or
approaching (Ng and Leung, 2003). In
both of these studies, the influence of
the sound exposure cannot be
decoupled from the physical presence of
a surface vessel, thus complicating
interpretations of the relative
contribution of each stimulus to the
response. Indeed, the presence of
surface vessels, their approach and
speed of approach, seemed to be
significant factors in the response of the
Indo-Pacific humpback dolphins (Ng
and Leung, 2003). Low frequency
signals of the Acoustic Thermometry of
Ocean Climate (ATOC) sound source
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
were not found to affect dive times of
humpback whales in Hawaiian waters
(Frankel and Clark, 2000) or to overtly
affect elephant seal dives (Costa et al.,
2003). They did, however, produce
subtle effects that varied in direction
and degree among the individual seals,
illustrating the equivocal nature of
behavioral effects and consequent
difficulty in defining and predicting
them.
Foraging—Disruption of feeding
behavior can be difficult to correlate
with anthropogenic sound exposure, so
it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging
areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment
plumes), or changes in dive behavior.
Noise from seismic surveys was not
found to impact the feeding behavior in
western grey whales off the coast of
Russia (Yazvenko et al., 2007) and
sperm whales engaged in foraging dives
did not abandon dives when exposed to
distant signatures of seismic airguns
(Madsen et al., 2006). Balaenopterid
whales exposed to moderate lowfrequency signals similar to the ATOC
sound source demonstrated no variation
in foraging activity (Croll et al., 2001),
whereas five out of six North Atlantic
right whales exposed to an acoustic
alarm interrupted their foraging dives
(Nowacek et al., 2004). Although the
received sound pressure level at the
animals was similar in the latter two
studies, the frequency, duration, and
temporal pattern of signal presentation
were different. These factors, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are
likely contributing factors to the
differential response. A determination
of whether foraging disruptions incur
fitness consequences will require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Brownell (2004) reported the
behavioral responses of western gray
whales off the northeast coast of
Sakhalin Island to sounds produced by
seismic activities in that region. In 1997,
the gray whales responded to seismic
activities by changing their swimming
speed and orientation, respiration rates,
and distribution in waters around the
seismic surveys. In 2001, seismic
activities were conducted in a known
feeding area of these whales and the
whales left the feeding area and moved
to areas farther south in the Sea of
Okhotsk. They only returned to the
feeding area several days after the
seismic activities stopped. The potential
fitness consequences of displacing these
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
whales, especially mother-calf pairs and
‘‘skinny whales,’’ outside of their
normal feeding area is not known;
however, because gray whales, like
other large whales, must gain enough
energy during the summer foraging
season to last them the entire year,
sounds or other stimuli that cause them
to abandon a foraging area for several
days could disrupt their energetics and
force them to make trade-offs like
delaying their migration south, delaying
reproduction, reducing growth, or
migrating with reduced energy reserves.
Social relationships—Social
interactions between mammals can be
affected by noise via the disruption of
communication signals or by the
displacement of individuals. Disruption
of social relationships therefore depends
on the disruption of other behaviors
(e.g., avoidance, masking, etc.). Sperm
whales responded to military sonar,
apparently from a submarine, by
dispersing from social aggregations,
moving away from the sound source,
remaining relatively silent and
becoming difficult to approach (Watkins
et al., 1985). Social disruptions must be
considered, however, in context of the
relationships that are affected. While
some disruptions may not have
deleterious effects, long-term
disruptions of mother/calf pairs or
interruption of mating behaviors have
the potential to affect the growth and
survival or reproductive effort/success
of individuals, respectively.
Vocalizations (also see Masking
section)—Vocal changes in response to
anthropogenic noise can occur across
the repertoire of sound production
modes used by marine mammals, such
as whistling, echolocation click
production, calling, and singing.
Changes may result in response to a
need to compete with an increase in
background noise or may reflect an
increased vigilance or startle response.
For example, in the presence of lowfrequency active sonar, humpback
whales have been observed to increase
the length of their ‘‘songs’’ (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003), possibly due
to the overlap in frequencies between
the whale song and the low-frequency
active sonar. A similar compensatory
effect for the presence of low-frequency
vessel noise has been suggested for right
whales; right whales have been
observed to shift the frequency content
of their calls upward while reducing the
rate of calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
Killer whales off the northwestern coast
of the United States have been observed
to increase the duration of primary calls
once a threshold in observing vessel
density (e.g., whale watching) was
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
reached, which has been suggested as a
response to increased masking noise
produced by the vessels (Foote et al.,
2004). In contrast, both sperm and pilot
whales potentially ceased sound
production during the Heard Island
feasibility test (Bowles et al., 1994),
although it cannot be absolutely
determined whether the inability to
acoustically detect the animals was due
to the cessation of sound production or
the displacement of animals from the
area.
Avoidance—Avoidance is the
displacement of an individual from an
area as a result of the presence of a
sound. Richardson et al., (1995) noted
that avoidance reactions are the most
obvious manifestations of disturbance in
marine mammals. It is qualitatively
different from the flight response, but
also differs in the magnitude of the
response (i.e., directed movement, rate
of travel, etc.). Oftentimes avoidance is
temporary, and animals return to the
area once the noise has ceased. Longer
term displacement is possible, however,
which can lead to changes in abundance
or distribution patterns of the species in
the affected region if they do not
become acclimated to the presence of
the sound (Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder
et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
Acute avoidance responses have been
observed in captive porpoises and
pinnipeds exposed to a number of
different sound sources (Kastelein et al.,
2001; Finneran et al., 2003; Kastelein et
al., 2006a; Kastelein et al., 2006b). Short
term avoidance of seismic surveys, lowfrequency emissions, and acoustic
deterrents has also been noted in wild
populations of odontocetes (Bowles et
al., 1994; Goold, 1996; 1998; Stone et
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002)
and to some extent in mysticetes (Gailey
et al., 2007), while longer term or
repetitive/chronic displacement for
some dolphin groups and for manatees
has been suggested to be due to the
presence of chronic vessel noise
(Haviland-Howell et al., 2007; MiksisOlds et al., 2007).
Maybaum (1993) conducted sound
playback experiments to assess the
effects of mid-frequency active sonar on
humpback whales in Hawaiian waters.
Specifically, he exposed focal pods to
sounds of a 3.3-kHz sonar pulse, a sonar
frequency sweep from 3.1 to 3.6 kHz,
and a control (blank) tape while
monitoring the behavior, movement,
and underwater vocalizations. The two
types of sonar signals differed in their
effects on the humpback whales, but
both resulted in avoidance behavior.
The whales responded to the pulse by
increasing their distance from the sound
source and responded to the frequency
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33851
sweep by increasing their swimming
speeds and track linearity. In the
Caribbean, sperm whales avoided
exposure to mid-frequency submarine
sonar pulses, in the range of 1,000 Hz
to 10,000 Hz (IWC 2005).
Kvadsheim et al., (2007) conducted a
controlled exposure experiment in
which killer whales (Orcinus orca) that
had been fitted with D-tags were
exposed to mid-frequency active sonar
(Source A: a 1.0 s upsweep 209 dB @ 1–
2 kHz every 10 seconds for 10 minutes;
Source B: with a 1.0 s upsweep 197 dB
@ 6–7 kHz every 10 s for 10 min). When
exposed to Source A, a tagged whale
and the group it was traveling with did
not appear to avoid the source. When
exposed to Source B, the tagged whales
along with other whales that had been
carousel feeding, ceased feeding during
the approach of the sonar and moved
rapidly away from the source. When
exposed to Source B, Kvadsheim and
his co-workers reported that a tagged
killer whale seemed to try to avoid
further exposure to the sound field by
immediately swimming away
(horizontally) from the source of the
sound; by engaging in a series of erratic
and frequently deep dives that seem to
take it below the sound field; or by
swimming away while engaged in a
series of erratic and frequently deep
dives. Although the sample sizes in this
study are too small to support statistical
analysis, the behavioral responses of the
orcas were consistent with the results of
other studies.
In 2007, the first in the series of
behavioral response studies conducted
by NMFS and other scientists showed
one beaked whale (Mesoplodon
densirostris) responding to an MFAS
playback. The BRS–07 Cruise report
indicates that the playback began when
the tagged beaked whale was vocalizing
at depth (at the deepest part of a typical
feeding dive), following a previous
control with no sound exposure. The
whale appeared to stop clicking
significantly earlier than usual, when
exposed to mid-frequency signals in the
130–140 dB (rms) range. After a few
more minutes of the playback, when the
received level reached a maximum of
140–150 dB, the whale ascended on the
slow side of normal ascent rates with a
longer than normal ascent, at which
point the exposure was terminated. The
BRS–07 Cruise report notes that the
results are from a single experiment and
that a greater sample size is needed
before robust and definitive conclusions
can be drawn (NMFS, 2008)
Flight Response—A flight response is
a dramatic change in normal movement
to a directed and rapid movement away
from the perceived location of a sound
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33852
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
source. Flight responses have been
speculated as being a component of
marine mammal strandings associated
with MFAS activities (Evans and
England, 2001). If marine mammals
respond to Navy vessels that are
transmitting active sonar in the same
way that they might respond to a
predator, their probability of flight
responses should increase when they
perceive that Navy vessels are
approaching them directly, because a
direct approach may convey detection
and intent to capture (Burger and
Gochfeld, 1981, 1990, Cooper, 1997,
1998). The probability of avoidance
responses should also increase as
received levels of active sonar increase
(and the ship is, therefore, closer) and
as ship speeds increase (that is, as
approach speeds increase). For example,
the probability of flight responses in
Dall’s sheep Ovis dalli dalli (Frid 2001a,
2001b), ringed seals Phoca hispida
(Born et al., 1999), Pacific brant (Branta
bernicl nigricans) and Canada geese (B.
Canadensis) increased as a helicopter or
fixed-wing aircraft approached groups
of these animals more directly (Ward et
al., 1999). Bald eagles (Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) perched on trees
alongside a river were also more likely
to flee from a paddle raft when their
perches were closer to the river or were
closer to the ground (Steidl and
Anthony, 1996).
Breathing—Variations in respiration
naturally vary with different behaviors
and variations in respiration rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Mean exhalation rates of gray whales at
rest and while diving were found to be
unaffected by seismic surveys
conducted adjacent to the whale feeding
grounds (Gailey et al., 2007). Studies
with captive harbor porpoises showed
increased respiration rates upon
introduction of acoustic alarms
(Kastelein et al., 2001; Kastelein et al.,
2006a) and emissions for underwater
data transmission (Kastelein et al.,
2005). However, exposure of the same
acoustic alarm to a striped dolphin
under the same conditions did not elicit
a response (Kastelein et al., 2006a),
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Continued Pre-Disturbance Behavior,
Habituation, or No Response
Under some circumstances, some of
the individual marine mammals that are
exposed to active sonar transmissions
will continue their normal behavioral
activities; in other circumstances,
individual animals will become aware
of the sonar transmissions at lower
received levels and move to avoid
additional exposure or exposures at
higher received levels (Richardson
et al., 1995).
It is difficult to distinguish between
animals that continue their predisturbance behavior without stress
responses, animals that continue their
behavior but experience stress responses
(that is, animals that cope with
disturbance), animals that habituate to
disturbance (that is, they may have
experienced low-level stress responses
initially, but those responses abated
over time), and animals that do not
respond to the potential disturbance.
Watkins (1986) reviewed data on the
behavioral reactions of fin, humpback,
right and minke whales that were
exposed to continuous, broadband lowfrequency shipping and industrial noise
in Cape Cod Bay. He concluded that
underwater sound was the primary
cause of behavioral reactions in these
species of whales and that the whales
responded behaviorally to acoustic
stimuli within their respective hearing
ranges. Watkins also noted that whales
showed the strongest behavioral
reactions to sounds in the 15 Hz to 28
kHz range, although negative reactions
(avoidance, interruptions in
vocalizations, etc.) were generally
associated with sounds that were either
unexpected, too loud, suddenly louder
or different, or perceived as being
associated with a potential threat (such
as an approaching ship on a collision
course). In particular, whales seemed to
react negatively when they were within
100 m of the source or when received
levels increased suddenly in excess of
12 dB relative to ambient sounds. At
other times, the whales ignored the
source of the signal and all four species
habituated to these sounds.
Nevertheless, Watkins concluded that
whales ignored most sounds in the
background of ambient noise, including
the sounds from distant human
activities even though these sounds may
have had considerable energies at
frequencies well within the whales’
range of hearing. Further, he noted that
of the whales observed, fin whales were
the most sensitive of the four species,
followed by humpback whales; right
whales were the least likely to be
disturbed and generally did not react to
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
low-amplitude engine noise. By the end
of his period of study, Watkins (1986)
concluded that fin and humpback
whales have generally habituated to the
continuous and broad-band noise of
Cape Cod Bay while right whales did
not appear to change their response. As
mentioned above, animals that habituate
to a particular disturbance may have
experienced low-level stress responses
initially, but those responses abated
over time. In most cases, this likely
means a lessened immediate potential
effect from a disturbance; however,
concern exists where the habituation
occurs in a potentially more harmful
situation, for example: animals may
become more vulnerable to vessel
strikes once they habituate to vessel
traffic (Swingle et al., 1993; Wiley et al.,
1995).
Aicken et al., (2005) monitored the
behavioral responses of marine
mammals to a new low-frequency active
sonar system that was being developed
for use by the British Navy. During
those trials, fin whales, sperm whales,
Sowerby’s beaked whales, long-finned
pilot whales (Globicephala melas),
Atlantic white-sided dolphins, and
common bottlenose dolphins were
observed and their vocalizations were
recorded. These monitoring studies
detected no evidence of behavioral
responses that the investigators could
attribute to exposure to the lowfrequency active sonar during these
trials.
Behavioral Responses (Southall et al.
(2007))
Southall et al., (2007) reports the
results of the efforts of a panel of experts
in acoustic research from behavioral,
physiological, and physical disciplines
that convened and reviewed the
available literature on marine mammal
hearing and physiological and
behavioral responses to human-made
sound with the goal of proposing
exposure criteria for certain effects. This
peer-reviewed compilation of literature
is very valuable, though Southall et al.,
(2007) note that not all data are equal,
some have poor statistical power,
insufficient controls, and/or limited
information on received levels,
background noise, and other potentially
important contextual variables—such
data were reviewed and sometimes used
for qualitative illustration but were not
included in the quantitative analysis for
the criteria recommendations. All of the
studies considered, however, contain an
estimate of the received sound level
when the animal exhibited the indicated
response.
In the Southall et al., (2007)
publication, for the purposes of
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
analyzing responses of marine mammals
to anthropogenic sound and developing
criteria, the authors differentiate
between single pulse sounds, multiple
pulse sounds, and non-pulse sounds.
MFAS/HFAS is considered a non-pulse
sound. Southall et al., (2007) summarize
the studies associated with lowfrequency, mid-frequency, and highfrequency cetacean and pinniped
responses to non-pulse sounds, based
strictly on received level, in Appendix
C of their article (incorporated by
reference and summarized in the three
paragraphs below).
The studies that address responses of
low frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered in the
field and related to several types of
sound sources (of varying similarity to
MFAS/HFAS) including: vessel noise,
drilling and machinery playback, lowfrequency M-sequences (sine wave with
multiple phase reversals) playback,
tactical low-frequency active sonar
playback, drill ships, Acoustic
Thermometry of Ocean Climate (ATOC)
source, and non-pulse playbacks. These
studies generally indicate no (or very
limited) responses to received levels in
the 90 to 120 dB re: 1 μPa range and an
increasing likelihood of avoidance and
other behavioral effects in the 120 to
160 dB range. As mentioned earlier,
though, contextual variables play a very
important role in the reported responses
and the severity of effects are not linear
when compared to received level. Also,
few of the laboratory or field datasets
had common conditions, behavioral
contexts or sound sources, so it is not
surprising that responses differ.
The studies that address responses of
mid-frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: Pingers, drilling playbacks,
ship and ice-breaking noise, vessel
noise, Acoustic Harassment Devices
(AHDs), Acoustic Deterrent Devices
(ADDs), MFAS, and non-pulse bands
and tones. Southall et al., (2007) were
unable to come to a clear conclusion
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
regarding the results of these studies. In
some cases, animals in the field showed
significant responses to received levels
between 90 and 120 dB, while in other
cases these responses were not seen in
the 120 to 150 dB range. The disparity
in results was likely due to contextual
variation and the differences between
the results in the field and laboratory
data (animals typically responded at
lower levels in the field).
The studies that address responses of
high frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: Pingers, AHDs, and various
laboratory non-pulse sounds. All of
these data were collected from harbor
porpoises. Southall et al., (2007)
concluded that the existing data
indicate that harbor porpoises are likely
sensitive to a wide range of
anthropogenic sounds at low received
levels (∼90–120 dB), at least for initial
exposures. All recorded exposures
above 140 dB induced profound and
sustained avoidance behavior in wild
harbor porpoises (Southall et al., 2007).
Rapid habituation was noted in some
but not all studies. There is no data to
indicate whether other high frequency
cetaceans are as sensitive to
anthropogenic sound as harbor
porpoises are.
The studies that address the responses
of pinnipeds in water to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: AHDs, ATOC, various nonpulse sounds used in underwater data
communication; underwater drilling,
and construction noise. Few studies
exist with enough information to
include them in the analysis. The
limited data suggested that exposures to
non-pulse sounds between 90 and 140
dB generally do not result in strong
behavioral responses in pinnipeds in
water, but no data exist at higher
received levels.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33853
In addition to summarizing the
available data, the authors of Southall et
al., (2007) developed a severity scaling
system with the intent of ultimately
being able to assign some level of
biological significance to a response.
Following is a summary of their scoring
system, a comprehensive list of the
behaviors associated with each score
may be found in the report:
• 0–3 (Minor and/or brief behaviors)
includes, but is not limited to: No
response; minor changes in speed or
locomotion (but with no avoidance);
individual alert behavior; minor
cessation in vocal behavior; minor
changes in response to trained behaviors
(in laboratory);
• 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival) includes, but
is not limited to: Moderate changes in
speed, direction, or dive profile; brief
shift in group distribution; prolonged
cessation or modification of vocal
behavior (duration > duration of sound),
minor or moderate individual and/or
group avoidance of sound; brief
cessation of reproductive behavior; or
refusal to initiate trained tasks (in
laboratory);
• 7–9 (Behaviors considered likely to
affect the aforementioned vital rates)
includes, but is not limited to: Extensive
of prolonged aggressive behavior;
moderate, prolonged or significant
separation of females and dependent
offspring with disruption of acoustic
reunion mechanisms; long-term
avoidance of an area; outright panic,
stampede, stranding; threatening or
attacking sound source (in laboratory).
In Table 6 we have summarized the
scores that Southall et al., (2007)
assigned to the papers that reported
behavioral responses of low-frequency
cetaceans, mid-frequency cetaceans, and
pinnipeds in water to non-pulse sounds.
This table is included simply to
summarize the findings of the studies
and opportunistic observations (all of
which were capable of estimating
received level) that Southall et al.,
(2007) compiled in the effort to develop
acoustic criteria.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Potential Effects of Behavioral
Disturbance
The different ways that marine
mammals respond to sound are
sometimes indicators of the ultimate
effect that exposure to a given stimulus
will have on the well-being (survival,
reproduction, etc.) of an animal. There
is little quantitative marine mammal
data relating the exposure of marine
mammals to sound to effects on
reproduction or survival, though data
exists for terrestrial species to which we
can draw comparisons for marine
mammals. Several authors have
reported that disturbance stimuli cause
animals to abandon nesting and foraging
sites, Sutherland and Crockford, 1993),
cause animals to increase their activity
levels and suffer premature deaths or
reduced reproductive success when
their energy expenditures exceed their
energy budgets (Daan et al., 1996, Feare
1976, Giese 1996, Mullner et al., 2004,
Waunters et al., 1997), or cause animals
to experience higher predation rates
when they adopt risk-prone foraging or
migratory strategies (Frid and Dill,
2002). Each of these studies addressed
the consequences that result when
animals shift from one behavioral state
(for example, resting or foraging) to
another behavioral state (avoidance or
escape behavior) because of human
disturbance or disturbance stimuli.
One consequence of behavioral
avoidance results from changing the
energetics of marine mammals because
of the energy required to avoid surface
vessels or the sound field associated
with active sonar (Frid and Dill, 2002).
Most animals can avoid that energetic
cost by swimming away at slow speeds
or those speeds that are at or near the
minimum cost of transport (MiksisOlds, 2006), as has been demonstrated
in Florida manatees (Hartman, 1979,
Miksis-Olds, 2006).
Those costs increase, however, when
animals shift from a resting state, which
is designed to conserve an animal’s
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
energy, to an active state that consumes
energy the animal would have
conserved had it not been disturbed.
Marine mammals that have been
disturbed by anthropogenic noise and
vessel approaches are commonly
reported to shift from resting behavioral
states to active behavioral states, which
would imply that they incur an energy
cost. Morete et al., (2007) reported that
undisturbed humpback whale cows that
were accompanied by their calves were
frequently observed resting while their
calves circled them (milling) and rolling
interspersed with dives. When vessels
approached, the amount of time cows
and calves spent resting and milling,
respectively declined significantly.
These results are similar to those
reported by Scheidat et al. (2004) for the
humpback whales they observed off the
coast of Ecuador.
Constantine and Brunton (2001)
reported that bottlenose dolphins in the
Bay of Islands, New Zealand only
engaged in resting behavior 5% of the
time when vessels were within 300
meters compared with 83% of the time
when vessels were not present. MiksisOlds (2006) and Miksis-Olds et al.
(2005) reported that Florida manatees in
Sarasota Bay, Florida, reduced the
amount of time they spent milling and
increased the amount of time they spent
feeding when background noise levels
increased. Although the acute costs of
these changes in behavior are not likely
to exceed an animals’ ability to
compensate, the chronic costs of these
behavioral shifts are uncertain.
Attention is the cognitive process of
selectively concentrating on one aspect
of an animal’s environment while
ignoring other things (Posner, 1994).
Because animals (including humans)
have limited cognitive resources, there
is a limit to how much sensory
information they can process at any
time. The phenomenon called
‘‘attentional capture’’ occurs when a
stimulus (usually a stimulus that an
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
animal is not concentrating on or
attending to) ‘‘captures’’ an animal’s
attention. This shift in attention can
occur consciously or unconsciously (for
example, when an animal hears sounds
that it associates with the approach of
a predator) and the shift in attention can
be sudden (Dukas, 2002; van Rij, 2007).
Once a stimulus has captured an
animal’s attention, the animal can
respond by ignoring the stimulus,
assuming a ‘‘watch and wait’’ posture,
or treat the stimulus as a disturbance
and respond accordingly, which
includes scanning for the source of the
stimulus or ‘‘vigilance’’ (Cowlishaw et
al., 2004).
Vigilance is normally an adaptive
behavior that helps animals determine
the presence or absence of predators,
assess their distance from conspecifics,
or to attend cues from prey (Bednekoff
and Lima, 1998; Treves, 2000). Despite
those benefits, however, vigilance has a
cost of time: when animals focus their
attention on specific environmental
cues, they are not attending to other
activities such a foraging. These costs
have been documented best in foraging
animals, where vigilance has been
shown to substantially reduce feeding
rates (Saino, 1994; Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002).
Animals will spend more time being
vigilant, which may translate to less
time foraging or resting, when
disturbance stimuli approach them
more directly, remain at closer
distances, have a greater group size (for
example, multiple surface vessels,
which, of note, will not be utilized in
the NWTRC), or when they co-occur
with times that an animal perceives
increased risk (for example, when they
are giving birth or accompanied by a
calf). Most of the published literature,
however, suggests that direct
approaches will increase the amount of
time animals will dedicate to being
vigilant. For example, bighorn sheep
and Dall’s sheep dedicated more time to
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.146
33854
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
being vigilant, and less time resting or
foraging, when aircraft made direct
approaches over them (Frid, 2001;
Stockwell et al., 1991).
Several authors have established that
long-term and intense disturbance
stimuli can cause population declines
by reducing the body condition of
individuals that have been disturbed,
followed by reduced reproductive
success, reduced survival, or both (Daan
et al., 1996; Madsen, 1994; White,
1983). For example, Madsen (1994)
reported that pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46percent reproductive success rate
compared with geese in disturbed
habitat (being consistently scared off the
fields on which they were foraging)
which did not gain mass and has a 17%
reproductive success rate. Similar
reductions in reproductive success have
been reported for mule deer (Odocoileus
hemionus) disturbed by all-terrain
vehicles (Yarmoloy et al., 1988), caribou
disturbed by seismic exploration blasts
(Bradshaw et al., 1998), caribou
disturbed by low-elevation military jetfights (Luick et al., 1996), and caribou
disturbed by low-elevation jet flights
(Harrington and Veitch, 1992).
Similarly, a study of elk (Cervus
elaphus) that were disturbed
experimentally by pedestrians
concluded that the ratio of young to
mothers was inversely related to
disturbance rate (Phillips and
Alldredge, 2000).
The primary mechanism by which
increased vigilance and disturbance
appear to affect the fitness of individual
animals is by disrupting an animal’s
time budget and, as a result, reducing
the time they might spend foraging and
resting (which increases an animal’s
activity rate and energy demand). For
example, a study of grizzly bears (Ursus
horribilis) reported that bears disturbed
by hikers reduced their energy intake by
an average of 12 kcal/min (50.2 × 103kJ/
min), and spent energy fleeing or acting
aggressively toward hikers (White et al.,
1999). Alternately, Ridgway et al.,
(2006) reported that increased vigilance
in bottlenose dolphins exposed to sound
over a five day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects such
as changes in cortisol or epinephrine
levels.
On a related note, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing, on a
diel cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
Stranding and Mortality
When a live or dead marine mammal
swims or floats onto shore and becomes
‘‘beached’’ or incapable of returning to
sea, the event is termed a ‘‘stranding’’
(Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci,
2002; Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005;
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2007p). The legal definition for a
stranding within the United States is
that (A) ‘‘a marine mammal is dead and
is (i) on a beach or shore of the United
States; or (ii) in waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B)
a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
on a beach or shore of the United States
and, although able to return to the
water, is in need of apparent medical
attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is
unable to return to its natural habitat
under its own power or without
assistance.’’ (16 U.S.C. 1421h).
Marine mammals are known to strand
for a variety of reasons, such as
infectious agents, biotoxicosis,
starvation, fishery interaction, ship
strike, unusual oceanographic or
weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors
sustained concurrently or in series.
However, the cause or causes of most
strandings are unknown (Geraci et al.,
1976; Eaton, 1979, Odell et al., 1980;
Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
that the physiology, behavior, habitat
relationships, age, or condition of
cetaceans may cause them to strand or
might pre-dispose them to strand when
exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the
conclusions of numerous other studies
that have demonstrated that
combinations of dissimilar stressors
commonly combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
does not produce the same result
(Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries
et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley
et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,
2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,
2004).
Several sources have published lists
of mass stranding events of cetaceans in
an attempt to identify relationships
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33855
between those stranding events and
military active sonar (Hildebrand, 2004;
IWC, 2005; Taylor et al., 2004). For
example, based on a review of stranding
records between 1960 and 1995, the
International Whaling Commission
(2005) identified ten mass stranding
events of Cuvier’s beaked whales that
had been reported and one mass
stranding of four Baird’s beaked whale
(Berardius bairdii). The IWC concluded
that, out of eight stranding events
reported from the mid-1980s to the
summer of 2003, seven had been
coincident with the use of MFAS, one
of those seven had been associated with
the use of tactical low-frequency sonar,
and the remaining stranding event had
been associated with the use of seismic
airguns.
Most of the stranding events reviewed
by the IWC involved beaked whales. A
mass stranding of Cuvier’s beaked
whales in the eastern Mediterranean Sea
occurred in 1996 (Franzis, 1998) and
mass stranding events involving
Gervais’ beaked whales, Blainville’s
beaked whales, and Cuvier’s beaked
whales occurred off the coast of the
Canary Islands in the late 1980s
(Simmonds and Lopez-Jurado, 1991).
The stranding events that occurred in
the Canary Islands and Kyparissiakos
Gulf in the late 1990s and the Bahamas
in 2000 have been the most intensivelystudied mass stranding events and have
been associated with naval exercises
involving the use of MFAS.
Strandings Associated With MFAS
Over the past 12 years, there have
been five stranding events coincident
with military mid-frequency active
sonar use in which exposure to sonar is
believed by NMFS and the Navy to have
been a contributing factor: Greece
(1996); the Bahamas (2000); Madeira
(2000); Canary Islands (2002); and Spain
(2006). Additionally, in 2004, during the
RIMPAC exercises, between 150–200
usually pelagic melon-headed whales
occupied the shallow waters of the
Hanalei Bay, Kaua’i, Hawaii for over 28
hours. NMFS determined that the midfrequency sonar was a plausible, if not
likely, contributing factor in what may
have been a confluence of events that
led to the Hanalei Bay stranding. A
number of other stranding events
coincident with the operation of MFAS
including the death of beaked whales or
other species (minke whales, dwarf
sperm whales, pilot whales) have been
reported; however, the majority have
not been investigated to the degree
necessary to determine the cause of the
stranding.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33856
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Greece (1996)
Twelve Cuvier’s beaked whales
stranded atypically (in both time and
space) along a 38.2-kilometer strand of
the coast of the Kyparissiakos Gulf on
May 12 and 13, 1996 (Frantzis, 1998).
From May 11 through May 15, the
NATO research vessel Alliance was
conducting active sonar tests with
signals of 600 Hz and 3 kHz and source
levels of 228 and 226 dB re: 1 μPa,
respectively (D’Amico and Verboom,
1998; D’Spain et al., 2006). The timing
and the location of the testing
encompassed the time and location of
the whale strandings (Frantzis, 1998).
Necropsies of eight of the animals
were performed but were limited to
basic external examination and
sampling of stomach contents, blood,
and skin. No ears or organs were
collected, and no histological samples
were preserved. No apparent
abnormalities or wounds were found
(Frantzis, 2004). Examination of photos
of the animals, taken soon after their
death, revealed that the eyes of at least
four of the individuals were bleeding.
Photos were taken soon after their death
(Frantzis, 2004). Stomach contents
contained the flesh of cephalopods,
indicating that feeding had recently
taken place (Frantzis, 1998).
All available information regarding
the conditions associated with this
stranding event were compiled, and
many potential causes were examined
including major pollution events,
prominent tectonic activity, unusual
physical or meteorological events,
magnetic anomalies, epizootics, and
conventional military activities
(International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a).
However, none of these potential causes
coincided in time or space with the
mass stranding, or could explain its
characteristics (International Council for
the Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). The
robust condition of the animals, plus the
recent stomach contents, is inconsistent
with pathogenic causes (Frantzis, 2004).
In addition, environmental causes can
be ruled out as there were no unusual
environmental circumstances or events
before or during this time period and
within the general proximity (Frantzis,
2004).
Because of the rarity of this mass
stranding of Cuvier’s beaked whales in
the Kyparissiakos Gulf (first one in
history), the probability for the two
events (the military exercises and the
strandings) to coincide in time and
location, while being independent of
each other, was thought to be extremely
low (Frantzis, 1998). However, because
full necropsies had not been conducted,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
and no abnormalities were noted, the
cause of the strandings could not be
precisely determined (Cox et al., 2006).
A Bioacoustics Panel convened by
NATO concluded that the evidence
available did not allow them to accept
or reject sonar exposures as a causal
agent in these stranding events. Their
official finding was ‘‘An acoustic link
can neither be clearly established, nor
eliminated as a direct or indirect cause
for the May 1996 strandings.’’ The
analysis of this stranding event
provided support for, but no clear
evidence for, the cause-and-effect
relationship of active sonar training
activities and beaked whale strandings
(Cox et al., 2006).
Bahamas (2000)
NMFS and the Navy prepared a joint
report addressing the multi-species
stranding in the Bahamas in 2000,
which took place within 24 hours of
U.S. Navy ships using MFAS as they
passed through the Northeast and
Northwest Providence Channels on
March 15–16, 2000. The ships, which
operated both AN/SQS–53C and AN/
SQS–56, moved through the channel
while emitting MFAS pings
approximately every 24 seconds. Of the
17 cetaceans that stranded over a 36-hr
period (Cuvier’s beaked whales,
Blainville’s beaked whales, Minke
whales, and a spotted dolphin), seven
animals died on the beach (5 Cuvier’s
beaked whales, 1 Blainville’s beaked
whale, and the spotted dolphin), while
the other 10 were returned to the water
alive (though their ultimate fate is
unknown). As discussed in the Bahamas
report (DOC/DON, 2001), there is no
likely association between the minke
whale and spotted dolphin strandings
and the operation of MFAS.
Necropsies were performed on five of
the stranded beaked whales. All five
necropsied beaked whales were in good
body condition, showing no signs of
infection, disease, ship strike, blunt
trauma, or fishery related injuries, and
three still had food remains in their
stomachs. Auditory structural damage
was discovered in four of the whales,
specifically bloody effusions or
hemorrhaging around the ears. Bilateral
intracochlear and unilateral temporal
region subarachnoid hemorrhage, with
blood clots in the lateral ventricles,
were found in two of the whales. Three
of the whales had small hemorrhages in
their acoustic fats (located along the jaw
and in the melon).
A comprehensive investigation was
conducted and all possible causes of the
stranding event were considered,
whether they seemed likely at the outset
or not. Based on the way in which the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
strandings coincided with ongoing
naval activity involving tactical MFAS
use, in terms of both time and
geography, the nature of the
physiological effects experienced by the
dead animals, and the absence of any
other acoustic sources, the investigation
team concluded that MFAS aboard U.S.
Navy ships that were in use during the
active sonar exercise in question were
the most plausible source of this
acoustic or impulse trauma to beaked
whales. This sound source was active in
a complex environment that included
the presence of a surface duct, unusual
and steep bathymetry, a constricted
channel with limited egress, intensive
use of multiple, active sonar units over
an extended period of time, and the
presence of beaked whales that appear
to be sensitive to the frequencies
produced by these active sonars. The
investigation team concluded that the
cause of this stranding event was the
confluence of the Navy MFAS and these
contributory factors working together,
and further recommended that the Navy
avoid operating MFAS in situations
where these five factors would be likely
to occur. This report does not conclude
that all five of these factors must be
present for a stranding to occur, nor that
beaked whales are the only species that
could potentially be affected by the
confluence of the other factors. Based on
this, NMFS believes that the operation
of MFAS in situations where surface
ducts exist, or in marine environments
defined by steep bathymetry and/or
constricted channels, may increase the
likelihood of producing a sound field
with the potential to cause cetaceans
(especially beaked whales) to strand,
and therefore suggests the need for
increased vigilance while operating
MFAS in these areas, especially when
beaked whales (or potentially other
deep divers) are likely present.
Madeira, Spain (2000)
From May 10–14, 2000, three Cuvier’s
beaked whales were found atypically
stranded on two islands in the Madeira
archipelago, Portugal (Cox et al., 2006).
A fourth animal was reported floating in
the Madeiran waters by fishermen but
did not come ashore (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005). Joint
NATO amphibious training
peacekeeping exercises involving
participants from 17 countries and 80
warships, took place in Portugal during
May 2–15, 2000.
The bodies of the three stranded
whales were examined post mortem
(Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution,
2005), though only one of the stranded
whales was fresh enough (24 hours after
stranding) to be necropsied (Cox et al.,
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
2006). Results from the necropsy
revealed evidence of hemorrhage and
congestion in the right lung and both
kidneys (Cox et al., 2006). There was
also evidence of intercochlear and
intracranial hemorrhage similar to that
which was observed in the whales that
stranded in the Bahamas event (Cox et
al., 2006). There were no signs of blunt
trauma, and no major fractures (Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
The cranial sinuses and airways were
found to be clear with little or no fluid
deposition, which may indicate good
preservation of tissues (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Several observations on the Madeira
stranded beaked whales, such as the
pattern of injury to the auditory system,
are the same as those observed in the
Bahamas strandings. Blood in and
around the eyes, kidney lesions, pleural
hemorrhages, and congestion in the
lungs are particularly consistent with
the pathologies from the whales
stranded in the Bahamas, and are
consistent with stress and pressure
related trauma. The similarities in
pathology and stranding patterns
between these two events suggest that a
similar pressure event may have
precipitated or contributed to the
strandings at both sites (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Even though no definitive causal link
can be made between the stranding
event and naval exercises, certain
conditions may have existed in the
exercise area that, in their aggregate,
may have contributed to the marine
mammal strandings (Freitas, 2004):
Exercises were conducted in areas of at
least 547 fathoms (1,000 m) depth near
a shoreline where there is a rapid
change in bathymetry on the order of
547 to 3,281 (1,000–6,000 m) fathoms
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
multiple ships were operating around
Madeira, though it is not known if
MFAS was used, and the specifics of the
sound sources used are unknown (Cox
et al., 2006, Freitas, 2004); exercises
took place in an area surrounded by
land masses separated by less than 35
nm (65 km) and at least 10 nm (19 km)
in length, or in an embayment. Exercises
involving multiple ships employing
MFA near land may produce sound
directed towards a channel or
embayment that may cut off the lines of
egress for marine mammals (Freitas,
2004).
Canary Islands, Spain (2002)
The southeastern area within the
Canary Islands is well known for
aggregations of beaked whales due to its
ocean depths of greater than 547
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
fathoms (1,000 m) within a few hundred
meters of the coastline (Fernandez et al.,
2005). On September 24, 2002, 14
beaked whales were found stranded on
Fuerteventura and Lanzarote Islands in
the Canary Islands (International
Council for Exploration of the Sea,
2005a). Seven whales died, while the
remaining seven live whales were
returned to deeper waters (Fernandez et
al., 2005). Four beaked whales were
found stranded dead over the next 3
days either on the coast or floating
offshore. These strandings occurred
within near proximity of an
international naval exercise that utilized
MFAS and involved numerous surface
warships and several submarines.
Strandings began about 4 hours after the
onset of MFAS activity (International
Council for Exploration of the Sea,
2005a; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Eight Cuvier’s beaked whales, one
Blainville’s beaked whale, and one
Gervais’ beaked whale were necropsied,
six of them within 12 hours of stranding
(Fernandez et al., 2005). No pathogenic
bacteria were isolated from the carcasses
(Jepson et al., 2003). The animals
displayed severe vascular congestion
and hemorrhage especially around the
tissues in the jaw, ears, brain, and
kidneys, displaying marked
disseminated microvascular
hemorrhages associated with
widespread fat emboli (Jepson et al.,
2003; International Council for
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). Several
organs contained intravascular bubbles,
although definitive evidence of gas
embolism in vivo is difficult to
determine after death (Jepson et al.,
2003). The livers of the necropsied
animals were the most consistently
affected organ, which contained
macroscopic gas-filled cavities and had
variable degrees of fibrotic
encapsulation. In some animals,
cavitary lesions had extensively
replaced the normal tissue (Jepson et al.,
2003). Stomachs contained a large
amount of fresh and undigested
contents, suggesting a rapid onset of
disease and death (Fernandez et al.,
2005). Head and neck lymph nodes
were enlarged and congested, and
parasites were found in the kidneys of
all animals (Fernandez et al., 2005).
The association of NATO MFAS use
close in space and time to the beaked
whale strandings, and the similarity
between this stranding event and
previous beaked whale mass strandings
coincident with active sonar use,
suggests that a similar scenario and
causative mechanism of stranding may
be shared between the events. Beaked
whales stranded in this event
demonstrated brain and auditory system
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33857
injuries, hemorrhages, and congestion in
multiple organs, similar to the
pathological findings of the Bahamas
and Madeira stranding events. In
addition, the necropsy results of the
Canary Islands stranding event lead to
the hypothesis that the presence of
disseminated and widespread gas
bubbles and fat emboli were indicative
of nitrogen bubble formation, similar to
what might be expected in
decompression sickness (Jepson et al.,
´
2003; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Spain (2006)
The Spanish Cetacean Society
reported an atypical mass stranding of
four beaked whales that occurred
January 26, 2006, on the southeast coast
of Spain, near Mojacar (Gulf of Vera) in
the Western Mediterranean Sea.
According to the report, two of the
whales were discovered the evening of
January 26 and were found to be still
alive. Two other whales were
discovered during the day on January
27, but had already died. The fourth
animal was found dead on the afternoon
of January 27, a few kilometers north of
the first three animals. From January
25–26, 2006, Standing North Atlantic
Treaty Organization (NATO) Response
Force Maritime Group Two (five of
seven ships including one U.S. ship
under NATO Operational Control) had
conducted active sonar training against
a Spanish submarine within 50 nm (93
km) of the stranding site.
Veterinary pathologists necropsied
the two male and two female Cuvier’s
beaked whales. According to the
pathologists, the most likely primary
cause of this type of beaked whale mass
stranding event was anthropogenic
acoustic activities, most probably antisubmarine MFAS used during the
military naval exercises. However, no
positive acoustic link was established as
a direct cause of the stranding. Even
though no causal link can be made
between the stranding event and naval
exercises, certain conditions may have
existed in the exercise area that, in their
aggregate, may have contributed to the
marine mammal strandings (Freitas,
2004): exercises were conducted in
areas of at least 547 fathoms (1000 m)
depth near a shoreline where there is a
rapid change in bathymetry on the order
of 547 to 3,281 fathoms (1000–6000 m)
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
multiple ships (in this instance, five)
were operating MFAS in the same area
over extended periods of time (in this
case, 20 hours) in close proximity;
Exercises took place in an area
surrounded by landmasses, or in an
embayment. Exercises involving
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33858
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
multiple ships employing MFAS near
land may have produced sound directed
towards a channel or embayment that
may have cut off the lines of egress for
the affected marine mammals (Freitas,
2004).
Hanalei Bay (2004)
On July 3–4, 2004, approximately
150–200 melon-headed whales
occupied the shallow waters of the
Hanalei Bay, Kaua’i, Hawaii for over 28
hours. Attendees of a canoe blessing
observed the animals entering the Bay
in a single wave formation at 7 a.m. on
July 3, 2004. The animals were observed
moving back into the shore from the
mouth of the Bay at 9 a.m. The usually
pelagic animals milled in the shallow
bay and were returned to deeper water
with human assistance beginning at 9:30
a.m. on July 4, 2004, and were out of
sight by 10:30 a.m.
Only one animal, a calf, was known
to have died following this event. The
animal was noted alive and alone in the
Bay on the afternoon of July 4, 2004 and
was found dead in the Bay the morning
of July 5, 2004. A full necropsy,
magnetic resonance imaging, and
computerized tomography examination
were performed on the calf to determine
the manner and cause of death. The
combination of imaging, necropsy and
histological analyses found no evidence
of infectious, internal traumatic,
congenital, or toxic factors. Although
cause of death could not be definitively
determined, it is likely that maternal
separation, poor nutritional condition,
and dehydration contributed to the final
demise of the animal. Although we do
not know when the calf was separated
from its mother, the movement into the
Bay, the milling and re-grouping may
have contributed to the separation or
lack of nursing especially if the
maternal bond was weak or this was a
primiparous calf.
Environmental factors, abiotic and
biotic, were analyzed for any anomalous
occurrences that would have
contributed to the animals entering and
remaining in Hanalei Bay. The Bay’s
bathymetry is similar to many other
sites within the Hawaiian Island chain
and dissimilar to sites that have been
associated with mass strandings in other
parts of the United States. The weather
conditions appeared to be normal for
that time of year with no fronts or other
significant features noted. There was no
evidence of unusual distribution or
occurrence of predator or prey species,
or unusual harmful algal blooms.
Weather patterns and bathymetry that
have been associated with mass
strandings elsewhere were not found to
occur in this instance.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
A separate event involving melonheaded whales and rough-toothed
dolphins took place over the same
period of time in the Northern Mariana
Islands (Jefferson et al., 2006), which is
several thousand miles from Hawaii.
Some 500–700 melon-headed whales
came into Sasanhaya Bay on 4 July 2004
on the island of Rota and then left of
their own accord after 5.5 hours; no
known active sonar transmissions
occurred in the vicinity of that event.
Global reports of these types of events
or sightings are of great interest to the
scientific community and continuing
efforts to enhance reporting in island
nations will contribute to our increased
understanding of animal behavior and
potential causes of stranding events.
Exactly what, if any, relationship this
event has to the simultaneous events in
Hawaii and whether they might be
related to some common factor (e.g.,
there was a full moon on July 2, 2004)
is and will likely remain unknown.
However, these two synchronous,
nearshore events involving a rarelysighted species are curious and may
point to the range of potential
contributing factors for which we lack
detailed understanding and which the
authors acknowledged might have
played some role in the ‘‘confluence of
events’’ in Hanalei Bay.
The Hanalei event was spatially and
temporally correlated with RIMPAC.
Official sonar training and tracking
exercises in the Pacific Missile Range
Facility (PMRF) warning area did not
commence until approximately 8 a.m.
on July 3 and were thus ruled out as a
possible trigger for the initial movement
into the Bay.
However, six naval surface vessels
transiting to the operational area on July
2 intermittently transmitted active sonar
(for approximately 9 hours total from
1:15 p.m. to 12:30 a.m.) as they
approached from the south. The
potential for these transmissions to have
triggered the whales’ movement into
Hanalei Bay was investigated. Analyses
with the information available indicated
that animals to the south and east of
Kaua’i could have detected active sonar
transmissions on July 2, and reached
Hanalei Bay on or before 7 a.m. on July
3, 2004. However, data limitations
regarding the position of the whales
prior to their arrival in the Bay, the
magnitude of sonar exposure, behavioral
responses of melon-headed whales to
acoustic stimuli, and other possible
relevant factors preclude a conclusive
finding regarding the role of sonar in
triggering this event. Propagation
modeling suggest that transmissions
from sonar use during the July 3
exercise in the PMRF warning area may
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
have been detectable at the mouth of the
Bay. If the animals responded negatively
to these signals, it may have contributed
to their continued presence in the Bay.
The U.S. Navy ceased all active sonar
transmissions during exercises in this
range on the afternoon of July 3, 2004.
Subsequent to the cessation of sonar
use, the animals were herded out of the
Bay.
While causation of this stranding
event may never be unequivocally
determined, we consider the active
sonar transmissions of July 2–3, 2004, a
plausible, if not likely, contributing
factor in what may have been a
confluence of events. This conclusion is
based on: (1) The evidently anomalous
nature of the stranding; (2) its close
spatiotemporal correlation with widescale, sustained use of sonar systems
previously associated with stranding of
deep-diving marine mammals; (3) the
directed movement of two groups of
transmitting vessels toward the
southeast and southwest coast of Kauai;
(4) the results of acoustic propagation
modeling and an analysis of possible
animal transit times to the Bay; and (5)
the absence of any other compelling
causative explanation. The initiation
and persistence of this event may have
resulted from an interaction of
biological and physical factors. The
biological factors may have included the
presence of an apparently uncommon,
deep-diving cetacean species (and
possibly an offshore, non-resident
group), social interactions among the
animals before or after they entered the
Bay, and/or unknown predator or prey
conditions. The physical factors may
have included the presence of nearby
deep water, multiple vessels transiting
in a directed manner while transmitting
active sonar over a sustained period, the
presence of surface sound ducting
conditions, and/or intermittent and
random human interactions while the
animals were in the Bay.
Association Between Mass Stranding
Events and Exposure to MFAS
Several authors have noted
similarities between some of these
stranding incidents: They occurred in
islands or archipelagoes with deep
water nearby, several appeared to have
been associated with acoustic
waveguides like surface ducting, and
the sound fields created by ships
transmitting MFAS (Cox et al., 2006,
D’Spain et al., 2006). Although Cuvier’s
beaked whales have been the most
common species involved in these
stranding events (81% of the total
number of stranded animals), other
beaked whales (including Mesoplodon
europeaus, M. densirostris, and
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Hyperoodon ampullatus) comprise 14%
of the total. Other species, such as Kogia
breviceps, have stranded in association
with the operation of MFAS, but in
much lower numbers and less
consistently than beaked whales.
Based on the evidence available,
however, we cannot determine whether
(a) Cuvier’s beaked whale is more prone
to injury from high-intensity sound than
other species, (b) their behavioral
responses to sound makes them more
likely to strand, or (c) they are more
likely to be exposed to MFAS than other
cetaceans (for reasons that remain
unknown). Because the association
between active sonar exposures and
marine mammals mass stranding events
is not consistent—some marine
mammals strand without being exposed
to active sonar and some sonar
transmissions are not associated with
marine mammal stranding events
despite their co-occurrence—other risk
factors or a grouping of risk factors
probably contribute to these stranding
events.
Behaviorally Mediated Responses to
MFAS That May Lead to Stranding
Although the confluence of Navy
MFAS with the other contributory
factors noted in the report was
identified as the cause of the 2000
Bahamas stranding event, the specific
mechanisms that led to that stranding
(or the others) are not understood, and
there is uncertainty regarding the
ordering of effects that led to the
stranding. It is unclear whether beaked
whales were directly injured by sound
(acoustically mediated bubble growth,
addressed above) prior to stranding or
whether a behavioral response to sound
occurred that ultimately caused the
beaked whales to be injured and to
strand.
Although causal relationships
between beaked whale stranding events
and active sonar remain unknown,
several authors have hypothesized that
stranding events involving these species
in the Bahamas and Canary Islands may
have been triggered when the whales
changed their dive behavior in a startled
response to exposure to active sonar or
to further avoid exposure (Cox et al.,
2006; Rommel et al., 2006). These
authors proposed three mechanisms by
which the behavioral responses of
beaked whales upon being exposed to
active sonar might result in a stranding
event. These include: gas bubble
formation caused by excessively fast
surfacing; remaining at the surface too
long when tissues are supersaturated
with nitrogen; or diving prematurely
when extended time at the surface is
necessary to eliminate excess nitrogen.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
More specifically, beaked whales that
occur in deep waters that are in close
proximity to shallow waters (for
example, the ‘‘canyon areas’’ that are
cited in the Bahamas stranding event;
see D’Spain and D’Amico, 2006), may
respond to active sonar by swimming
into shallow waters to avoid further
exposures and strand if they were not
able to swim back to deeper waters.
Second, beaked whales exposed to
active sonar might alter their dive
behavior. Changes in their dive behavior
might cause them to remain at the
surface or at depth for extended periods
of time which could lead to hypoxia
directly by increasing their oxygen
demands or indirectly by increasing
their energy expenditures (to remain at
depth) and increase their oxygen
demands as a result. If beaked whales
are at depth when they detect a ping
from an active sonar transmission and
change their dive profile, this could lead
to the formation of significant gas
bubbles, which could damage multiple
organs or interfere with normal
physiological function (Cox et al., 2006;
Rommel et al., 2006; Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). Baird et al., (2005) found
that slow ascent rates from deep dives
and long periods of time spent within
50 m of the surface were typical for both
Cuvier’s and Blainville’s beaked whales,
the two species involved in mass
strandings related to naval MFAS. These
two behavioral mechanisms may be
necessary to purge excessive dissolved
nitrogen concentrated in their tissues
during their frequent long dives (Baird
et al., 2005). Baird et al., (2005) further
suggests that abnormally rapid ascents
or premature dives in response to highintensity active sonar could indirectly
result in physical harm to the beaked
whales, through the mechanisms
described above (gas bubble formation
or non-elimination of excess nitrogen).
Because many species of marine
mammals make repetitive and
prolonged dives to great depths, it has
long been assumed that marine
mammals have evolved physiological
mechanisms to protect against the
effects of rapid and repeated
decompressions. Although several
investigators have identified
physiological adaptations that may
protect marine mammals against
nitrogen gas supersaturation (alveolar
collapse and elective circulation;
Kooyman et al., 1972; Ridgway and
Howard, 1979), Ridgway and Howard
(1979) reported that bottlenose dolphins
(Tursiops truncatus) that were trained to
dive repeatedly had muscle tissues that
were substantially supersaturated with
nitrogen gas. Houser et al. (2001) used
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33859
these data to model the accumulation of
nitrogen gas within the muscle tissue of
other marine mammal species and
concluded that cetaceans that dive deep
and have slow ascent or descent speeds
would have tissues that are more
supersaturated with nitrogen gas than
other marine mammals. Based on these
data, Cox et al., (2006) hypothesized
that a critical dive sequence might make
beaked whales more prone to stranding
in response to acoustic exposures. The
sequence began with (1) very deep (to
depths of up to 2 kilometers) and long
(as long as 90 minutes) foraging dives
with (2) relatively slow, controlled
ascents, followed by (3) a series of
‘‘bounce’’ dives between 100 and 400
meters in depth (also see Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). They concluded that
acoustic exposures that disrupted any
part of this dive sequence (for example,
causing beaked whales to spend more
time at surface without the bounce dives
that are necessary to recover from the
deep dive) could produce excessive
levels of nitrogen supersaturation in
their tissues, leading to gas bubble and
emboli formation that produces
pathologies similar to decompression
sickness.
Recently, Zimmer and Tyack (2007)
modeled nitrogen tension and bubble
growth in several tissue compartments
for several hypothetical dive profiles
and concluded that repetitive shallow
dives (defined as a dive where depth
does not exceed the depth of alveolar
collapse, approximately 72 m for
Ziphius), perhaps as a consequence of
an extended avoidance reaction to
active sonar sound, could pose a risk for
decompression sickness and that this
risk should increase with the duration
of the response. Their models also
suggested that unrealistically rapid
ascent rates of ascent from normal dive
behaviors are unlikely to result in
supersaturation to the extent that bubble
formation would be expected. Tyack et
al., (2006) suggested that emboli
observed in animals exposed to MFAS
(Jepson et al., 2003; Fernandez et al.,
2005) could stem from a behavioral
response that involves repeated dives
shallower than the depth of lung
collapse. Given that nitrogen gas
accumulation is a passive process (i.e.
nitrogen is metabolically inert), a
bottlenose dolphin was trained to
repetitively dive a profile predicted to
elevate nitrogen saturation to the point
that nitrogen bubble formation was
predicted to occur. However, inspection
of the vascular system of the dolphin via
ultrasound did not demonstrate the
formation of asymptomatic nitrogen gas
bubbles (Houser et al., 2007). Baird et
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33860
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
al., (2008), in a beaked whale tagging
study off Hawaii, showed that deep
dives are equally common during day or
night, but ‘‘bounce dives’’ are typically
a daytime behavior, possibly associated
with visual predator avoidance (Baird et
al., 2008). This may indicate that
‘‘bounce dives’’ are associated with
something other than behavioral
regulation of dissolved nitrogen levels,
which would be necessary day and
night.
Despite the many theories involving
bubble formation (both as a direct cause
of injury (see Acoustically Mediated
Bubble Growth Section) and an indirect
cause of stranding (See Behaviorally
Mediated Bubble Growth Section),
Southall et al., (2007) summarizes that
there is either scientific disagreement or
a lack of information regarding each of
the following important points: (1)
Received acoustical exposure conditions
for animals involved in stranding
events; (2) pathological interpretation of
observed lesions in stranded marine
mammals; (3) acoustic exposure
conditions required to induce such
physical trauma directly; (4) whether
noise exposure may cause behavioral
reactions (such as atypical diving
behavior) that secondarily cause bubble
formation and tissue damage; and (5)
the extent the post mortem artifacts
introduced by decomposition before
sampling, handling, freezing, or
necropsy procedures affect
interpretation of observed lesions.
Of note, no major ASW training
exercises are proposed to be conducted
in the NWTRC. The exercises utilizing
MFAS will not utilize more than one
surface vessel MFAS source at once.
Additionally, while beaked whales may
be present in the NWTRC where surface
duct and steep bathymetry (in the form
of sea mounts) characteristics exist,
none of the training events will take
place in a location having a constricted
channel less than 35 miles wide or with
limited egress similar to the Bahamas.
Moreover, no sonar is proposed to be
used in the Inshore area east of the
mouth of the Strait of Juan de Fuca.
Additionally, only approximately 110
hours of the highest power surface
vessel MFAS use will be conducted
annually (in short duration 1.5 hour
exercises) in the NWTRC per year.
Although the five environmental factors
believed to have contributed to the
Bahamas stranding (at least 3 surface
vessel MFAS sources operating
simultaneously or in conjunction with
one another, beaked whale presence,
surface ducts, steep bathymetry, and
constricted channels with limited
egress) will not be present during
exercises in NWTRC, NMFS
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
recommends caution when either steep
bathymetry, surface ducting conditions,
or a constricted channel is present when
mid-frequency active sonar is employed
and cetaceans (especially beaked
whales) are present.
Exposure to Underwater Detonation of
Explosives
Some of the Navy’s training exercises
include the underwater detonation of
explosives. For many of the exercises
discussed, inert ordnance is used for a
subset of the exercises. For exercises
that involve ‘‘shooting’’ at a target that
is above the surface of the water,
underwater explosions only occur when
the target is missed, which is the
minority of the time (the Navy has
historical hit/miss ratios and uses them
in their exposure estimates). The
underwater explosion from a weapon
would send a shock wave and blast
noise through the water, release gaseous
by-products, create an oscillating
bubble, and cause a plume of water to
shoot up from the water surface. The
shock wave and blast noise are of most
concern to marine animals. Depending
on the intensity of the shock wave and
size, location, and depth of the animal,
an animal can be injured, killed, suffer
non-lethal physical effects, experience
hearing related effects with or without
behavioral responses, or exhibit
temporary behavioral responses or
tolerance from hearing the blast sound.
Generally, exposures to higher levels of
impulse and pressure levels would
result in worse impacts to an individual
animal.
Injuries resulting from a shock wave
take place at boundaries between tissues
of different density. Different velocities
are imparted to tissues of different
densities, and this can lead to their
physical disruption. Blast effects are
greatest at the gas-liquid interface
(Landsberg, 2000). Gas-containing
organs, particularly the lungs and
gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill, 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). In addition, gascontaining organs including the nasal
sacs, larynx, pharynx, trachea, and
lungs may be damaged by compression/
expansion caused by the oscillations of
the blast gas bubble (Reidenberg and
Laitman, 2003). Intestinal walls can
bruise or rupture, with subsequent
hemorrhage and escape of gut contents
into the body cavity. Less severe
gastrointestinal tract injuries include
contusions, petechiae (small red or
purple spots caused by bleeding in the
skin), and slight hemorrhaging
(Yelverton et al., 1973).
Because the ears are the most
sensitive to pressure, they are the organs
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
most sensitive to injury (Ketten, 2000).
Sound-related trauma associated with
blast noise can be theoretically distinct
from injury from the shock wave,
particularly farther from the explosion.
If an animal is able to hear a noise, at
some level it can fatigue or damage its
hearing by causing decreased sensitivity
(Ketten, 1995) (See Noise-induced
Threshold Shift Section above). Soundrelated trauma can be lethal or
sublethal. Lethal impacts are those that
result in immediate death or serious
debilitation in or near an intense source
and are not, technically, pure acoustic
trauma (Ketten, 1995). Sublethal
impacts include hearing loss, which is
caused by exposures to perceptible
sounds. Severe damage (from the shock
wave) to the ears includes tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the
ossicles, damage to the cochlea,
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid
leakage into the middle ear. Moderate
injury implies partial hearing loss due
to tympanic membrane rupture and
blood in the middle ear. Permanent
hearing loss also can occur when the
hair cells are damaged by one very loud
event, as well as by prolonged exposure
to a loud noise or chronic exposure to
noise. The level of impact from blasts
depends on both an animal’s location
and, at outer zones, on its sensitivity to
the residual noise (Ketten, 1995).
There have been fewer studies
addressing the behavioral effects of
explosives on marine mammals than
MFAS/HFAS. However, though the
nature of the sound waves emitted from
an explosion is different (in shape and
rise time) from MFAS/HFAS, we still
anticipate the same sorts of behavioral
responses (see Exposure to MFAS/
HFAS: Behavioral Disturbance Section)
to result from repeated explosive
detonations (a smaller range of likely
less severe responses would be expected
to occur as a result of exposure to a
single explosive detonation).
Potential Effects of Vessel Movement
and Collisions
Vessel movement in the vicinity of
marine mammals has the potential to
result in either a behavioral response or
a direct physical interaction. Both
scenarios are discussed below.
Vessel Movement
There are limited data concerning
marine mammal behavioral responses to
vessel traffic and vessel noise, and a
lack of consensus among scientists with
respect to what these responses mean or
whether they result in short-term or
long-term adverse effects. In those cases
where there is a busy shipping lane or
where there is large amount of vessel
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
traffic, marine mammals may
experience acoustic masking
(Hildebrand, 2005) if they are present in
the area (e.g., killer whales in Puget
Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al.,
2008). In cases where vessels actively
approach marine mammals (e.g., whale
watching or dolphin watching boats),
scientists have documented that animals
exhibit altered behavior such as
increased swimming speed, erratic
movement, and active avoidance
behavior (Bursk, 1983; Acevedo, 1991;
Baker and MacGibbon, 1991; Trites and
Bain, 2000; Williams et al., 2002;
Constantine et al., 2003), reduced blow
interval (Ritcher et al., 2003), disruption
of normal social behaviors (Lusseau,
2003; 2006), and the shift of behavioral
activities which may increase energetic
costs (Constantine et al., 2003; 2004)). A
detailed review of marine mammal
reactions to ships and boats is available
in Richardson et al. (1995). For each of
the marine mammals taxonomy groups,
Richardson et al. (1995) provided the
following assessment regarding cetacean
reactions to vessel traffic:
Toothed whales: ‘‘In summary,
toothed whales sometimes show no
avoidance reaction to vessels, or even
approach them. However, avoidance can
occur, especially in response to vessels
of types used to chase or hunt the
animals. This may cause temporary
displacement, but we know of no clear
evidence that toothed whales have
abandoned significant parts of their
range because of vessel traffic.’’
Baleen whales: ‘‘When baleen whales
receive low-level sounds from distant or
stationary vessels, the sounds often
seem to be ignored. Some whales
approach the sources of these sounds.
When vessels approach whales slowly
and non-aggressively, whales often
exhibit slow and inconspicuous
avoidance maneuvers. In response to
strong or rapidly changing vessel noise,
baleen whales often interrupt their
normal behavior and swim rapidly
away. Avoidance is especially strong
when a boat heads directly toward the
whale.’’
It is important to recognize that
behavioral responses to stimuli are
complex and influenced to varying
degrees by a number of factors such as
species, behavioral contexts,
geographical regions, source
characteristics (moving or stationary,
speed, direction, etc.), prior experience
of the animal, and physical status of the
animal. For example, studies have
shown that beluga whales reacted
differently when exposed to vessel noise
and traffic. In some cases, nave beluga
whales exhibited rapid swimming from
ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km away,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
and showed changes in surfacing,
breathing, diving, and group
composition in the Canadian high
Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley
et al., 1990). In other cases, beluga
whales were more tolerant of vessels,
but differentially responsive by
reducing their calling rates, to certain
vessels and operating characteristics
(especially older animals) in the St.
Lawrence River where vessel traffic is
common (Blane and Jaakson, 1994). In
Bristol Bay, Alaska, beluga whales
continued to feed when surrounded by
fishing vessels and resisted dispersal
even when purposefully harassed (Fish
and Vania, 1971).
In reviewing more than 25 years of
whale observation data, Watkins (1986)
concluded that whale reactions to vessel
traffic were ‘‘modified by their previous
experience and current activity:
habituation often occurred rapidly,
attention to other stimuli or
preoccupation with other activities
sometimes overcame their interest or
wariness of stimuli.’’ Watkins noticed
that over the years of exposure to ships
in the Cape Cod area, minke whales
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata) changed
from frequent positive (such as
approaching vessels) interest to
generally uninterested reactions; finback
whales (B. physalus) changed from
mostly negative (such as avoidance) to
uninterested reactions; right whales
(Eubalaena glacialis) apparently
continued the same variety of responses
(negative, uninterested, and positive
responses) with little change; and
humpbacks (Megaptera novaeangliae)
dramatically changed from mixed
responses that were often negative to
often strongly positive reactions.
Watkins (1986) summarized that
‘‘whales near shore, even in regions
with low vessel traffic, generally have
become less wary of boats and their
noises, and they have appeared to be
less easily disturbed than previously. In
particular locations with intense
shipping and repeated approaches by
boats (such as the whale-watching areas
of Stellwagen Bank), more and more
whales had P [positive] reactions to
familiar vessels, and they also
occasionally approached other boats
and yachts in the same ways.’’
The Northwest Training Range
Complex is well traveled by a variety of
commercial and recreational vessels and
a fair portion of the marine mammals in
the area are expected to be habituated to
vessel noise. Washington state handles
seven percent of the country’s exports
and six percent of its imports. Cruise
ships make daily use of the Seattle Port.
A substantial volume of small boat
traffic, primarily recreational, occurs
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33861
throughout Puget Sound, which has 244
marinas with 39,400 moorage slips and
another 331 launch sites for smaller
boats.
As described in the Description of the
Specified Activity section, training
exercises involving vessel movements
occur intermittently and are variable in
duration, ranging from a few hours up
to 2 weeks. During training, speeds vary
and depend on the specific type of
activity, although 10–14 knots is
considered the typical speed.
Approximately 490 activities that
involve Navy vessels occur within the
Study Area during a typical year.
Training activities are widely dispersed
throughout the large OPAREA, which
encompasses 122,468 nm2 (420,054
km2). Consequently, the density of Navy
ships within the Study Area at any
given time is low.
Moreover, naval vessels transiting the
study area or engaging in the training
exercises will not actively or
intentionally approach a marine
mammal or change speed drastically.
While in transit, naval vessels will be
alert at all times, use extreme caution,
and proceed at a ‘‘safe speed’’ so that
the vessel can take proper and effective
action to avoid a collision with any
marine animal and can be stopped
within a distance appropriate to the
prevailing circumstances and
conditions. When whales have been
sighted in the area, Navy vessels will
increase vigilance and take reasonable
and practicable actions to avoid
collisions and activities that might
result in close interaction of naval assets
and marine mammals. Actions may
include changing speed and/or direction
and would be dictated by environmental
and other conditions (e.g., safety,
weather).
Although the radiated sound from
Navy vessels will be audible to marine
mammals over a large distance, it is
unlikely that animals will respond
behaviorally (in a manner that NMFS
would consider MMPA harassment) to
low-level distant shipping noise as the
animals in the area are likely to be
habituated to such noises (Nowacek et
al., 2004). In light of these facts, NMFS
does not expect the Navy’s vessel
movements to result in Level B
harassment.
Vessel Strike
Commercial and Navy ship strikes of
cetaceans can cause major wounds,
which may lead to the death of the
animal. An animal at the surface could
be struck directly by a vessel, a
surfacing animal could hit the bottom of
a vessel, or an animal just below the
surface could be cut by a vessel’s
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33862
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
propeller. The severity of injuries
typically depends on the size and speed
of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus,
2001; Laist et al. 2001; Vanderlaan and
Taggart, 2007).
The most vulnerable marine mammals
are those that spend extended periods of
time at the surface in order to restore
oxygen levels within their tissues after
deep dives (for example, the sperm
whale). In addition, some baleen
whales, such as the North Atlantic right
whale seem generally unresponsive to
vessel sound, making them more
susceptible to vessel collisions
(Nowacek et al., 2004). These species
are primarily large, slow-moving
whales. Smaller marine mammals (for
example, bottlenose dolphin) move
quickly through the water column and
are often seen riding the bow wave of
large ships. Marine mammal responses
to vessels may include avoidance and
changes in dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
An examination of all known ship
strikes from all shipping sources
(civilian and military) indicates vessel
speed is a principal factor in whether a
vessel strike results in death (Knowlton
and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001,
Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and
Taggart, 2007). In assessing records in
which vessel speed was known, Laist et
al. (2001) found a direct relationship
between the occurrence of a whale
strike and the speed of the vessel
involved in the collision. The authors
concluded that most deaths occurred
when a vessel was traveling in excess of
13 knots.
Jensen and Silber (2003) detailed 292
records of known or probable ship
strikes of all large whale species from
1975 to 2002. Of these, vessel speed at
the time of collision was reported for 58
cases. Of these cases, 39 (or 67%)
resulted in serious injury or death (19 or
33% resulted in serious injury as
determined by blood in the water,
propeller gashes or severed tailstock,
and fractured skull, jaw, vertebrae,
hemorrhaging, massive bruising or other
injuries noted during necropsy and 20
to 35% resulted in death). Operating
speeds of vessels that struck various
species of large whales ranged from 2 to
51 knots. The majority (79%) of these
strikes occurred at speeds of 13 knots or
greater. The average speed that resulted
in serious injury or death was 18.6
knots. Pace and Silber (2005) found that
the probability of death or serious injury
increased rapidly with increasing vessel
speed. Specifically, the predicted
probability of serious injury or death
increased from 45% to 75% as vessel
speed increased from 10 to 14 knots,
and exceeded 90% at 17 knots. Higher
speeds during collisions result in greater
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
force of impact, but higher speeds also
appear to increase the chance of severe
injuries or death by pulling whales
toward the vessel. Computer simulation
modeling showed that hydrodynamic
forces pulling whales toward the vessel
hull increase with increasing speed
(Clyne, 1999, Knowlton et al., 1995).
The Jensen and Silber (2003) report
notes that the database represents a
minimum number of collisions, because
the vast majority probably go
undetected or unreported. In contrast,
Navy vessels are likely to detect any
strike that does occur, and they are
required to report all ship strikes
involving marine mammals. Overall, the
percentages of Navy traffic relative to
overall large shipping traffic are very
small (on the order of 2%).
The ability of a ship to avoid a
collision and to detect a collision
depends on a variety of factors,
including environmental conditions,
ship design, size, and manning. The
majority of ships participating in
NWTRC training activities have a
number of advantages for avoiding ship
strikes as compared to most commercial
merchant vessels, including the
following:
• Navy ships have their bridges
positioned forward, offering good
visibility ahead of the bow.
• Crew size is much larger than that
of merchant ships allowing for more
potential observers on the bridge.
• Dedicated lookouts are posted
during a training activity scanning the
ocean for anything detectable in the
water; anything detected is reported to
the Officer of the Deck.
• Navy lookouts receive extensive
training including Marine Species
Awareness Training designed to provide
marine species detection cues and
information necessary to detect marine
mammals.
• Navy ships are generally much
more maneuverable than commercial
merchant vessels.
The Navy has adopted mitigation
measures to reduce the potential for
collisions with surfaced marine
mammals. For a thorough discussion of
mitigation measures, please see the
Mitigation section. Briefly, these
measures include:
• At all times when vessels are
underway, trained lookouts are used to
detect all objects on the surface of the
water, including marine mammals.
• Reasonable and prudent actions are
implemented to avoid the close
interaction of Navy assets and marine
mammals.
• While in transit, naval vessels will
be alert at all times, use extreme
caution, and proceed at a ‘‘safe speed’’
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
so that the vessel can take proper and
effective action to avoid a collision with
any marine animal and can be stopped
within a distance appropriate to the
prevailing circumstances and
conditions.
Based on the implementation of Navy
mitigation measures and the relatively
low density of Navy ships in the Study
Area, NMFS has concluded
preliminarily that the probability of a
ship strike is very low, especially for
dolphins and porpoises, killer whales,
social pelagic odontocetes and
pinnipeds that are highly visible, and/
or comparatively small and
maneuverable. Though more probable,
NMFS also believes that the likelihood
of a Navy vessel striking a mysticete or
sperm whale is low. The Navy did not
request take from a ship strike and
based on our preliminary determination,
NMFS is not recommending that they
modify their request at this time.
However, NMFS is currently engaged in
an internal Section 7 consultation under
the ESA and the outcome of that
consultation will further inform our
final decision.
Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under Section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the ‘‘permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance.’’ The NDAA of 2004
amended the MMPA as it relates to
military-readiness activities and the ITA
process such that ‘‘least practicable
adverse impact’’ shall include
consideration of personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the effectiveness of the
‘‘military readiness activity.’’ The
training activities described in the
NWTRC application are considered
military readiness activities.
NMFS reviewed the proposed
NWTRC activities and the proposed
NWTRC mitigation measures as
described in the Navy’s LOA
application to determine if they would
result in the least practicable adverse
effect on marine mammals, which
includes a careful balancing of the likely
benefit of any particular measure to the
marine mammals with the likely effect
of that measure on personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the effectiveness of the
‘‘military-readiness activity.’’ NMFS
determined that further discussion was
necessary regarding the use of MFAS/
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
HFAS for training in the Inshore Area
that contains the southern resident
killer whale critical habitat.
To address the concerns above, the
Navy clarified for NMFS (subsequent to
their submittal of the LOA application)
that no training utilizing MFAS/HFAS
had occurred in the Inshore Area of
NWTRC for the last six years, that it is
not being conducted now, and that there
are no plans to utilize MFAS/HFAS in
the Inshore Area. This information has
been factored into NMFS’ effects
analysis.. Because MFAS/HFAS will not
be used in this area, there is no reason
to authorize take from these activities.
However, the Navy indicated that
should their plans change in the future
they will request authorization under
the MMPA. The Navy further explained
that no explosive training occurs in the
Inshore Area other than the annual
detonation of four 2.5lb charges, which
are not anticipated to result in the take
of marine mammals. Included below are
the mitigation measures the Navy
proposed (see ‘‘Mitigation Measures
Proposed in the Navy’s LOA
Application’’)
Mitigation Measures Proposed in the
Navy’s LOA Application
This section includes the protective
measures proposed by the Navy and is
taken directly from their application
(with the exception of headings, which
have been modified for increased clarity
within the context of this proposed
rule). In their proposed mitigation, the
Navy has included measures to protect
sea turtles—those measures are
included here as part of the Navy’s
proposed action. Although measures to
protect sea turtles are important, they
are not required by the MMPA, and
therefore, will not be codified through
this regulation or required in any
subsequent MMPA LOA. Measures to
protect sea turtles will, however, be
addressed in the Endangered Species
Act section 7 consultation.
General Maritime Measures for All
Training at Sea
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Personnel Training (for All Training
Types)
The use of shipboard lookouts is a
critical component of all Navy
protective measures. Lookout duties
require that they report all objects
sighted in the water to the officer of the
deck (OOD) (e.g., trash, a periscope,
marine mammals, sea turtles) and all
disturbances (e.g., surface disturbance,
discoloration) that may be indicative of
a threat to the vessel and its crew. There
are personnel serving as lookouts on
station at all times (day and night) when
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
a ship or surfaced submarine is moving
through the water.
• All commanding officers (COs),
executive officers (XOs), lookouts,
officers of the deck (OODs), junior
OODs (JOODs), maritime patrol aircraft
aircrews, and Anti-submarine Warfare
(ASW)/Mine Warfare (MIW) helicopter
crews will complete the NMFSapproved Marine Species Awareness
Training (MSAT) by viewing the U.S.
Navy MSAT digital versatile disk (DVD).
All bridge lookouts will complete both
parts one and two of the MSAT; part
two is optional for other personnel. This
training addresses the lookout’s role in
environmental protection, laws
governing the protection of marine
species, Navy stewardship
commitments and general observation
information to aid in avoiding
interactions with marine species.
• Navy lookouts will undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook (Naval
Education and Training Command
[NAVEDTRA] 12968–D).
• Lookout training will include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
lookout. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, lookouts will complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
Program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). Personnel being
trained as lookouts can be counted
among those listed below as long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
• Lookouts will be trained in the most
effective means to ensure quick and
effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of protective measures
if marine species are spotted.
Operating Procedures and Collision
Avoidance (for All Training Types)
• Prior to major exercises, a Letter of
Instruction, Mitigation Measures
Message or Environmental Annex to the
Operational Order will be issued to
further disseminate the personnel
training requirement and general marine
species protective measures.
• COs will make use of marine
species detection cues and information
to limit interaction with marine species
to the maximum extent possible
consistent with safety of the ship.
• While underway, surface vessels
will have at least two lookouts with
binoculars; surfaced submarines will
have at least one lookout with
binoculars. Lookouts already posted for
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33863
safety of navigation and man-overboard
precautions may be used to fill this
requirement. As part of their regular
duties, lookouts will watch for and
report to the OOD the presence of
marine mammals.
• On surface vessels equipped with a
multi-function active sensor, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
will be properly installed and in good
working order to assist in the detection
of marine mammals in the vicinity of
the vessel.
• Personnel on lookout will employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–D).
• After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts will employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
(NAVEDTRA 12968–D).
• While in transit, naval vessels will
be alert at all times, use extreme
caution, and proceed at a ‘‘safe speed’’
so that the vessel can take proper and
effective action to avoid a collision with
any marine animal and can be stopped
within a distance appropriate to the
prevailing circumstances and
conditions.
• When whales have been sighted in
the area, Navy vessels will increase
vigilance and take reasonable and
practicable actions to avoid collisions
and activities that might result in close
interaction of naval assets and marine
mammals. Actions may include
changing speed and/or direction and
would be dictated by environmental and
other conditions (e.g., safety, weather).
• Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea will conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties. Marine mammal detections will
be immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate where
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
Measures for MFAS Operations
Personnel Training (for MFAS
Operations)
• All lookouts onboard platforms
involved in ASW training events will
review the NMFS-approved Marine
Species Awareness Training material
prior to use of mid-frequency active
sonar.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33864
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
• All COs, XOs, and officers standing
watch on the bridge will have reviewed
the Marine Species Awareness Training
material prior to a training event
employing the use of MFAS/HFAS.
• Navy lookouts will undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook (Naval
Educational Training [NAVEDTRA],
12968–D).
• Lookout training will include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, lookouts will complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). This does not forbid
personnel being trained as lookouts
from being counted as those listed in
previous measures so long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
• Lookouts will be trained in the most
effective means to ensure quick and
effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of mitigation measures
if marine species are spotted.
Lookout and Watchstander
Responsibilities (for MFAS Operations)
• On the bridge of surface ships, there
will always be at least three people on
watch whose duties include observing
the water surface around the vessel.
• All surface ships participating in
ASW training events will, in addition to
the three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as marine mammal
lookouts.
• Personnel on lookout and officers
on watch on the bridge will have at least
one set of binoculars available for each
person to aid in the detection of marine
mammals.
• Personnel on lookout will be
responsible for reporting all objects or
anomalies sighted in the water
(regardless of the distance from the
vessel) to the Officer of the Deck, since
any object or disturbance (e.g., trash,
periscope, surface disturbance,
discoloration) in the water may be
indicative of a threat to the vessel and
its crew or indicative of a marine
species that may need to be avoided as
warranted.
Operating Procedures (for MFAS
Operations)
• All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
will monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action.
• During MFAS operations, personnel
will utilize all available sensor and
optical systems (such as night vision
goggles) to aid in the detection of
marine mammals.
• Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea will conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
• Aircraft with deployed sonobuoys
will use only the passive capability of
sonobuoys when marine mammals are
detected within 200 yds (183 m) of the
sonobuoy.
• Marine mammal detections will be
immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate where
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
• Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) within or closing to inside
1,000 yds (914 m) of the sonar dome
(the bow), the ship or submarine will
limit active transmission levels to at
least 6 decibels (dB) below normal
operating levels (a 6-dB reduction
equals a 75-percent reduction in power).
› Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the animal has been seen to leave
the area, has not been detected for 30
minutes, or the vessel has transited
more than 2,000 yds (1829 m) beyond
the location of the last detection.
› Should a marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 500
yds (457 m) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions will be limited to at
least 10 dB below the equipment’s
normal operating level. (A 10-dB
reduction equates to a 90-percent power
reduction from normal operating levels.)
Ships and submarines will continue to
limit maximum ping levels by this 10dB factor until the animal has been seen
to leave the area, has not been detected
for 30 minutes, or the vessel has
transited more than 2,000 yds (1829 m)
beyond the location of the last
detection.
› Should the marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 200
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
yds (183 m) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions will cease. Active
sonar will not resume until the animal
has been seen to leave the area, has not
been detected for 30 minutes, or the
vessel has transited more than 2,000 yds
(1829 m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
› Special conditions applicable for
dolphin and porpoise only: If, after
conducting an initial maneuver to avoid
close quarters with dolphin or porpoise,
the OOD concludes that dolphin or
porpoise are deliberately closing to ride
the vessel’s bow wave, no further
mitigation actions would be necessary
while the dolphin or porpoise continue
to exhibit bow wave riding behavior.
› If the need for power-down should
arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety Zones’’
above, the Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown will be to 229 dB, regardless of at
what level above 235 dB active sonar
was being operated).
• Prior to start up or restart of active
sonar, operators will check that the
Safety Zone radius around the sound
source is clear of marine mammals.
• Active sonar levels (generally)—
Navy will operate sonar at the lowest
practicable level, not to exceed 235 dB,
except as required to meet tactical
training objectives.
• Submarine sonar operators will
review detection indicators of closeaboard marine mammals prior to the
commencement of ASW training events
involving MFAS.
Measures for Underwater Detonations
Surface-to-Surface Gunnery (NonExplosive Rounds)
• A 200-yd (183 m) radius buffer zone
will be established around the intended
target.
• From the intended firing position,
trained lookouts will survey the buffer
zone for marine mammals prior to
commencement and during the exercise
as long as practicable. Due to the
distance between the firing position and
the buffer zone, lookouts are only
expected to visually detect breaching
whales, whale blows, and large pods of
dolphins and porpoises.
• If applicable, target towing vessels
will maintain a lookout. If a marine
mammal is sighted in the vicinity of the
exercise, the tow vessel will
immediately notify the firing vessel in
order to secure gunnery firing until the
area is clear.
• The exercise will be conducted only
when the buffer zone is visible and
marine mammals are not detected
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
within the target area and the buffer
zone.
Surface-to-Air Gunnery (Explosive and
Non-Explosive Rounds)
• Vessels will orient the geometry of
gunnery exercises in order to prevent
debris from falling in the area of sighted
marine mammals, algal mats, and
floating kelp.
• Vessels will expedite the recovery
of any parachute deploying aerial targets
to reduce the potential for entanglement
of marine mammals.
• Target towing aircraft shall
maintain a lookout. If a marine mammal
is sighted in the vicinity of the exercise,
the tow aircraft will immediately notify
the firing vessel in order to secure
gunnery firing until the area is clear.
Air-to-Surface At-Sea Bombing
Exercises (Explosive and NonExplosive)
• If surface vessels are involved,
trained lookouts will survey for floating
kelp, which may be inhabited by marine
mammals. Ordnance shall not be
targeted to impact within 1,000 yds (914
m) of known or observed floating kelp
or marine mammals.
• A 1,000 yd (914 m) radius buffer
zone will be established around the
intended target.
• Aircraft will visually survey the
target and buffer zone for marine
mammals prior to and during the
exercise. The survey of the impact area
will be made by flying at 1,500 ft (457
m) or lower, if safe to do so, and at the
slowest safe speed. Release of ordnance
through cloud cover is prohibited:
Aircraft must be able to actually see
ordnance impact areas. Survey aircraft
should employ most effective search
tactics and capabilities.
• The exercise will be conducted only
if marine mammals are not visible
within the buffer zone.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Air-to-Surface Missile Exercises
(Explosive and Non-Explosive)
• Aircraft will visually survey the
target area for marine mammals. Visual
inspection of the target area will be
made by flying at 1,500 (457 m) feet or
lower, if safe to do so, and at slowest
safe speed. Firing or range clearance
aircraft must be able to actually see
ordnance impact areas. Explosive
ordnance shall not be targeted to impact
within 1,800 yds (1646 m) of sighted
marine mammals.
Underwater Detonations (Up to 2.5-lb
Charges)
Exclusion Zones—All Mine Warfare
and Mine Countermeasures Operations
involving the use of explosive charges
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
must include exclusion zones for
marine mammals to prevent physical
and/or acoustic effects to those species.
These exclusion zones shall extend in a
700-yard arc (640 yd) radius around the
detonation site.
Pre-Exercise Surveys—For Demolition
and Ship Mine Countermeasures
Operations, pre-exercise surveys shall
be conducted within 30 minutes prior to
the commencement of the scheduled
explosive event. The survey may be
conducted from the surface, by divers,
and/or from the air, and personnel shall
be alert to the presence of any marine
mammal. Should such an animal be
present within the survey area, the
explosive event shall not be started until
the animal voluntarily leaves the area.
The Navy will ensure the area is clear
of marine mammals for a full 30
minutes prior to initiating the explosive
event. Personnel will record any marine
mammal observations during the
exercise as well as measures taken if
species are detected within the
exclusion zone.
Post-Exercise Surveys—Surveys
within the same radius shall also be
conducted within 30 minutes after the
completion of the explosive event.
Reporting—If there is evidence that a
marine mammal may have been
stranded, injured or killed by the action,
Navy training activities will be
suspended immediately and the
situation reported immediately by the
participating unit to the Officer in
Charge of the Exercise (OCE), who will
follow Navy procedures for reporting
the incident to Commander, Pacific
Fleet, Commander, Navy Region
Southwest, Environmental Director, and
the chain-of-command. The situation
will also be reported to NMFS
immediately or as soon as clearance
procedures allow.
Sinking Exercise
The selection of sites suitable for
SINKEXs involves a balance of
operational suitability, requirements
established under the Marine
Protection, Research and Sanctuaries
Act (MPRSA) permit granted to the
Navy (40 CFR 229.2), and the
identification of areas with a low
likelihood of encountering ESA-listed
species. To meet operational suitability
criteria, the locations of SINKEXs must
be within a reasonable distance of the
target vessels’ originating location. The
locations should also be close to active
military bases to allow participating
assets access to shore facilities. For
safety purposes, these locations should
also be in areas that are not generally
used by non-military air or watercraft.
The MPRSA permit requires vessels to
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33865
be sunk in waters which are at least
6000 ft (1829 m) deep and at least 50 nm
from land. In general, most listed
species prefer areas with strong
bathymetric gradients and
oceanographic fronts for significant
biological activity such as feeding and
reproduction. Typical locations include
the continental shelf and shelf-edge.
The Navy has developed range
clearance procedures to maximize the
probability of sighting any ships or
marine mammal in the vicinity of an
exercise, which are as follows:
• All weapons firing would be
conducted during the period 1 hour
after official sunrise to 30 minutes
before official sunset.
• Extensive range clearance activities
would be conducted in the hours prior
to commencement of the exercise,
ensuring that no shipping is located
within the hazard range of the longestrange weapon being fired for that event.
• An exclusion zone with a radius of
1.0 nm (1.9 km) would be established
around each target. This exclusion zone
is based on calculations using a 990-lb
(450-kg) H6 net explosive weight high
explosive source detonated 5 ft (1.5 m)
below the surface of the water, which
yields a distance of 0.85 nm (1.57 km)
(cold season) and 0.89 nm (1.65 km)
(warm season) beyond which the
received level is below the 182 decibels
(dB) re: 1 micropascal squared-seconds
(μPa2-s) threshold established for the
WINSTON S. CHURCHILL (DDG 81)
shock trials (U.S. Navy, 2001). An
additional buffer of 0.5 nm (0.9 km)
would be added to account for errors,
target drift, and animal movements.
Additionally, a safety zone, which
would extend beyond the buffer zone by
an additional 0.5 nm (0.9 km), would be
surveyed. Together, the zones extend
out 2 nm (3.7 km) from the target.
• A series of surveillance overflights
shall be conducted prior to the event to
ensure that no marine mammals are
present in the exclusion zone. Survey
protocol will be as follows:
• Overflights within the exclusion
zone would be conducted in a manner
that optimizes the surface area of the
water observed. This may be
accomplished through the use of the
Navy’s Search and Rescue Tactical Aid,
which provides the best search altitude,
ground speed, and track spacing for the
discovery of small, possibly dark objects
in the water based on the environmental
conditions of the day. These
environmental conditions include the
angle of sun inclination, amount of
daylight, cloud cover, visibility, and sea
state.
• All visual surveillance activities
would be conducted by Navy personnel
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33866
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
trained in visual surveillance. At least
one member of the mitigation team
would have completed the Navy’s
marine mammal training program for
lookouts.
• In addition to the overflights, the
exclusion zone would be monitored by
passive acoustic means, when assets are
available. This passive acoustic
monitoring would be maintained
throughout the exercise. Potential assets
include sonobuoys, which can be
utilized to detect any vocalizing marine
mammals (particularly sperm whales) in
the vicinity of the exercise. The
sonobuoys would be re-seeded as
necessary throughout the exercise.
Additionally, passive sonar onboard
submarines may be utilized to detect
any vocalizing marine mammals in the
area. The OCE would be informed of
any aural detection of marine mammals
and would include this information in
the determination of when it is safe to
commence the exercise.
• On each day of the exercise, aerial
surveillance of the exclusion and safety
zones would commence 2 hours prior to
the first firing.
• The results of all visual, aerial, and
acoustic searches would be reported
immediately to the OCE. No weapons
launches or firing would commence
until the OCE declares the safety and
exclusion zones free of marine
mammals and threatened and
endangered species.
• If a marine mammal observed
within the exclusion zone is diving,
firing would be delayed until the animal
is re-sighted outside the exclusion zone,
or 30 minutes have elapsed, whichever
occurs first. After 30 minutes, if the
animal has not been re-sighted it would
be assumed to have left the exclusion
zone. The OCE would determine if the
marine mammal is in danger of being
adversely affected by commencement of
the exercise.
• During breaks in the exercise of 30
minutes or more, the exclusion zone
would again be surveyed for any marine
mammal. If a marine mammal is sighted
within the exclusion zone, the OCE
would be notified, and the procedure
described above would be followed.
• Upon sinking of the vessel, a final
surveillance of the exclusion zone
would be monitored for 2 hours, or until
sunset, to verify that no marine
mammals were harmed.
• Aerial surveillance would be
conducted using helicopters or other
aircraft based on necessity and
availability. The Navy has several types
of aircraft capable of performing this
task; however, not all types are available
for every exercise. For each exercise, the
available asset best suited for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
identifying objects on and near the
surface of the ocean would be used.
These aircraft would be capable of
flying at the slow safe speeds necessary
to enable viewing of marine vertebrates
with unobstructed, or minimally
obstructed, downward and outward
visibility. The exclusion and safety zone
surveys may be cancelled in the event
that a mechanical problem, emergency
search and rescue, or other similar and
unexpected event preempts the use of
one of the aircraft onsite for the
exercise.
• Every attempt would be made to
conduct the exercise in sea states that
are ideal for marine mammal sighting—
Beaufort Sea State 3 or less. In the event
of a sea state of 4 or above, survey
efforts would be increased within the
zones. This would be accomplished
through the use of an additional aircraft,
if available, and conducting tight search
patterns.
• The exercise would not be
conducted unless the exclusion zone
could be adequately monitored visually.
Should low cloud cover or surface
visibility prevent adequate visual
monitoring as described previously, the
exercise would be delayed until
conditions improved, and all of the
above monitoring criteria could be met.
• In the unlikely event that any
marine mammal is observed to be
harmed in the area, a detailed
description of the animal would be
taken, the location noted, and if
possible, photos taken. This information
would be provided to NMFS via the
Navy’s regional environmental
coordinator for purposes of
identification (see the draft Stranding
Plan for detail).
• An after action report detailing the
exercise’s time line, the time the surveys
commenced and terminated, amount,
and types of all ordnance expended, and
the results of survey efforts for each
event would be submitted to NMFS.
Explosive Source Sonobuoys Used in
EER/IEER (AN/SSQ–110A)
• Crews will conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search should be conducted below
457 m (500 yd) at a slow speed, if
operationally feasible and weather
conditions permit. In dual aircraft
operations, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
• Crews shall conduct a minimum of
30 minutes of visual and aural
monitoring of the search area prior to
commanding the first post detonation.
This 30-minute observation period may
include pattern deployment time.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 914 m
(1,000 yd) of observed marine mammal
activity, deploy the receiver ONLY and
monitor while conducting a visual
search. When marine mammals are no
longer detected within 914 m (1,000 yd)
of the intended post position, co-locate
the explosive source sonobuoy (AN/
SSQ–110A) (source) with the receiver.
• When operationally feasible, crews
will conduct continuous visual and
aural monitoring of marine mammal
activity. This is to include monitoring of
own-aircraft sensors from first sensor
placement to checking off station and
out of RF range of these sensors.
• Aural Detection—If the presence of
marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that should cue the aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
crew may continue multi-static active
search.
• Visual Detection—If marine
mammals are visually detected within
914 m (1,000 yd) of the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) intended for
use, then that payload shall not be
detonated. Aircrews may utilize this
post once the marine mammals have not
been re-sighted for 30 minutes, or are
observed to have moved outside the 914
m (1,000 yd) safety buffer, whichever
occurs first. Aircrews may shift their
multi-static active search to another
post, where marine mammals are
outside the 914 m (1,000 yd) safety
buffer.
• Aircrews shall make every attempt
to manually detonate the unexploded
charges at each post in the pattern prior
to departing the operations area by
using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’ command
followed by the ‘‘Payload 2 Release’’
command. Aircrews shall refrain from
using the ‘‘Scuttle’’ command when two
payloads remain at a given post.
Aircrews will ensure that a 914 m (1,000
yd) safety buffer, visually clear of
marine mammals, is maintained around
each post as is done during active
search operations.
• Aircrews shall only leave posts
with unexploded charges in the event of
a sonobuoy malfunction, an aircraft
system malfunction, or when an aircraft
must immediately depart the area due to
issues such as fuel constraints,
inclement weather, and in-flight
emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary (detonation occurs by timer
approximately 6 hours after water entry)
or tertiary (detonation occurs by salt
water soluble plug approximately 12
hours after water entry) method.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
• Aircrews shall ensure all payloads
are accounted for. Explosive source
sonobuoys (AN/SSQ–110A) that cannot
be scuttled shall be reported as
unexploded ordnance via voice
communications while airborne, then
upon landing via naval message.
• Mammal monitoring shall continue
until out of own-aircraft sensor range.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the
Navy’s proposed mitigation measures
and considered a broad range of other
measures in the context of ensuring that
NMFS prescribes the means of effecting
the least practicable adverse impact on
the affected marine mammal species
and stocks and their habitat. Our
evaluation of potential measures
included consideration of the following
factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure is
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals.
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned.
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation, including
consideration of personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the effectiveness of the
military readiness activity.
In some cases, additional mitigation
measures are required beyond those that
the applicant proposes. Any mitigation
measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should
be able to accomplish, have a reasonable
likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
(a) Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals b, c, and d may
contribute to this goal).
(b) A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of MFAS/HFAS, underwater
detonations, or other activities expected
to result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to a, above, or
to reducing harassment takes only).
(c) A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS, underwater detonations,
or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal
may contribute to a, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
(d) A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of MFAS/
HFAS, underwater detonations, or other
activities expected to result in the take
of marine mammals (this goal may
contribute to a, above, or to reducing the
severity of harassment takes only).
(e) Avoidance or minimization of
adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the
food base, activities that block or limit
passage to or from biologically
important areas, permanent destruction
of habitat, or temporary destruction/
disturbance of habitat during a
biologically important time.
(f) For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation (shut-down zone, etc.).
Based on our evaluation of the Navy’s
proposed measures, as well as other
measures considered by NMFS or
recommended by the public, NMFS has
determined preliminarily that the
Navy’s proposed mitigation measures
(especially when the Adaptive
Management (see Adaptive Management
below) component is taken into
consideration) are adequate means of
effecting the least practicable adverse
impacts on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, while also considering
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity. Further detail is included
below.
The proposed rule comment period
will afford the public an opportunity to
submit recommendations, views and/or
concerns regarding this action and the
proposed mitigation measures. While
NMFS has determined preliminarily
that the Navy’s proposed mitigation
measures will effect the least practicable
adverse impact on the affected species
or stocks and their habitat, NMFS will
consider all public comments to help
inform our final decision. Consequently,
the proposed mitigation measures may
be refined, modified, removed, or added
to prior to the issuance of the final rule
based on public comments received,
and where appropriate, further analysis
of any additional mitigation measures.
NMFS believes that the range
clearance procedures and shutdown/
safety zone/exclusion zone measures the
Navy has proposed will enable the Navy
to avoid injuring marine mammals and
will enable them to minimize the
numbers of marine mammals exposed to
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33867
levels associated with TTS for the
following reasons:
MFAS/HFAS
The Navy’s standard protective
measures indicate that they will ensure
powerdown of MFAS/HFAS by 6-dB
when a marine mammal is detected
within 1,000 yd (914 m), powerdown of
4 more dB (or 10-dB total) when a
marine mammal is detected within 500
yd (457 m), and will cease MFAS/HFAS
transmissions when a marine mammal
is detected within 200 yd (183 m).
PTS/Injury—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to avoid exposing
marine mammals to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS sound that would result in
injury for the following reasons:
• The estimated distance from the
most powerful source at which
cetaceans and all pinnipeds except
harbor seals would receive levels at or
above the threshold for PTS/injury/
Level A Harassment is approximately 10
m (10.9 yd). The PTS threshold for
harbor seals is lower, and the associated
distance in which a harbor seal would
experience PTS is approximately 50 m.
• NMFS believes that the probability
that a marine mammal would approach
within the above distances of the sonar
dome (to the sides or below) without
being seen by the watchstanders (who
would then activate a shutdown if the
animal was within 200 yd (183 m)) is
very low, especially considering that
animals would likely avoid approaching
a source transmitting at that level at that
distance.
• The model predicted that one
harbor seal would be exposed to levels
associated with injury, however, the
model does not consider the mitigation
or likely avoidance behaviors and
NMFS believes that injury is unlikely
when those factors are considered.
TTS—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize exposure of
marine mammals to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS sound associated with
TTS for the following reasons:
• The estimated maximum distance
from the most powerful source at which
cetaceans and all pinnipeds except
harbor seals would receive levels at or
above the threshold for TTS is
approximately 140 m from the source in
most operating environments (except for
harbor seals for which the distance is
approximately 400 m).
• Based on the size of the animals,
average group size, behavior, and
average dive time, NMFS believes that
the probability that Navy watchstanders
will visually detect mysticetes or sperm
whales, dolphins, social pelagic species
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33868
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(pilot whales, melon-headed whales,
etc.), and sea lions at some point within
the 1,000 yd (914 km) safety zone before
they are exposed to the TTS threshold
levels is high, which means that the
Navy would often be able to shutdown
or powerdown to avoid exposing these
species to sound levels associated with
TTS.
• However, seals and more cryptic
(animals that are difficult to detect and
observe), deep-diving cetaceans (beaked
whales and Kogia spp.) are less likely to
be visually detected and could
potentially be exposed to levels of
MFAS/HFAS expected to cause TTS.
Animals at depth in one location would
not be expected to be continuously
exposed to repeated sonar signals given
the typical 5–10+ knot speed of Navy
surface ships during ASW events.
During a typical one-hour subsurface
dive by a beaked whale, the ship will
have moved over 5 to 10 nm from the
original location. Additionally, the
Navy’s model does not predict TTS
exposures of beaked whales or Kogia,
although it does predict TTS exposure
of 245 harbor seals.
• Additionally, the Navy’s bow-riding
mitigation exception for dolphins may
sometimes result in dolphins being
exposed to levels of MFAS/HFAS likely
to result in TTS. However, there are
combinations of factors that reduce the
acoustic energy received by dolphins
approaching ships to ride in bow waves.
Dolphins riding a ship’s bow wave are
outside of the main beam of the MFAS
vertical beam pattern. Source levels
drop quickly outside of the main beam.
Sidelobes of the radiate beam pattern
that point to the surface are significantly
lower in power. Together with spherical
spreading losses, received levels in the
ship’s bow wave can be more than 42
dB less than typical source level (i.e.,
235 dB ¥ 42 dB = 193 dB SPL). Finally,
bow wave riding dolphins are
frequently in and out of a bubble layer
generated by the breaking bow waves.
This bubble layer is an excellent
scatterer of acoustic energy and can
further reduce received energy.
Underwater Explosives
The Navy utilizes exclusion zones
(wherein explosive detonation will not
begin/continue if animals are within the
zone) for explosive exercises. Table 3
identifies the various explosives, the
estimated distance at which animals
will receive levels associated with take
(see Acoustic Take Criteria Section), and
the exclusion zone associated with the
explosive types.
Mortality and Injury—NMFS believes
that the mitigation measures will allow
the Navy to avoid exposing marine
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
mammals to underwater detonations
that would result in injury or mortality
for the following reasons:
• Surveillance for large charges
(which includes aerial and passive
acoustic detection methods, when
available, to ensure clearance) begins
two hours before the exercise and
extends to 2 nm (3,704 m) from the
source. Surveillance for all charges
extends out 2–12 times the farthest
distance from the source at which injury
would be anticipated to occur (see Table
3).
• Animals would need to be less than
120–694 m (131–759 yd) (large
explosives) or 21–112 m (23–123 yd)
(smaller charges) from the source to be
injured.
• Unlike for active sonar, an animal
would need to be present at the exact
moment of the explosion(s) (except for
the short series of gunfire example in
GUNEX) to be taken.
• The model predicted that 14
animals would be exposed to levels
associated with injury, and 2 animals
would be exposed to levels associated
with death (though for the reasons
explained above, NMFS does not
believe they will be exposed to those
levels).
• When the implementation of the
exclusion zones (i.e., the fact that the
Navy will not start a detonation or will
not continue to detonate explosives if an
animal is detected within the exclusion
zone) is considered in combination with
the factors described in the above
bullets, NMFS believes that the Navy’s
mitigation will prevent injury and
mortality to marine mammals from
explosives.
TTS—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize the
exposure of marine mammals to
underwater detonations that would
result in TTS for the following reasons:
• About 200 animals annually were
predicted to be exposed to explosive
levels that would result in TTS. For the
reasons explained above, NMFS
believes that most modeled TTS takes
can be avoided, especially dolphins,
mysticetes and sperm whales, and social
pelagic species.
• However, pinnipeds and more
cryptic, deep-diving species (beaked
whales and Kogia spp.) are less likely to
be visually detected and could
potentially be exposed to explosive
levels expected to cause TTS. The
model estimated that one beaked whale,
zero Kogia, 44 northern fur seal, 29
northern elephant seal, 2 harbor seal, 1
California sea lion, and 3 Steller sea
lions would be exposed to TTS levels.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• Additionally, for two of the exercise
types (SINKEX and BOMBEX), the
distance at which an animal would be
expected to receive sound or pressure
levels associated with TTS (182 dB SEL
or 23 psi) is sometimes larger than the
exclusion zone, which means that for
those two exercise types, some
individuals will likely be exposed to
levels associated with TTS outside of
the exclusion zone.
Research
The Navy provides a significant
amount of funding and support to
marine research. In the past five years
the agency funded over $100 million
($26 million in FY08 alone) to
universities, research institutions,
Federal laboratories, private companies,
and independent researchers around the
world to study marine mammals. The
U.S. Navy sponsors 70% of all U.S.
research concerning the effects of
human-generated sound on marine
mammals and 50% of such research
conducted worldwide. Major topics of
Navy-supported research include the
following:
• Better understanding of marine
species distribution and important
habitat areas,
• Developing methods to detect and
monitor marine species before and
during training,
• Understanding the effects of sound
on marine mammals, sea turtles, fish,
and birds, and
• Developing tools to model and
estimate potential effects of sound.
This research is directly applicable to
Fleet training activities, particularly
with respect to the investigations of the
potential effects of underwater noise
sources on marine mammals and other
protected species. Proposed training
activities employ active sonar and
underwater explosives, which introduce
sound into the marine environment.
The Marine Life Sciences Division of
the Office of Naval Research currently
coordinates six programs that examine
the marine environment and are
devoted solely to studying the effects of
noise and/or the implementation of
technology tools that will assist the
Navy in studying and tracking marine
mammals. The six programs are as
follows:
• Environmental Consequences of
Underwater Sound,
• Non-Auditory Biological Effects of
Sound on Marine Mammals,
• Effects of Sound on the Marine
Environment,
• Sensors and Models for Marine
Environmental Monitoring,
• Effects of Sound on Hearing of
Marine Animals, and
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
• Passive Acoustic Detection,
Classification, and Tracking of Marine
Mammals.
The Navy has also developed the
technical reports referenced within this
document, which include the Marine
Resource Assessments and the Navy
OPAREA Density Estimates (NODE)
reports. Furthermore, research cruises
by the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) and by academic
institutions have received funding from
the U.S. Navy.
The Navy has sponsored several
workshops to evaluate the current state
of knowledge and potential for future
acoustic monitoring of marine
mammals. The workshops brought
together acoustic experts and marine
biologists from the Navy and other
research organizations to present data
and information on current acoustic
monitoring research efforts and to
evaluate the potential for incorporating
similar technology and methods on
instrumented ranges. However, acoustic
detection, identification, localization,
and tracking of individual animals still
requires a significant amount of research
effort to be considered a reliable method
for marine mammal monitoring. The
Navy supports research efforts on
acoustic monitoring and will continue
to investigate the feasibility of passive
acoustics as a potential mitigation and
monitoring tool.
Overall, the Navy will continue to
fund ongoing marine mammal research,
and is planning to coordinate long term
monitoring/studies of marine mammals
on various established ranges and
operating areas. The Navy will continue
to research and contribute to university/
external research to improve the state of
the science regarding marine species
biology and acoustic effects. These
efforts include mitigation and
monitoring programs; data sharing with
NMFS and via the literature for research
and development efforts; and future
research as described previously.
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) for
Navy Assistance With Stranding
Investigations
The Navy and NMFS are currently
developing a nationwide MOA (or other
mechanism consistent with Federal
fiscal law requirements (and all other
applicable laws)), that will establish a
framework whereby the Navy can (and
NMFS will provide examples of how
best to) assist NMFS with stranding
investigations in certain circumstances.
Long-Term Prospective Study
Apart from this proposed rule, NMFS,
with input and assistance from the Navy
and several other agencies and entities,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
will perform a longitudinal
observational study of marine mammal
strandings to systematically observe for
and record the types of pathologies and
diseases and investigate the relationship
with potential causal factors (e.g., active
sonar, seismic, weather). The study will
not be a true ‘‘cohort’’ study, because we
will be unable to quantify or estimate
specific active sonar or other sound
exposures for individual animals that
strand. However, a cross-sectional or
correlational analyses, a method of
descriptive rather than analytical
epidemiology, can be conducted to
compare population characteristics, e.g.,
frequency of strandings and types of
specific pathologies between general
periods of various anthropogenic
activities and non-activities within a
prescribed geographic space. In the
long-term study, we will more fully and
consistently collect and analyze data on
the demographics of strandings in
specific locations and consider
anthropogenic activities and physical,
chemical, and biological environmental
parameters. This approach in
conjunction with true cohort studies
(tagging animals, measuring received
sounds, and evaluating behavior or
injuries) in the presence of activities
and non-activities will provide critical
information needed to further define the
impacts of MTEs and other
anthropogenic and non-anthropogenic
stressors. In coordination with the Navy
and other Federal and non-Federal
partners, the comparative study will be
designed and conducted for specific
sites during intervals of the presence of
anthropogenic activities such as active
sonar transmission or other sound
exposures and absence to evaluate
demographics of morbidity and
mortality, lesions found, and cause of
death or stranding. Additional data that
will be collected and analyzed in an
effort to control potential confounding
factors include variables such as average
sea temperature (or just season),
meteorological or other environmental
variables (e.g., seismic activity), fishing
activities, etc. All efforts will be made
to include appropriate controls (i.e., no
active sonar or no seismic);
environmental variables may complicate
the interpretation of ‘‘control’’
measurements. The Navy and NMFS
along with other partners are evaluating
mechanisms for funding this study.
Monitoring
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33869
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
indicate that requests for LOAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that will result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present.
Monitoring measures prescribed by
NMFS should accomplish one or more
of the following general goals:
(a) An increase in our understanding
of how many marine mammals are
likely to be exposed to levels of MFAS/
HFAS (or explosives or other stimuli)
that we associate with specific adverse
effects, such as behavioral harassment,
TTS, or PTS.
(b) An increase in our understanding
of how individual marine mammals
respond (behaviorally or
physiologically) to MFAS/HFAS (at
specific received levels), explosives, or
other stimuli expected to result in take.
(c) An increase in our understanding
of how anticipated takes of individuals
(in different ways and to varying
degrees) may impact the population,
species, or stock (specifically through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival).
(d) An increased knowledge of the
affected species.
(e) An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of certain mitigation
and monitoring measures.
(f) A better understanding and record
of the manner in which the authorized
entity complies with the incidental take
authorization.
(g) An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals, both within
the safety zone (thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general to better
achieve the above goals.
Proposed Monitoring Plan for the
NWTRC
The Navy has submitted a draft
Monitoring Plan for the NWTRC which
may be viewed at NMFS’ Web site:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications. NMFS and
the Navy have worked together on the
development of this plan in the months
preceding the publication of this
proposed rule; however, we are still
refining the plan and anticipate that it
will contain more details by the time
NMFS issues the final rule.
Additionally, the plan may be modified
or supplemented based on comments or
new information received from the
public during the public comment
period. A summary of the primary
components of the plan follows.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33870
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
The draft Monitoring Plan for NWTRC
has been designed as a collection of
focused ‘‘studies’’ (described fully in the
NWTRC draft Monitoring Plan) to gather
data that will allow the Navy to address
the following questions:
(a) Are marine mammals exposed to
MFAS/HFAS, especially at levels
associated with adverse effects (i.e.,
based on NMFS’ criteria for behavioral
harassment, TTS, or PTS)? If so, at what
levels are they exposed?
(b) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS/HFAS in the NWTRC Range
Complex, do they redistribute
geographically as a result of continued
exposure? If so, how long does the
redistribution last?
(c) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS/HFAS, what are their behavioral
responses to various levels?
(d) What are the behavioral responses
of marine mammals and that are
exposed to explosives at specific levels?
(e) Is the Navy’s suite of mitigation
measures for MFAS/HFAS (e.g.,
measures agreed to by the Navy through
permitting) effective at preventing TTS,
injury, and mortality of marine
mammals?
Data gathered in these studies will be
collected by qualified, professional
marine mammal biologists that are
experts in their field. They will use a
combination of the following methods
to collect data:
• Contracted vessel and aerial
surveys.
• Passive acoustics.
• Marine mammal observers on Navy
ships.
• Tagging (satellite and acoustic).
In the three proposed study designs
(all of which cover multiple years), the
above methods will be used separately
or in combination to monitor marine
mammals in different combinations
before, during, and after training
activities utilizing MFAS/HFAS.
This monitoring plan has been
designed to gather data on all species of
marine mammals that are observed in
the NWTRC, however, where
appropriate priority will be given to
beaked whales, ESA-listed species,
killer whales, and harbor porpoises. The
Plan recognizes that deep-diving and
cryptic species of marine mammals such
as beaked whales have a low probability
of detection (Barlow and Gisiner, 2006).
Therefore, methods will be utilized to
attempt to address this issue (e.g.,
passive acoustic monitoring).
In addition to the Monitoring Plan for
NWTRC, by the end of 2009, the Navy
will have completed an Integrated
Comprehensive Monitoring Program
(ICMP) Plan. The ICMP will provide the
overarching structure and coordination
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
that will, over time, compile data from
both range specific monitoring plans
(such as AFAST, the Hawaii Range
Complex, and the Southern California
Range Complex) as well as Navy funded
research and development (R&D)
studies. The primary objectives of the
ICMP are to:
• Monitor Navy training events,
particularly those involving MFAS and
underwater detonations, for compliance
with the terms and conditions of ESA
Section 7 consultations or MMPA
authorizations;
• Collect data to support estimating
the number of individuals exposed to
sound levels above current acoustic
thresholds;
• Assess the efficacy of the Navy’s
current marine species mitigation;
• Add to the knowledge base on
potential behavioral and physiological
effects to marine species from midfrequency active sonar and underwater
detonations; and,
• Assess the practicality and
effectiveness of a number of mitigation
tools and techniques (some not yet in
use).
More information about the ICMP
may be found in the draft Monitoring
Plan for NWTRC.
Monitoring Workshop
The Navy, with guidance and support
from NMFS, will convene a Monitoring
Workshop, including marine mammal
and acoustic experts as well as other
interested parties, in 2011. The
Monitoring Workshop participants will
review the monitoring results from the
previous two years of monitoring
pursuant to the NWTRC rule as well as
monitoring results from other Navy
rules and LOAs (e.g., the Southern
California Range Complex (SOCAL),
Hawaii Range Complex (HRC), etc.). The
Monitoring Workshop participants
would provide their individual
recommendations to the Navy and
NMFS on the monitoring plan(s) after
also considering the current science
(including Navy research and
development) and working within the
framework of available resources and
feasibility of implementation. NMFS
and the Navy would then analyze the
input from the Monitoring Workshop
participants and determine the best way
forward from a national perspective.
Subsequent to the Monitoring
Workshop, modifications would be
applied to monitoring plans as
appropriate.
Adaptive Management
The final regulations governing the
take of marine mammals incidental to
Navy training exercises in the NWTRC
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
will contain an adaptive management
component. Our understanding of the
effects of MFAS/HFAS and explosives
on marine mammals is still in its
relative infancy, and yet the science in
this field is evolving fairly quickly.
These circumstances make the inclusion
of an adaptive management component
both valuable and necessary within the
context of 5-year regulations for
activities that have been associated with
marine mammal mortality in certain
circumstances and locations (though not
the NWTRC in the Navy’s over 60 years
of use of the area for testing and
training). The use of adaptive
management will allow NMFS to
consider new data from different
sources to determine (in coordination
with the Navy) on an annual basis if
mitigation or monitoring measures
should be modified or added (or
deleted) if new data suggests that such
modifications are appropriate (or are not
appropriate) for subsequent annual
LOAs.
Following are some of the possible
sources of applicable data:
■ Results from the Navy’s monitoring
from the previous year (either from
NWTRC or other locations).
■ Findings of the Workshop that the
Navy will convene in 2011 to analyze
monitoring results to date, review
current science, and recommend
modifications, as appropriate to the
monitoring protocols to increase
monitoring effectiveness.
■ Compiled results of Navy funded
research and development (R&D) studies
(presented pursuant to the ICMP, which
is discussed elsewhere in this
document).
■ Results from specific stranding
investigations (either from NWTRC or
other locations, and involving
coincident MFAS/HFAS of explosives
training or not involving coincident
use).
■ Results from the Long Term
Prospective Study described above.
■ Results from general marine
mammal and sound research (funded by
the Navy (described above) or
otherwise).
■ Any information which reveals
that marine mammals may have been
taken in a manner, extent or number not
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent Letters of Authorization.
Mitigation measures could be
modified or added (or deleted) if new
data suggests that such modifications
would have (or do not have) a
reasonable likelihood of accomplishing
the goals of mitigation laid out in this
proposed rule and if the measures are
practicable. NMFS would also
coordinate with the Navy to modify or
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
add to (or delete) the existing
monitoring requirements if the new data
suggest that the addition of (or deletion
of) a particular measure would more
effectively accomplish the goals of
monitoring laid out in this proposed
rule. The reporting requirements
associated with this proposed rule are
designed to provide NMFS with
monitoring data from the previous year
to allow NMFS to consider the data and
issue annual LOAs. NMFS and the Navy
will meet annually, prior to LOA
issuance, to discuss the monitoring
reports, Navy R&D developments, and
current science and whether mitigation
or monitoring modifications are
appropriate.
Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. Effective reporting is critical
both to compliance as well as ensuring
that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring. Some of the
reporting requirements are still in
development and the final rule may
contain additional details not contained
in the proposed rule. Additionally,
proposed reporting requirements may be
modified, removed, or added based on
information or comments received
during the public comment period.
Currently, there are several different
reporting requirements pursuant to
these proposed regulations:
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
General Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
Navy personnel will ensure that
NMFS is notified immediately ((see
Communication Plan) or as soon as
clearance procedures allow) if an
injured, stranded, or dead marine
mammal is found during or shortly
after, and in the vicinity of, any Navy
training exercise utilizing MFAS, HFAS,
or underwater explosive detonations.
The Navy will provide NMFS with
species or description of the animal(s),
the condition of the animal(s) (including
carcass condition if the animal is dead),
location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available).
In the event that an injured, stranded,
or dead marine mammal is found by the
Navy that is not in the vicinity of, or
during or shortly after MFAS, HFAS, or
underwater explosive detonations, the
Navy will report the same information
as listed above as soon as operationally
feasible and clearance procedures allow.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
General Notification of a Ship Strike
In the event of a ship strike by any
Navy vessel, at any time or place, the
Navy shall do the following:
• Immediately report to NMFS the
species identification (if known),
location (lat/long) of the animal (or the
strike if the animal has disappeared),
and whether the animal is alive or dead
(or unknown).
• Report to NMFS as soon as
operationally feasible the size and
length of animal, an estimate of the
injury status (ex., dead, injured but
alive, injured and moving, unknown,
etc.), vessel class/type and operational
status.
• Report to NMFS the vessel length,
speed, and heading as soon as feasible.
• Provide NMFS a photo or video, if
equipment is available.
Event Communication Plan
The Navy shall develop a
communication plan that will include
all of the communication protocols
(phone trees, etc.) and associated
contact information required for NMFS
and the Navy to carry out the necessary
expeditious communication required in
the event of a stranding or ship strike,
including as described in the proposed
notification measures above.
Annual NWTRC Report
The Navy will submit an Annual
NWTRC Report on October 1 of every
year (covering data gathered through
August 1). This report shall contain the
subsections and information indicated
below.
ASW Summary
This section shall include the
following information as summarized
from non-major training exercises (unitlevel exercises, such as TRACKEXs and
MIW):
(a) Total Hours—Total annual hours
of each type of sonar source (along with
explanation of how hours are calculated
for sources typically quantified in
alternate way (buoys, torpedoes, etc.))
(b) Cumulative Impacts—To the
extent practicable, the Navy, in
coordination with NMFS, shall develop
and implement a method of annually
reporting non-major training (i.e., ULT)
utilizing hull-mounted sonar. The report
shall present an annual (and seasonal,
where practicable) depiction of nonmajor training exercises geographically
across NWTRC. The Navy shall include
(in the NWTRC annual report) a brief
annual progress update on the status of
the development of an effective and
unclassified method to report this
information until an agreed-upon (with
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33871
NMFS) method has been developed and
implemented.
Sinking Exercises (SINKEXs)
This section shall include the
following information for each SINKEX
completed that year:
(a) Exercise info:
(i) Location.
(ii) Date and time exercise began and
ended.
(iii) Total hours of observation by
watchstanders before, during, and after
exercise.
(iv) Total number and types of rounds
expended/explosives detonated.
(v) Number and types of passive
acoustic sources used in exercise.
(vi) Total hours of passive acoustic
search time.
(vii) Number and types of vessels,
aircraft, etc., participating in exercise.
(viii) Wave height in feet (high, low
and average during exercise).
(ix) Narrative description of sensors
and platforms utilized for marine
mammal detection and timeline
illustrating how marine mammal
detection was conducted.
(b) Individual marine mammal
observation during SINKEX (by Navy
lookouts) info:
(i) Location of sighting.
(ii) Species (if not possible—
indication of whale/dolphin/pinniped).
(iii) Number of individuals.
(iv) Calves observed (y/n).
(v) Initial detection sensor.
(vi) Length of time observers
maintained visual contact with marine
mammal.
(vii) Wave height.
(viii) Visibility.
(ix) Whether sighting was before,
during, or after detonations/exercise,
and how many minutes before or after.
(x) Distance of marine mammal from
actual detonations (or target spot if not
yet detonated)—use four categories to
define distance: (1) The modeled injury
threshold radius for the largest
explosive used in that exercise type in
that OPAREA (694 m for SINKEX in
NWTRC); (2) the required exclusion
zone (1 nm for SINKEX in NWTRC); (3)
the required observation distance (if
different than the exclusion zone (2 nm
for SINKEX in NWTRC); and (4) greater
than the required observed distance. For
example, in this case, the observer
would indicate if < m, from 694 m–1
nm, from 1 nm–2 nm, and > 2 nm.
(xi) Observed behavior—
Watchstanders will report, in plain
language and without trying to
categorize in any way, the observed
behavior of the animals (such as animal
closing to bow ride, paralleling course/
speed, floating on surface and not
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33872
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
swimming etc.), including speed and
direction.
(xii) Resulting mitigation
implementation—Indicate whether
explosive detonations were delayed,
ceased, modified, or not modified due to
marine mammal presence and for how
long.
(xiii) If observation occurs while
explosives are detonating in the water,
indicate munitions type in use at time
of marine mammal detection.
Improved Extended Echo-Ranging
System (IEER) Summary
This section shall include an annual
summary of the following IEER
information:
(a) Total number of IEER events
conducted in NWTRC.
(b) Total expended/detonated rounds
(buoys).
(c) Total number of self-scuttled IEER
rounds.
Explosives Summary
The Navy is in the process of
improving the methods used to track
explosive use to provide increased
granularity. To the extent practicable,
the Navy will provide the information
described below for all of their
explosive exercises. Until the Navy is
able to report in full the information
below, they will provide an annual
update on the Navy’s explosive tracking
methods, including improvements from
the previous year.
(a) Total annual number of each type
of explosive exercise (of those identified
as part of the ‘‘specified activity’’ in this
final rule) conducted in NWTRC.
(b) Total annual expended/detonated
rounds (missiles, bombs, etc.) for each
explosive type.
NWTRC 5-Yr Comprehensive Report
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The Navy shall submit to NMFS a
draft report that analyzes and
summarizes all of the multi-year marine
mammal information gathered during
ASW and explosive exercises for which
annual reports are required (Annual
NWTRC Exercise Reports and NWTRC
Monitoring Plan Reports). This report
will be submitted at the end of the
fourth year of the rule (November 2013),
covering activities that have occurred
through June 1, 2013.
Comprehensive National ASW Report
By June, 2014, the Navy shall submit
a draft National Report that analyzes,
compares, and summarizes the active
sonar data gathered (through January 1,
2014) from the watchstanders and
pursuant to the implementation of the
Monitoring Plans for the Northwest
Training Range Complex, the Southern
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
California Range Complex, the Atlantic
Fleet Active Sonar Training, the Hawaii
Range Complex, the Marianas Islands
Range Complex, and the Gulf of Alaska.
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
As mentioned previously, one of the
main purposes of NMFS’ effects
assessments is to identify the
permissible methods of taking, meaning:
The nature of the take (e.g., resulting
from anthropogenic noise vs. from ship
strike, etc.); the regulatory level of take
(i.e., mortality vs. Level A or Level B
harassment) and the amount of take. In
the Potential Effects of Exposure of
Marine Mammal to MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations section, NMFS
identified the lethal responses, physical
trauma, sensory impairment (permanent
and temporary threshold shifts and
acoustic masking), physiological
responses (particular stress responses),
and behavioral responses that could
potentially result from exposure to
MFAS/HFAS or underwater explosive
detonations. In this section, we will
relate the potential effects to marine
mammals from MFAS/HFAS and
underwater detonation of explosives to
the MMPA statutory definitions of Level
A and Level B Harassment and attempt
to quantify the effects that might occur
from the specific training activities that
the Navy is proposing in the NWTRC.
As mentioned previously, behavioral
responses are context-dependent,
complex, and influenced to varying
degrees by a number of factors other
than just received level. For example, an
animal may respond differently to a
sound emanating from a ship that is
moving towards the animal than it
would to an identical received level
coming from a vessel that is moving
away, or to a ship traveling at a different
speed or at a different distance from the
animal. At greater distances, though, the
nature of vessel movements could also
potentially not have any effect on the
animal’s response to the sound. In any
case, a full description of the suite of
factors that elicited a behavioral
response would sometimes include a
mention of the vicinity, speed and
movement of the vessel, or other factors.
So, while sound sources and the
received levels are the primary focus of
the analysis and those that are laid out
quantitatively in the regulatory text, it is
with the understanding that other
factors related to the training are
sometimes contributing to the
behavioral responses of marine
mammals, although they cannot be
quantified.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Definition of Harassment
As mentioned previously, with
respect to military readiness activities,
Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA defines
‘‘harassment’’ as: (i) Any act that injures
or has the significant potential to injure
a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild [Level A Harassment];
or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely
to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering, to a point where
such behavioral patterns are abandoned
or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
Level B Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammal to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, the following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level B
Harassment category:
Behavioral Harassment—Behavioral
disturbance that rises to the level
described in the definition above, when
resulting from exposures to MFAS/
HFAS or underwater detonations (or
another stressor), is considered Level B
Harassment. Louder sounds (when other
factors are not considered) are generally
expected to elicit a stronger response.
Some of the lower level physiological
stress responses discussed in the
Potential Effects of Exposure of Marine
Mammal to MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations Section: Stress
Section will also likely co-occur with
the predicted harassments, although
these responses are more difficult to
detect and fewer data exist relating
these responses to specific received
levels of sound. When Level B
Harassment is predicted based on
estimated behavioral responses, those
takes may have a stress-related
physiological component as well.
In the effects section above, we
described the Southall et al., (2007)
severity scaling system and listed some
examples of the three broad categories
of behaviors: (0–3: Minor and/or brief
behaviors); 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival); 7–9
(Behaviors considered likely to affect
the aforementioned vital rates).
Generally speaking, MMPA Level B
Harassment, as defined in this
document, would include the behaviors
described in the 7–9 category, and a
subset, dependent on context and other
considerations, of the behaviors
described in the 4–6 categories.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Behavioral harassment would not
typically include behaviors ranked 0–3
in Southall et al. (2007).
Acoustic Masking and
Communication Impairment—The
severity or importance of an acoustic
masking event can vary based on the
length of time that the masking occurs,
the frequency of the masking signal
(which determines which sounds that
are masked, which may be of varying
importance to the animal), and other
factors. Some acoustic masking would
be considered Level B Harassment, if it
can disrupt natural behavioral patterns
by interrupting or limiting the marine
mammal’s receipt or transmittal of
important information or environmental
cues.
TTS—As discussed previously, TTS
can disrupt behavioral patterns by
inhibiting an animal’s ability to
communicate with conspecifics and
interpret other environmental cues
important for predator avoidance and
prey capture. However, depending on
the degree (elevation of threshold in
dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context
in which it is experienced, TTS can
have effects on marine mammals
ranging from discountable to serious
(similar to those discussed in auditory
masking). For example, a marine
mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
a time when communication is critical
for successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts if it
were in the same frequency band as the
necessary vocalizations and of a severity
that it impeded communication.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory fatigue: Effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output. Ward (1997) suggested
that when these effects result in TTS
rather than PTS, they are within the
normal bounds of physiological
variability and tolerance and do not
represent a physical injury.
Additionally, Southall et al., (2007)
indicate that although PTS is a tissue
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
injury, TTS is not, because the reduced
hearing sensitivity following exposure
to intense sound results primarily from
fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells
and supporting structures and is
reversible. Accordingly, NMFS classifies
TTS (when resulting from exposure to
either MFAS/HFAS or underwater
detonations) as Level B Harassment, not
Level A Harassment (injury).
Level A Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammals to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level A
Harassment category:
PTS—PTS (resulting either from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS or explosive
detonations) is irreversible and
considered an injury. PTS results from
exposure to intense sounds that cause a
permanent loss of inner or outer
cochlear hair cells or exceed the elastic
limits of certain tissues and membranes
in the middle and inner ears and result
in changes in the chemical composition
of the inner ear fluids. Although PTS is
considered an injury, the effects of PTS
on the fitness of an individual can vary
based on the degree of TTS and the
frequency band that it is in.
Tissue Damage due to Acoustically
Mediated Bubble Growth—A few
theories suggest ways in which gas
bubbles become enlarged through
exposure to intense sounds (MFAS/
HFAS) to the point where tissue damage
results. In rectified diffusion, exposure
to a sound field would cause bubbles to
increase in size. A short duration of
active sonar pings (such as that which
an animal exposed to MFAS would be
most likely to encounter) would not
likely be long enough to drive bubble
growth to any substantial size.
Alternately, bubbles could be
destabilized by high-level sound
exposures such that bubble growth then
occurs through static diffusion of gas
out of the tissues. The degree of
supersaturation and exposure levels
observed to cause microbubble
destabilization are unlikely to occur,
either alone or in concert because of
how close an animal would need to be
to the sound source to be exposed to
high enough levels, especially
considering the likely avoidance of the
sound source and the required
mitigation. Still, possible tissue damage
from either of these processes would be
considered an injury.
Tissue Damage due to Behaviorally
Mediated Bubble Growth—Several
authors suggest mechanisms in which
marine mammals could behaviorally
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33873
respond to exposure to MFAS/HFAS by
altering their dive patterns in a manner
(unusually rapid ascent, unusually long
series of surface dives, etc.) that might
result in unusual bubble formation or
growth ultimately resulting in tissue
damage (emboli, etc.). In this scenario,
the rate of ascent would need to be
sufficiently rapid to compromise
behavioral or physiological protections
against nitrogen bubble formation.
There is considerable disagreement
among scientists as to the likelihood of
this phenomenon (Piantadosi and
Thalmann, 2004; Evans and Miller,
2003). Although it has been argued that
the tissue effects observed from recent
beaked whale strandings are consistent
with gas emboli and bubble-induced
tissue separations (Jepson et al., 2003;
Fernandez et al., 2005), nitrogen bubble
formation as the cause of the traumas
has not been verified. If tissue damage
does occur by this phenomenon, it
would be considered an injury.
Physical Disruption of Tissues
Resulting from Explosive Shock Wave—
Physical damage of tissues resulting
from a shock wave (from an explosive
detonation) is classified as an injury.
Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid
interface (Landsberg, 2000) and gascontaining organs, particularly the lungs
and gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs,
larynx, pharynx, trachea, and lungs may
be damaged by compression/expansion
caused by the oscillations of the blast
gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman,
2003). Severe damage (from the shock
wave) to the ears can include tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the
ossicles, damage to the cochlea,
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid
leakage into the middle ear.
Vessel Strike, Ordnance Strike,
Entanglement—Although not
anticipated (or authorized) to occur,
vessel strike, ordnance strike, or
entanglement in materials associated
with the specified action are considered
Level A Harassment or mortality.
Acoustic Take Criteria
For the purposes of an MMPA
incidental take authorization, three
types of take are identified: Level B
Harassment; Level A Harassment; and
mortality (or serious injury leading to
mortality). The categories of marine
mammal responses (physiological and
behavioral) that fall into the two
harassment categories were described in
the previous section.
Because the physiological and
behavioral responses of the majority of
the marine mammals exposed to MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33874
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
cannot be detected or measured (not all
responses visible external to animal,
portion of exposed animals underwater
(so not visible), many animals located
many miles from observers and covering
very large area, etc.) and because NMFS
must authorize take prior to the impacts
to marine mammals, a method is needed
to estimate the number of individuals
that will be taken, pursuant to the
MMPA, based on the proposed action.
To this end, NMFS developed acoustic
criteria that estimate at what received
level (when exposed to MFAS/HFAS or
explosive detonations) Level B
Harassment, Level A Harassment, and
mortality (for explosives) of marine
mammals would occur. The acoustic
criteria for MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations (IEER) are
discussed below.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
MFAS/HFAS Acoustic Criteria
Because relatively few applicable data
exist to support acoustic criteria
specifically for HFAS and because such
a small percentage of the active sonar
pings that marine mammals will likely
be exposed to incidental to this activity
come from a HFAS source (the vast
majority come from MFAS sources),
NMFS will apply the criteria developed
for the MFAS to the HFAS as well.
NMFS utilizes three acoustic criteria
for MFAS/HFAS: PTS (injury—Level A
Harassment), TTS (Level B Harassment),
and behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment). Because the TTS and PTS
criteria are derived similarly and the
PTS criteria was extrapolated from the
TTS data, the TTS and PTS acoustic
criteria will be presented first, before
the behavioral criteria.
For more information regarding these
criteria, please see the Navy’s DEIS for
NWTRC.
Level B Harassment Threshold (TTS)
As mentioned above, behavioral
disturbance, acoustic masking, and TTS
are all considered Level B Harassment.
Marine mammals would usually be
behaviorally disturbed at lower received
levels than those at which they would
likely sustain TTS, so the levels at
which behavioral disturbance are likely
to occur is considered the onset of Level
B Harassment. The behavioral responses
of marine mammals to sound are
variable, context specific, and, therefore,
difficult to quantify (see Risk Function
section, below). Alternately, TTS is a
physiological effect that has been
studied and quantified in laboratory
conditions. Because data exist to
support an estimate of at what received
levels marine mammals will incur TTS,
NMFS uses an acoustic criteria to
estimate the number of marine
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
mammals that might sustain TTS. TTS
is a subset of Level B Harassment (along
with sub-TTS behavioral harassment)
and we are not specifically required to
estimate those numbers; however, the
more specifically we can estimate the
affected marine mammal responses, the
better the analysis.
A number of investigators have
measured TTS in marine mammals.
These studies measured hearing
thresholds in trained marine mammals
before and after exposure to intense
sounds. The existing cetacean TTS data
are summarized in the following bullets.
• Schlundt et al., (2000) reported the
results of TTS experiments conducted
with 5 bottlenose dolphins and 2
belugas exposed to 1-second tones. This
paper also includes a reanalysis of
preliminary TTS data released in a
technical report by Ridgway et al.,
(1997). At frequencies of 3, 10, and 20
kHz, sound pressure levels (SPLs)
necessary to induce measurable
amounts (6 dB or more) of TTS were
between 192 and 201 dB re 1 μPa (EL
= 192 to 201 dB re 1 μPa2-s). The mean
exposure SPL and EL for onset-TTS
were 195 dB re 1 μPa and 195 dB re 1
μPa2-s, respectively.
• Finneran et al., (2001, 2003, 2005)
described TTS experiments conducted
with bottlenose dolphins exposed to 3kHz tones with durations of 1, 2, 4, and
8 seconds. Small amounts of TTS (3 to
6 dB) were observed in one dolphin
after exposure to ELs between 190 and
204 dB re 1 μ2-s. These results were
consistent with the data of Schlundt et
al., (2000) and showed that the Schlundt
et al., (2000) data were not significantly
affected by the masking sound used.
These results also confirmed that, for
tones with different durations, the
amount of TTS is best correlated with
the exposure EL rather than the
exposure SPL.
• Nachtigall et al., (2003) measured
TTS in a bottlenose dolphin exposed to
octave-band sound centered at 7.5 kHz.
Nachtigall et al., (2003a) reported TTSs
of about 11 dB measured 10 to 15
minutes after exposure to 30 to 50
minutes of sound with SPL 179 dB re
1 μPa (EL about 213 dB re μ2-s). No TTS
was observed after exposure to the same
sound at 165 and 171 dB re 1 μPa.
Nachtigall et al., (2004) reported TTSs
of around 4 to 8 dB 5 minutes after
exposure to 30 to 50 minutes of sound
with SPL 160 dB re 1 μPa (EL about 193
to 195 dB re 1 μ2-s). The difference in
results was attributed to faster postexposure threshold measurement—TTS
may have recovered before being
detected by Nachtigall et al., (2003).
These studies showed that, for longduration exposures, lower sound
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
pressures are required to induce TTS
than are required for short-duration
tones.
• Finneran et al., (2000, 2002)
conducted TTS experiments with
dolphins and belugas exposed to
impulsive sounds similar to those
produced by distant underwater
explosions and seismic waterguns.
These studies showed that, for very
short-duration impulsive sounds, higher
sound pressures were required to
induce TTS than for longer-duration
tones.
• Finneran et al., (2007) conducted
TTS experiments with bottlenose
dolphins exposed to intense 20 kHz
fatiguing tone. Behavioral and auditory
evoked potentials (using sinusoidal
amplitude modulated tones creating
auditory steady state response [AASR])
were used to measure TTS. The
fatiguing tone was either 16 (mean = 193
re 1μPa, SD = 0.8) or 64 seconds (185–
186 re 1μPa) in duration. TTS ranged
from 19–33db from behavioral
measurements and 40–45dB from ASSR
measurements.
• Kastak et al., (1999a, 2005)
conducted TTS experiments with three
species of pinnipeds, California sea lion,
northern elephant seal and a Pacific
harbor seal, exposed to continuous
underwater sounds at levels of 80 and
95 dB sensation level at 2.5 and 3.5 kHz
for up to 50 minutes. Mean TTS shifts
of up to 12.2 dB occurred with the
harbor seals showing the largest shift of
28.1 dB. Increasing the sound duration
had a greater effect on TTS than
increasing the sound level from 80 to 95
dB.
Some of the more important data
obtained from these studies are onsetTTS levels (exposure levels sufficient to
cause a just-measurable amount of TTS)
often defined as 6 dB of TTS (for
example, Schlundt et al., 2000) and the
fact that energy metrics (sound exposure
levels (SEL), which include a duration
component) better predict when an
animal will sustain TTS than pressure
(SPL) alone. NMFS’ TTS criteria (which
indicate the received level at which
onset TTS (>6dB) is induced) for MFAS/
HFAS are as follows:
• Cetaceans—195 dB re 1 μPa2-s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low-or high-frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al., (2007)).
• Harbor Seals (and closely related
species)—183 dB re 1 μPa2-s.
• Northern Elephant Seals (and
closely related species)—204 dB re 1
μPa2-s.
• California Sea Lions (and closely
related species)—206 dB re 1 μPa2-s.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
A detailed description of how TTS
criteria were derived from the results of
the above studies may be found in
Chapter 3 of Southall et al., (2007), as
well as the Navy’s NWTRC LOA
application. Because they are both
otariids, the California sea lion criterion
is used to estimate take of northern fur
seals for this authorization.
Level A Harassment Threshold (PTS)
For acoustic effects, because the
tissues of the ear appear to be the most
susceptible to the physiological effects
of sound, and because threshold shifts
tend to occur at lower exposures than
other more serious auditory effects,
NMFS has determined that PTS is the
best indicator for the smallest degree of
injury that can be measured. Therefore,
the acoustic exposure associated with
onset-PTS is used to define the lower
limit of the Level A harassment.
PTS data do not currently exist for
marine mammals and are unlikely to be
obtained due to ethical concerns.
However, PTS levels for these animals
may be estimated using TTS data from
marine mammals and relationships
between TTS and PTS that have been
discovered through study of terrestrial
mammals. NMFS uses the following
acoustic criteria for injury:
• Cetaceans—215 dB re 1 μPa2-s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low-or high-frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al., (2007)).
• Harbor Seals (and closely related
species)—203 dB re 1 μPa2-s.
• Northern Elephant Seals (and
closely related species)—224 dB re 1
μPa2-s.
• California Sea Lions (and closely
related species)—226 dB re 1 μPa2-s.
These criteria are based on a 20 dB
increase in SEL over that required for
onset-TTS. Extrapolations from
terrestrial mammal data indicate that
PTS occurs at 40 dB or more of TS, and
that TS growth occurs at a rate of
approximately 1.6 dB TS per dB
increase in EL. There is a 34-dB TS
difference between onset-TTS (6 dB)
and onset-PTS (40 dB). Therefore, an
animal would require approximately
20dB of additional exposure (34 dB
divided by 1.6 dB) above onset-TTS to
reach PTS. A detailed description of
how TTS criteria were derived from the
results of the above studies may be
found in Chapter 3 of Southall et al.
(2007), as well as the Navy’s NWTRC
LOA application. Southall et al. (2007)
recommend a precautionary dual
criteria for TTS (230 dB re 1 μPa (SPL
peak pressure) in addition to 215 dB re
1 μPa2-s (SEL)) to account for the
potentially damaging transients
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
embedded within non-pulse exposures.
However, in the case of MFAS/HFAS,
the distance at which an animal would
receive 215 dB (SEL) is farther from the
source (i.e. , more conservative) than the
distance at which they would receive
230 dB (SPL peak pressure) and
therefore, it is not necessary to consider
230 dB peak.
We note here that behaviorally
mediated injuries (such as those that
have been hypothesized as the cause of
some beaked whale strandings) could
potentially occur in response to
received levels lower than those
believed to directly result in tissue
damage. As mentioned previously, data
to support a quantitative estimate of
these potential effects (for which the
exact mechanism is not known and in
which factors other than received level
may play a significant role) do not exist.
However, based on the number of years
(more than 40) and number of hours of
MFAS per year that the U.S. (and other
countries) has operated compared to the
reported (and verified) cases of
associated marine mammal strandings,
NMFS believes that the probability of
these types of injuries is very low
(especially in the NWTRC, in which no
major exercises using multiple surface
vessel sources will occur and in which
the surface vessel sonar use is less than
110 hours annually).
Level B Harassment Risk Function
(Behavioral Harassment)
In 2006, NMFS issued the first MMPA
authorization to allow the take of
marine mammals incidental to MFAS
(to the Navy for the Rim of the Pacific
Exercises (RIMPAC)). For that
authorization, NMFS used 173 dB SEL
as the criterion for the onset of
behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment). This type of single number
criterion is referred to as a step function,
in which (in this example) all animals
estimated to be exposed to received
levels above 173 db SEL would be
predicted to be taken by Level B
Harassment and all animals exposed to
less than 173 dB SEL would not be
taken by Level B Harassment. As
mentioned previously, marine mammal
behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context specific
(affected by differences in acoustic
conditions; differences between species
and populations; differences in gender,
age, reproductive status, or social
behavior; or the prior experience of the
individuals), which does not support
the use of a step function to estimate
behavioral harassment.
Unlike step functions, acoustic risk
continuum functions (which are also
called ‘‘exposure-response functions,’’
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33875
‘‘dose-response functions,’’ or ‘‘stressresponse functions’’ in other risk
assessment contexts) allow for
probability of a response that NMFS
would classify as harassment to occur
over a range of possible received levels
(instead of one number) and assume that
the probability of a response depends
first on the ‘‘dose’’ (in this case, the
received level of sound) and that the
probability of a response increases as
the ‘‘dose’’ increases (see Figure 1a). In
January 2009, NMFS issued 3 final rules
governing the incidental take of marine
mammals (Navy’s Hawaii Range
Complex, Southern California Range
Complex, and Atlantic Fleet Active
Sonar Training) that used a risk
continuum to estimate the percentage of
marine mammals exposed to various
levels of MFAS that would respond in
a manner NMFS considers harassment.
The Navy and NMFS have previously
used acoustic risk functions to estimate
the probable responses of marine
mammals to acoustic exposures for
other training and research programs.
Examples of previous application
include the Navy FEISs on the
SURTASS LFA sonar (U.S. Department
of the Navy, 2001c); the North Pacific
Acoustic Laboratory experiments
conducted off the Island of Kauai (Office
of Naval Research, 2001), and the
Supplemental EIS for SURTASS LFA
sonar (U.S. Department of the Navy,
2007d). As discussed in the Effects
section, factors other than received level
(such as distance from or bearing to the
sound source) can affect the way that
marine mammals respond; however,
data to support a quantitative analysis of
those (and other factors) do not
currently exist. NMFS will continue to
modify these criteria as new data that
meet NMFS standards of quality become
available and can be appropriately and
effectively incorporated.
The particular acoustic risk functions
developed by NMFS and the Navy (see
Figures 1a and 1b) estimate the
probability of behavioral responses to
MFAS/HFAS (interpreted as the
percentage of the exposed population)
that NMFS would classify as harassment
for the purposes of the MMPA given
exposure to specific received levels of
MFAS/HFAS. The mathematical
function (below) underlying this curve
is a cumulative probability distribution
adapted from a solution in Feller (1968)
and was also used in predicting risk for
the Navy’s SURTASS LFA MMPA
authorization as well.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33876
−A
⎛ L−B⎞
1− ⎜
⎟
⎝ K ⎠
R=
−2 A
⎛ L−B⎞
1− ⎜
⎟
⎝ K ⎠
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Where:
R = Risk (0–1.0)
L = Received level (dB re: 1 μPa)
B = Basement received level = 120 dB re: 1
μPa
K = Received level increment above B where
50-percent risk = 45 dB re: 1 μPa
A = Risk transition sharpness parameter = 10
(odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 8
(mysticetes)
In order to use this function to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that would respond in a
manner that NMFS classifies as Level B
Harassment, based on a given received
level, the values for B, K and A need to
be identified.
B Parameter (Basement)—The B
parameter is the estimated received
level below which the probability of
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering,
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered approaches zero for the MFAS/
HFAS risk assessment. At this received
level, the curve would predict that the
percentage of the exposed population
that would be taken by Level B
Harassment approaches zero. For
MFAS/HFAS, NMFS has determined
that B = 120 dB. This level is based on
a broad overview of the levels at which
many species have been reported
responding to a variety of sound
sources.
K Parameter (representing the 50
percent Risk Point)—The K parameter is
based on the received level that
corresponds to 50% risk, or the received
level at which we believe 50% of the
animals exposed to the designated
received level will respond in a manner
that NMFS classifies as Level B
Harassment. The K parameter (K = 45
dB) is based on three data sets in which
marine mammals exposed to midfrequency sound sources were reported
to respond in a manner that NMFS
would classify as Level B Harassment.
There is widespread consensus that
marine mammal responses to MFA
sound signals need to be better defined
using controlled exposure experiments
(Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007).
The Navy is contributing to an ongoing
3-Phase behavioral response study in
the Bahamas that is expected to provide
some initial information on beaked
whales, the species identified as the
most sensitive to MFAS. NMFS is
leading this international effort with
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
scientists from various academic
institutions and research organizations
to conduct studies on how marine
mammals respond to underwater sound
exposures. The results from Phase 1 of
this study are discussed in the Potential
Effects of Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals section and the results from
Phase 2 are expected to be available in
the fall of 2009. Phase 3 will be
conducted in the Mediterranean Sea in
summer 2009. Additionally, the Navy
recently tagged whales in conjunction
with the 2008 RIMPAC exercises;
however, analysis of these data is not
yet complete. Until additional
appropriate data are available, however,
NMFS and the Navy have determined
that the following three data sets are
most applicable for direct use in
establishing the K parameter for the
MFAS/HFAS risk function. These data
sets, summarized below, represent the
only known data that specifically relate
altered behavioral responses (that NMFS
would consider Level B Harassment) to
exposure—at specific received levels—
to MFAS and sources within or having
components within the range of MFAS
(1–10 kHz).
Even though these data are considered
the most representative of the proposed
specified activities, and therefore the
most appropriate on which to base the
K parameter (which basically
determines the midpoint) of the risk
function, these data have limitations,
which are discussed in Appendix D of
the Navy’s DEIS for NWTRC.
1. Controlled Laboratory Experiments
with Odontocetes (SSC Data set)—Most
of the observations of the behavioral
responses of toothed whales resulted
from a series of controlled experiments
on bottlenose dolphins and beluga
whales conducted by researchers at
SSC’s facility in San Diego, California
(Finneran et al., 2001, 2003, 2005;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt
et al., 2000). In experimental trials
(designed to measure TTS) with marine
mammals trained to perform tasks when
prompted, scientists evaluated whether
the marine mammals still performed
these tasks when exposed to midfrequency tones. Altered behavior
during experimental trials usually
involved refusal of animals to return to
the site of the sound stimulus, but also
included attempts to avoid an exposure
in progress, aggressive behavior, or
refusal to further participate in tests.
Finneran and Schlundt (2004)
examined behavioral observations
recorded by the trainers or test
coordinators during the Schlundt et al.,
(2000) and Finneran et al., (2001, 2003,
2005) experiments. These included
observations from 193 exposure sessions
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(fatiguing stimulus level > 141 dB re 1
μPa) conducted by Schlundt et al.,
(2000) and 21 exposure sessions
conducted by Finneran et al., (2001,
2003, 2005). The TTS experiments that
supported Finneran and Schlundt
(2004) are further explained below:
• Schlundt et al., (2000) provided a
detailed summary of the behavioral
responses of trained marine mammals
during TTS tests conducted at SSC San
Diego with 1-sec tones and exposure
frequencies of 0.4 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz,
20 kHz and 75 kHz. Schlundt et al.,
(2000) reported eight individual TTS
experiments. The experiments were
conducted in San Diego Bay. Because of
the variable ambient noise in the bay,
low-level broadband masking noise was
used to keep hearing thresholds
consistent despite fluctuations in the
ambient noise. Schlundt et al., (2000)
reported that ‘‘behavioral alterations,’’
or deviations from the behaviors the
animals being tested had been trained to
exhibit, occurred as the animals were
exposed to increasing fatiguing stimulus
levels.
• Finneran et al., (2001, 2003, 2005)
conducted 2 separate TTS experiments
using 1-sec tones at 3 kHz. The test
methods were similar to that of
Schlundt et al., (2000) except the tests
were conducted in a pool with very low
ambient noise level (below 50 dB re 1
μPa2/hertz [Hz]), and no masking noise
was used. In the first, fatiguing sound
levels were increased from 160 to 201
dB SPL. In the second experiment,
fatiguing sound levels between 180 and
200 dB SPL were randomly presented.
Bottlenose dolphins exposed to
1-second (sec) intense tones exhibited
short-term changes in behavior above
received sound levels of 178 to 193 dB
re 1 μPa (rms), and beluga whales did
so at received levels of 180 to 196 dB
and above.
2. Mysticete Field Study (Nowacek et
al., 2004)—The only available and
applicable data relating mysticete
responses to exposure to mid-frequency
sound sources is from Nowacek et al.,
(2004). Nowacek et al., (2004)
documented observations of the
behavioral response of North Atlantic
right whales exposed to alert stimuli
containing mid-frequency components
in the Bay of Fundy. Investigators used
archival digital acoustic recording tags
(DTAG) to record the behavior (by
measuring pitch, roll, heading, and
depth) of right whales in the presence
of an alert signal, and to calibrate
received sound levels. The alert signal
was 18 minutes of exposure consisting
of three 2-minute signals played
sequentially three times over. The three
signals had a 60% duty cycle and
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.147
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
consisted of: (1) Alternating 1-sec pure
tones at 500 Hz and 850 Hz; (2) a 2-sec
logarithmic down-sweep from 4,500 Hz
to 500 Hz; and (3) a pair of low (1,500
Hz)-high (2,000 Hz) sine wave tones
amplitude modulated at 120 Hz and
each 1-sec long. The purposes of the
alert signal were (a) to pique the
mammalian auditory system with
disharmonic signals that cover the
whales’ estimated hearing range; (b) to
maximize the signal to noise ratio
(obtain the largest difference between
background noise) and (c) to provide
localization cues for the whale. The
maximum source level used was 173 dB
SPL.
Nowacek et al. (2004) reported that
five out of six whales exposed to the
alert signal with maximum received
levels ranging from 133 to 148 dB re 1
μPa significantly altered their regular
behavior and did so in identical fashion.
Each of these five whales: (i)
Abandoned their current foraging dive
prematurely as evidenced by curtailing
their ’bottom time’; (ii) executed a
shallow-angled, high power (i.e.,
significantly increased fluke stroke rate)
ascent; (iii) remained at or near the
surface for the duration of the exposure,
an abnormally long surface interval; and
(iv) spent significantly more time at
subsurface depths (1–10 m) compared
with normal surfacing periods when
whales normally stay within 1 m (1.1
yd) of the surface.
3. Odontocete Field Data (Haro
Strait—USS SHOUP)—In May 2003,
killer whales (Orcinus orca) were
observed exhibiting behavioral
responses generally described as
avoidance behavior while the U.S. Ship
(USS) SHOUP was engaged in MFAS in
the Haro Strait in the vicinity of Puget
Sound, Washington. Those observations
have been documented in three reports
developed by Navy and NMFS (NMFS,
2005; Fromm, 2004a, 2004b; DON,
2003). Although these observations were
made in an uncontrolled environment,
the sound field that may have been
associated with the active sonar
operations was estimated using standard
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
acoustic propagation models that were
verified (for some but not all signals)
based on calibrated in situ
measurements from an independent
researcher who recorded the sounds
during the event. Behavioral
observations were reported for the group
of whales during the event by an
experienced marine mammal biologist
who happened to be on the water
studying them at the time. The
observations associated with the USS
SHOUP provide the only data set
available of the behavioral responses of
wild, non-captive animal upon actual
exposure to AN/SQS–53 sonar.
U.S. Department of Commerce
(National Marine Fisheries, 2005a); U.S.
Department of the Navy (2004b); and
Fromm (2004a, 2004b) documented
reconstruction of sound fields produced
by USS SHOUP associated with the
behavioral response of killer whales
observed in Haro Strait. Observations
from this reconstruction included an
approximate closest approach time
which was correlated to a reconstructed
estimate of received level. Observations
from this reconstruction included an
estimate of 169.3 dB SPL which
represents the mean level at a point of
closest approach within a 500 m wide
area in which the animals were
exposed. Within that area, the estimated
received levels varied from
approximately 150 to 180 dB SPL.
Calculation of K Parameter—NMFS
and the Navy used the mean of the
following values to define the midpoint
of the function: (1) The mean of the
lowest received levels (185.3 dB) at
which individuals responded with
altered behavior to 3 kHz tones in the
SSC data set; (2) the estimated mean
received level value of 169.3 dB
produced by the reconstruction of the
USS SHOUP incident in which killer
whales exposed to MFAS (range
modeled possible received levels: 150 to
180 dB); and (3) the mean of the 5
maximum received levels at which
Nowacek et al. (2004) observed
significantly altered responses of right
whales to the alert stimuli than to the
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33877
control (no input signal) is 139.2 dB
SPL. The arithmetic mean of these three
mean values is 165 dB SPL. The value
of K is the difference between the value
of B (120 dB SPL) and the 50% value
of 165 dB SPL; therefore, K = 45.
A Parameter (Steepness)—NMFS
determined that a steepness parameter
(A) = 10 is appropriate for odontocetes
(except harbor porpoises) and pinnipeds
and A = 8 is appropriate for mysticetes.
The use of a steepness parameter of A
= 10 for odontocetes for the MFAS/
HFAS risk function was based on the
use of the same value for the SURTASS
LFA risk continuum, which was
supported by a sensitivity analysis of
the parameter presented in Appendix D
of the SURTASS/LFA FEIS (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001c). As
concluded in the SURTASS FEIS/EIS,
the value of A = 10 produces a curve
that has a more gradual transition than
the curves developed by the analyses of
migratory gray whale studies (Malme et
al., 1984; Buck and Tyack, 2000; and
SURTASS LFA Sonar EIS, Subchapters
1.43, 4.2.4.3 and Appendix D, and
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2008).
NMFS determined that a lower
steepness parameter (A = 8), resulting in
a shallower curve, was appropriate for
use with mysticetes and MFAS/HFAS.
The Nowacek et al. (2004) data set
contains the only data illustrating
mysticete behavioral responses to a
sound source that encompasses
frequencies in the mid-frequency sound
spectrum. A shallower curve (achieved
by using A = 8) better reflects the risk
of behavioral response at the relatively
low received levels at which behavioral
responses of right whales were reported
in the Nowacek et al. (2004) data.
Compared to the odontocete curve, this
adjustment results in an increase in the
proportion of the exposed population of
mysticetes being classified as
behaviorally harassed at lower RLs,
such as those reported in and supported
by the only data set currently available.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Basic Application of the Risk
Function—The risk function is used to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that is likely to exhibit
behaviors that would qualify as
harassment (as that term is defined by
the MMPA applicable to military
readiness activities, such as the Navy’s
testing and training with MFAS) at a
given received level of sound. For
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
example, at 165 dB SPL (dB re: 1μPa
rms), the risk (or probability) of
harassment is defined according to this
function as 50%, and Navy/NMFS
applies that by estimating that 50% of
the individuals exposed at that received
level are likely to respond by exhibiting
behavior that NMFS would classify as
behavioral harassment. The risk
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
function is not applied to individual
animals, only to exposed populations.
The data primarily used to produce
the risk function (the K parameter) were
compiled from four species that had
been exposed to sound sources in a
variety of different circumstances. As a
result, the risk function represents a
general relationship between acoustic
exposures and behavioral responses that
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.148
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33878
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
is then applied to specific
circumstances. That is, the risk function
represents a relationship that is deemed
to be generally true, based on the
limited, best-available science, but may
not be true in specific circumstances. In
particular, the risk function, as currently
derived, treats the received level as the
only variable that is relevant to a marine
mammal’s behavioral response.
However, we know that many other
variables—the marine mammal’s
gender, age, and prior experience; the
activity it is engaged in during an
exposure event, its distance from a
sound source, the number of sound
sources, and whether the sound sources
are approaching or moving away from
the animal—can be critically important
in determining whether and how a
marine mammal will respond to a sound
source (Southall et al., 2007). The data
that are currently available do not allow
for incorporation of these other
variables in the current risk functions;
however, the risk function represents
the best use of the data that are
available. Additionally, although these
other factors cannot be taken into
consideration quantitatively in the risk
function, NMFS considers these other
variables qualitatively in our analysis,
when applicable data are available.
As more specific and applicable data
become available for MFAS/HFAS
sources, NMFS can use these data to
modify the outputs generated by the risk
function to make them more realistic.
Ultimately, data may exist to justify the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
use of additional, alternate, or multivariate functions. For example, as
mentioned previously, the distance from
the sound source and whether it is
perceived as approaching or moving
away can affect the way an animal
responds to a sound (Wartzok et al.,
2003). In the NWTRC example, animals
exposed to received levels between 120
and 140 dB may be 28–70 nm (51–130
km) from a sound source depending on
seasonal variations; those distances
could influence whether those animals
perceive the sound source as a potential
threat, and their behavioral responses to
that threat. Though there are data
showing response of certain marine
mammal species to mid-frequency
sound sources at that received level,
NMFS does not currently have any data
that describe the response of marine
mammals to mid-frequency sounds at
that distance, much less data that
compare responses to similar sound
levels at varying distances (much less
for MFAS/HFAS). However, if
applicable data meeting NMFS
standards were to become available,
NMFS would re-evaluate the risk
function and to incorporate any
additional variables into the ‘‘take’’
estimates.
Harbor Porpoise Behavioral
Harassment Criteria
The information currently available
regarding these inshore species that
inhabit shallow and coastal waters
suggests a very low threshold level of
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33879
response for both captive and wild
animals. Threshold levels at which both
captive (e.g. Kastelein et al., 2000;
Kastelein et al., 2005; Kastelein et al.,
2006, Kastelein et al., 2008) and wild
harbor porpoises (e.g. Johnston, 2002)
responded to sound (e.g. acoustic
harassment devices (ADHs), acoustic
deterrent devices (ADDs), or other nonpulsed sound sources) is very low (e.g.
~120 dB SPL), although the biological
significance of the disturbance is
uncertain. Therefore, a step function
threshold of 120 dB SPL was used to
estimate take of harbor porpoises
instead of the risk functions used for
other species (i.e., we assume for the
purpose of estimating take that all
harbor porpoises exposed to 120 dB or
higher MFAS/HFAS will be taken by
Level B behavioral harassment).
Explosive Detonation Criteria
The criteria for mortality, Level A
Harassment, and Level B Harassment
resulting from explosive detonations
were initially developed for the Navy’s
Seawolf and Churchill ship-shock trials
and have not changed since other
MMPA authorizations issued for
explosive detonations. The criteria,
which are applied to cetaceans and
pinnipeds, are summarized in Table 7.
Additional information regarding the
derivation of these criteria is available
in the Navy’s DEIS for the NWTRC, the
LOA application, and in the Navy’s
CHURCHILL FEIS (U.S. Department of
the Navy, 2001c).
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Estimates of Potential Marine Mammal
Exposure
Estimating the take that will result
from the proposed activities entails the
following three general steps: (1)
Propagation model estimates animals
exposed to sources at different levels;
(2) further modeling determines number
of exposures to levels indicated in
criteria above (i.e., number of takes);
and (3) post-modeling corrections refine
estimates to make them more accurate.
More information regarding the models
used, the assumptions used in the
models, and the process of estimating
take is available in Appendix D of the
Navy’s DEIS for NWTRC.
(1) In order to quantify the types of
take described in previous sections that
are predicted to result from the Navy’s
specified activities, the Navy first uses
a sound propagation model that predicts
the number of animals that will be
exposed to a range of levels of pressure
and energy (of the metrics used in the
criteria) from MFAS/HFAS and
explosive detonations based on several
important pieces of information,
including:
• Characteristics of the sound
sources.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
• Active sonar source characteristics
include: Source level (with horizontal
and vertical directivity corrections),
source depth, center frequency, source
directivity (horizontal/vertical beam
width and horizontal/vertical steer
direction), and ping spacing.
• Explosive source characteristics
include: The weight of an explosive, the
type of explosive, the detonation depth,
number of successive explosions.
• Transmission loss (in 16
representative environmental provinces
in two seasons) based on: Water depth;
sound speed variability throughout the
water column (warm season exhibits a
weak surface duct, cold season exhibits
a relatively strong surface duct); bottom
geo-acoustic properties (bathymetry);
and wind speed.
• The estimated density of each
marine mammal species in the NWTRC
(see Table 4), horizontally distributed
uniformly and vertically distributed
according to dive profiles based on field
data.
(2) Next, the criteria discussed in the
previous section are applied to the
estimated exposures to predict the
number of exposures that exceed the
criteria, i.e., the number of takes by
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Level B Harassment, Level A
Harassment, and mortality.
(3) During the development of the EIS
for NWTRC, NMFS and the Navy
determined that the output of the model
could be made more realistic by
applying post-modeling corrections to
account for the following:
• Acoustic footprints for active sonar
sources must account for land masses
(by subtracting them out).
• Acoustic footprints for active sonar
sources should not be added
independently; rather, the degree to
which the footprints from multiple
ships participating in the same exercise
would typically overlap needs to be
taken into consideration.
• Acoustic modeling should account
for the maximum number of individuals
of a species that could potentially be
exposed to active sonar within the
course of 1 day or a discreet continuous
sonar event if less than 24 hours.
Last, the Navy’s specified activities
have been described based on best
estimates of the number of MFAS/HFAS
hours that the Navy will conduct. The
exact number of hours may vary from
year to year but will not exceed the 5year total indicated in Table 8 (by
multiplying the yearly estimate by 5) by
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.149
33880
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
more than 10%. NMFS estimates that a
10-percent increase in active sonar
hours would result in approximately a
10-percent increase in the number of
takes, and we have considered this
possibility in our analysis.
The Navy’s model provides a
systematic and repeatable way of
estimating the number of animals that
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
will be taken by Level A and Level B
Harassment. The model is based on the
sound propagation characteristics of the
sound sources, physical characteristics
of the surrounding environment, and a
uniform density of marine mammals. As
mentioned in the previous sections,
many other factors will likely affect how
and the degree to which marine
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33881
mammals are impacted both at the
individual and species level by the
Navy’s activity (such as social ecology
of the animals, long term exposures in
one area, etc.); however, in the absence
of quantitative data, NMFS has, and will
continue, to evaluate that sort of
information qualitatively.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Mortality
Evidence from five beaked whale
strandings, all of which have taken
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
place outside the NWTRC Range
Complex, and have occurred over
approximately a decade, suggests that
the exposure of beaked whales to MFAS
in the presence of certain conditions
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(e.g., multiple units using active sonar,
steep bathymetry, constricted channels,
strong surface ducts, etc.) may result in
strandings, potentially leading to
mortality. Although these physical
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.150
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33882
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
factors believed to have contributed to
the likelihood of beaked whale
strandings are not present, in their
aggregate, in the NWTRC, scientific
uncertainty exists regarding what other
factors, or combination of factors, may
contribute to beaked whale strandings.
However, because none of the MFAS/
HFAS ASW exercises conducted in the
NWTRC are major exercises employing
multiple surface vessels, the exercises
last 1.5 hours or less, and only 65
exercises are planned (for a total of
about 100 hours of surface vessel sonar
operation), NMFS and the Navy believe
it is highly unlikely that marine
mammals would respond to these
exercises in a manner that would result
in a stranding. Therefore, no
authorization for mortality has been
requested or proposed.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The Navy’s proposed training
exercises could potentially affect marine
mammal habitat through the
introduction of pressure, sound, and
expendable materials into the water
column, which in turn could impact
prey species of marine mammals, or
cause bottom disturbance or changes in
water quality. Each of these components
was considered in the NWTRC DEIS and
was determined by the Navy to have no
effect on marine mammal habitat. Based
on the information below and the
supporting information included in the
Navy’s DEIS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the NWTRC training
activities will not have significant or
long term impacts on marine mammal
habitat. Unless the sound source or
explosive detonation is stationary and/
or continuous over a long duration in
one area, the effects of the introduction
of sound into the environment are
generally considered to have a less
severe impact on marine mammal
habitat than the physical alteration of
the habitat. Marine mammals may be
temporarily displaced from areas where
Navy training is occurring, but the area
will likely be utilized again after the
activities have ceased. A summary of
the conclusions are included in
subsequent sections.
Critical Habitat
Critical Habitat has been designated
for 2 species in the NWTRC, southern
resident killer whales (in the inshore
area) and Steller sea lions (3 haulouts
near the southern end of the offshore
area). No sonar training is planned for
the inshore area and explosive use will
be limited to 4 detonations of small 2.5lb charges annually. The Navy plans to
abide by the 3000-ft air and water standoff distances associated with the Steller
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
sea lion critical habitat. Effects to
designated critical habitat will be fully
analyzed in the Navy’s ESA Section 7
consultation for the NWTRC.
Effects on Food Resources
Fish
The Navy’s DEIS includes a detailed
discussion of the effects of active sonar
on marine fish. In summary, studies
have indicated that acoustic
communication and orientation of fish
may be restricted by anthropogenic
sound in their environment. However,
the vast majority of fish species studied
to date are hearing generalists and
cannot hear sounds above 500 to 1,500
Hz (0.5 to 1.5 kHz) (depending upon the
species). Therefore, these fish species
are not likely to be affected behaviorally
from higher frequency sounds such as
MFAS/HFAS. Moreover, even those
marine species that may hear above 1.5
kHz, such as a few sciaenids and the
clupeids (and relatives), have relatively
poor hearing above 1.5 kHz as compared
to their hearing sensitivity at lower
frequencies, so it is likely that the fish
will only actually hear the sounds if the
fish and source were fairly close to one
another. Finally, since the vast majority
of sounds that are of biological
relevance to fish are below 1 kHz (e.g.,
Zelick et al., 1999; Ladich and Popper,
2004), even if a fish detects a mid- or
high-frequency sound, these sounds will
not likely mask detection of lower
frequency biologically relevant sounds.
Thus, based on the available
information, a reasonable conclusion is
that there will be few, and more likely
no, impacts on the behavior of fish from
active sonar.
Though mortality has been shown to
occur in one species, a hearing
specialist, as a result of exposure to nonimpulsive sources, the available
evidence does not suggest that
exposures such as those anticipated
from MFAS/HFAS would result in
significant fish mortality on a
population level. The mortality that was
observed was considered insignificant
in light of natural daily mortality rates.
Experiments have shown that exposure
to loud sound can result in significant
threshold shifts in certain fish that are
classified as hearing specialists (but not
those classified as hearing generalists).
Threshold shifts are temporary, and
considering the best available data, no
data exist that demonstrate any longterm negative effects on marine fish
from underwater sound associated with
active sonar activities. Further, while
fish may respond behaviorally to midfrequency sources, this behavioral
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33883
modification is only expected to be brief
and not biologically significant.
There are currently no wellestablished thresholds for estimating
effects to fish from explosives other than
mortality models. Fish that are located
in the water column, in proximity to the
source of detonation could be injured,
killed, or disturbed by the impulsive
sound and possibly temporarily leave
the area. Continental Shelf Inc. (2004)
summarized a few studies conducted to
determine effects associated with
removal of offshore structures (e.g., oil
rigs) in the Gulf of Mexico. Their
findings revealed that at very close
range, underwater explosions are lethal
to most fish species regardless of size,
shape, or internal anatomy. For most
situations, cause of death in fishes has
been massive organ and tissue damage
and internal bleeding. At longer range,
species with gas-filled swimbladders
(e.g., snapper, cod, and striped bass) are
more susceptible than those without
swimbladders (e.g., flounders, eels).
Studies also suggest that larger fishes
are generally less susceptible to death or
injury than small fishes. Moreover,
elongated forms that are round in cross
section are less at risk than deep-bodied
forms; and orientation of fish relative to
the shock wave may affect the extent of
injury. Open water pelagic fish (e.g.,
mackerel) also seem to be less affected
than reef fishes. The results of most
studies are dependent upon specific
biological, environmental, explosive,
and data recording factors.
The huge variations in the fish
population, including numbers, species,
sizes, and orientation and range from
the detonation point, make it very
difficult to accurately predict mortalities
at any specific site of detonation. As
mentioned previously, though, only 4
small detonations are planned for the
inshore area and the exercises involving
larger detonations are conducted far
offshore. Most fish species experience a
large number of natural mortalities,
especially during early life-stages, and
any small level of mortality caused by
the NWTRC training exercises involving
explosives will likely be insignificant to
the population as a whole.
Invertebrates
Very little is known about sound
detection and use of sound by
invertebrates (see Budelmann 1992a, b,
Popper et al., 2001 for reviews). The
limited data shows that some crabs are
able to detect sound, and there has been
the suggestion that some other groups of
invertebrates are also able to detect
sounds. In addition, cephalopods
(octopus and squid) and decapods
(lobster, shrimp, and crab) are thought
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33884
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
to sense low-frequency sound
(Budelmann, 1992b). Packard et al.
(1990) reported sensitivity to sound
vibrations between 1–100 Hz for three
species of cephalopods. McCauley et al.
(2000) found evidence that squid
exposed to seismic airguns show a
behavioral response including inking.
However, these were caged animals, and
it is not clear how unconfined animals
may have responded to the same signal
and at the same distances used. In
another study, Wilson et al. (2007)
played back echolocation clicks of killer
whales to two groups of squid (Loligo
pealeii) in a tank. The investigators
observed no apparent behavioral effects
or any acoustic debilitation from
playback of signals up to 199 to 226 dB
re 1 μPa. It should be noted, however,
that the lack of behavioral response by
the squid may have been because the
animals were in a tank rather than being
in the wild. In another report on squid,
Guerra et al. (2004) claimed that dead
giant squid turned up around the time
of seismic airgun operations off of
Spain. The authors suggested, based on
analysis of carcasses, that the damage to
the squid was unusual when compared
to other dead squid found at other
times. However, the report presents
conclusions based on a correlation to
the time of finding of the carcasses and
seismic testing, but the evidence in
support of an effect of airgun activity
was totally circumstantial. Moreover,
the data presented showing damage to
tissue is highly questionable since there
was no way to differentiate between
damage due to some external cause (e.g.,
the seismic airgun) and normal tissue
degradation that takes place after death,
or due to poor fixation and preparation
of tissue. To date, this work has not
been published in peer reviewed
literature, and detailed images of the
reportedly damaged tissue are also not
available.
In summary, baleen whales feed on
the aggregations of krill and small
schooling fish, while toothed whales
feed on epipelagic, mesopelagic, and
bathypelagic fish and squid. As
summarized above and in the NWTRC
EIS/OEIS in more detail, potential
impacts to marine mammal food
resources within the NWTRC is
negligible given both lack of hearing
sensitivity to mid-frequency sonar, the
very geographic and spatially limited
scope of most Navy at sea activities
including underwater detonations, and
the high biological productivity of these
resources. No short or long term effects
to marine mammal food resources from
Navy activities are anticipated within
the NWTRC.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
Military Expendable Material
Marine mammals are subject to
entanglement in expended materials,
particularly anything incorporating
loops or rings, hooks and lines, or sharp
objects. Most documented cases of
entanglements occur when whales
encounter the vertical lines of fixed
fishing gear. This section summarizes
the potential effects of expended
materials on marine mammals. Detailed
discussion of military expendable
material is contained within the
NWTRC EIS.
The Navy endeavors to recover
expended training materials.
Notwithstanding, it is not possible to
recover all training materials, and some
may be encountered by marine
mammals in the waters of the NWTRC.
Debris related to military activities that
is not recovered generally sinks; the
amount that might remain on or near the
sea surface is low, and the density of
such expendable materials in the
NWTRC would be very low. Types of
training materials that might be
encountered include: Parachutes of
various types (e.g., those employed by
personnel or on targets, flares, or
sonobuoys); torpedo guidance wires,
torpedo ‘‘flex hoses;’’ cable assemblies
used to facilitate target recovery;
sonobuoys; and EMATT. Although
sunken debris might be of increased
concern for bottom-feeding marine
mammals, like the gray whale, again,
the low density is such that it is very
unlikely that animals would interact
with any of these materials.
Entanglement in military expendable
material was not cited as a source of
injury or mortality for any marine
mammals recorded in a large marine
mammal and sea turtle stranding
database for California waters, an area
with much higher density of marine
mammals. Therefore as discussed in the
NWTRC EIS, expendable material is
highly unlikely to directly affect marine
mammal species or potential habitat
within the NWTRC.
NMFS Office of Habitat Conservation
is working with the Navy to better
identify the potential risks of expended
materials from the Navy activities as
they relate to Essential Fish Habitat.
These effects are indirectly related to
marine mammal habitat, but based on
the extent of the likely effects described
in the Navy’s DEIS, NMFS’ Office of
Protected Resources has preliminarily
determined that they will not result in
significant impacts to marine mammal
habitat. The outcome of this
consultation will further inform the
marine mammal habitat analysis in the
final rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Water Quality
The NWTRC EIS/OEIS analyzed the
potential effects to water quality
Expendable Mobile ASW Training
Target (EMATT) batteries. In addition,
sonobuoys were not analyzed since,
once scuttled, their electrodes are
largely exhausted during use and
residual constituent dissolution occurs
more slowly than the releases from
activated seawater batteries. As such,
only the potential effects of batteries
and explosions on marine water quality
in and surrounding the sonobuoy
training area were completed. It was
determined that there would be no
significant effect to water quality from
seawater batteries, lithium batteries, and
thermal batteries associated with
scuttled sonobuoys.
EMATTs use lithium sulfur dioxide
batteries. The constituents in the battery
react to form soluble hydrogen gas and
lithium dithionite. The hydrogen gas
eventually enters the atmosphere and
the lithium hydroxide dissociates,
forming lithium ions and hydroxide
ions. The hydroxide is neutralized by
the hydronium formed from hydrolysis
of the acidic sulfur dioxide, ultimately
forming water. Sulfur dioxide, a gas that
is highly soluble in water, is the major
reactive component in the battery. The
sulfur ioxide ionizes in the water,
forming bisulfite (HSO3) that is easily
oxidized to sulfate in the slightly
alkaline environment of the ocean.
Sulfur is present as sulfate in large
quantities (i.e., 885 milligrams per liter
[mg/L]) in the ocean. Thus, it was
determined that there would be no
significant effect to water quality from
lithium sulfur batteries associated with
scuttled EMATTs.
Analysis and Negligible Impact
Determination
Pursuant to NMFS’ regulations
implementing the MMPA, an applicant
is required to estimate the number of
animals that will be ‘‘taken’’ by the
specified activities (i.e., takes by
harassment only, or takes by
harassment, injury, and/or death). This
estimate informs the analysis that NMFS
must perform to determine whether the
activity will have a ‘‘negligible impact’’
on the affected species or stock. Level B
(behavioral) harassment occurs at the
level of the individual(s) and does not
assume any resulting population-level
consequences, though there are known
avenues through which behavioral
disturbance of individuals can result in
population-level effects (for example:
Pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46-
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
33885
of the number of MFAS/HFAS hours
that the Navy will conduct. The exact
number of hours (or torpedoes, or pings,
whatever unit the source is estimated
in) may vary from year to year, but will
not exceed the 5-year total indicated in
Table 8 (by multiplying the yearly
estimate by 5) by more than 10 percent.
NMFS estimates that a 10-percent
increase in active sonar hours
(torpedoes, pings, etc.) would result in
approximately a 10-percent increase in
the number of takes, and we have
considered this possibility and the effect
of the additional active sonar use in our
analysis.
Taking the above into account,
considering the sections discussed
below, and dependent upon the
implementation of the proposed
mitigation measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that Navy
training exercises utilizing MFAS/HFAS
and underwater detonations will have a
negligible impact on the marine
mammal species and stocks present in
the NWTRC Range Complex.
Behavioral Harassment
As discussed in the Potential Effects
of Exposure of Marine Mammals to
MFAS/HFAS and illustrated in the
conceptual framework, marine
mammals can respond to MFAS/HFAS
in many different ways, a subset of
which qualify as harassment (see
Behavioral Harassment Section). One
thing that the take estimates do not take
into account is the fact that most marine
mammals will likely avoid strong sound
sources to one extent or another.
Although an animal that avoids the
sound source will likely still be taken in
some instances (such as if the avoidance
results in a missed opportunity to feed,
interruption of reproductive behaviors,
etc.) in other cases avoidance may result
in fewer instances of take than were
estimated or in the takes resulting from
exposure to a lower received level than
was estimated, which could result in a
less severe response. For MFAS/HFAS,
the Navy provided information (Table 9)
estimating what percentage of the total
takes that will occur within the 10-dB
bins (without considering mitigation or
avoidance) that are within the received
levels considered in the risk continuum
and for TTS and PTS. This table applies
specifically to AN/SQS–53C hullmounted active sonar (the most
powerful source), with less powerful
sources the percentages would increase
slightly in the lower received levels and
correspondingly decrease in the higher
received levels. As mentioned above, an
animal’s exposure to a higher received
level is more likely to result in a
behavioral response that is more likely
to adversely affect the health of the
animal.
Because of the comparatively small
amount of MFAS/HFAS sonar training
the Navy has only been conducting
offshore in the NWTRC, the fact that
they have not been monitoring pursuant
to those activities to date, and because
of the overall data gap regarding the
effects MFAS/HFAS has on marine
mammals, not a lot is known regarding
how marine mammals in the NWTRC
will respond to MFAS/HFAS (with the
exception of the SHOUP incident
mentioned previously—but since then
no sonar training has been conducted in
the Inshore area). Twelve monitoring
reports from the Southern California
Range Complex for major training
exercises indicate that watchstanders
have observed no instances of obvious
behavioral disturbance in the more than
704 marine mammal sightings of 7,435
animals (9,000+ hours of effort, though
only 4 of the 12 reports reported the
total number of hours of observation).
One cannot conclude from these results
that marine mammals were not harassed
from MFAS/HFAS, as a portion of
animals within the area of concern were
not seen (especially those more cryptic,
deep-diving species, such as beaked
whales or Kogia spp.) and some of the
non-biologist watchstanders might not
be well-qualified to characterize
behaviors. However, one can say that
the animals that were observed did not
respond in any of the obviously more
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
EP13JY09.151
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
percent reproductive success compared
with geese in disturbed habitat (being
consistently scared off the fields on
which they were foraging) which did
not gain mass and has a 17-percent
reproductive success). A negligible
impact finding is based on the lack of
likely adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), as well as the number
and nature of estimated Level A takes,
the number of estimated mortalities, and
effects on habitat. Generally speaking,
and especially with other factors being
equal, the Navy and NMFS anticipate
more severe effects from takes resulting
from exposure to higher received levels
(though this is in no way a strictly linear
relationship throughout species,
individuals, or circumstances) and less
severe effects from takes resulting from
exposure to lower received levels.
The Navy’s specified activities have
been described based on best estimates
33886
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
severe ways, such as panic, aggression,
or anti-predator response.
In addition to the monitoring that will
be required pursuant to these
regulations and any corresponding
LOAs, which is specifically designed to
help us better understand how marine
mammals respond to sound, the Navy
and NMFS have developed, funded, and
begun conducting a controlled exposure
experiment with beaked whales in the
Bahamas. Separately, the Navy and
NMFS conducted an opportunistic
tagging experiment with beaked whales
in the area of the 2008 Rim of the Pacific
training exercises in the HRC.
Diel Cycle
As noted previously, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing on a
diel cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
In the previous section, we discussed
the fact that potential behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS that fall into
the category of harassment could range
in severity. By definition, the takes by
behavioral harassment involve the
disturbance of a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild by
causing disruption of natural behavioral
patterns (such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering)
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered. These reactions would,
however, be more of a concern if they
were expected to last over 24 hours or
be repeated in subsequent days. As
mentioned previously, 65 ASW
exercises with a duration of 1.5 hours
are planned annually for the NWTRC.
Additionally, vessels with hull-mounted
active sonar are typically moving at
speeds of 10–12 knots, which would
make it unlikely that the same animal
could remain in the immediate vicinity
of the ship for the entire duration of the
exercise. Animals are not expected to be
exposed to MFAS/HFAS at levels or for
a duration likely to result in a
substantive response that would then be
carried on for more than one day or on
successive days. With the exception of
SINKEXs, the planned explosive
exercises are also of a short duration (1–
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
6 hours). Although explosive exercises
may sometimes be conducted in the
same general areas repeatedly, because
of their short duration and the fact that
they are in the open ocean and animals
can easily move away makes it similarly
unlikely that animals would be exposed
for long, continuous amounts of time.
Although SINKEXs may last for up to 48
hours, only 2 are planned annually, they
are stationary and conducted in deep,
open water (where fewer marine
mammals would typically be expected
to be randomly encountered), and they
have a rigorous monitoring and
shutdown protocol, all of which make it
unlikely that individuals would be
exposed to the exercise for extended
periods or in consecutive days.
TTS
NMFS and the Navy have estimated
that some individuals of some species of
marine mammals may sustain some
level of TTS from MFAS/HFAS. As
mentioned previously, TTS can last
from a few minutes to days, be of
varying degree, and occur across various
frequency bandwidths, all of which
determine the severity of the impacts on
the affected individual, which can range
from minor to more severe. Table 8
indicates the estimated number of
animals that might sustain TTS from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS. The TTS
sustained by an animal is primarily
classified by three characteristics:
• Frequency—Available data (of midfrequency hearing specialists exposed to
mid to high frequency sounds-Southall
et al., 2007) suggest that most TTS
occurs in the frequency range of the
source up to one octave higher than the
source (with the maximum TTS at 1⁄2
octave above). The more MF powerful
sources used (the two hull-mounted
MFAS sources and the DICASS
sonobuoys) have center frequencies
between 3.5 and 8 kHz and the other
unidentified MF sources are, by
definition, less than 10 kHz, which
suggests that TTS induced by any of
these MF sources would be in a
frequency band somewhere between
approximately 2 and 20 kHz. There are
fewer hours of HF source use and the
sounds would attenuate more quickly,
plus they have lower source levels, but
if an animal were to incur TTS from
these sources, it would cover a higher
frequency range (sources are between 20
and 100 kHz, which means that TTS
could range up to 200 kHz, however, HF
systems are typically used less
frequently and for shorter time periods
than surface ship and aircraft MF
systems, so TTS from these sources is
even less likely). TTS from explosives
would be broadband. Tables 5a and 5b
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
summarize the vocalization data for
each species.
• Degree of the shift (i.e., how many
dB is the sensitivity of the hearing
reduced by)—generally, both the degree
of TTS and the duration of TTS will be
greater if the marine mammal is exposed
to a higher level of energy (which would
occur when the peak dB level is higher
or the duration is longer). The threshold
for the onset of TTS (> 6 dB) is 195 dB
(SEL), which might be received at
distances of up to 140 m from the most
powerful MFAS source, the AN/SQS–53
(the maximum ranges to TTS from other
sources would be less, as modeled for
NWTRC). An animal would have to
approach closer to the source or remain
in the vicinity of the sound source
appreciably longer to increase the
received SEL, which would be difficult
considering the watchstanders and the
nominal speed of an active sonar vessel
(10–12 knots). Of all TTS studies, some
using exposures of almost an hour in
duration or up to 217 SEL, most of the
TTS induced was 15 dB or less, though
Finneran et al., (2007) induced 43 dB of
TTS with a 64-sec exposure to a 20 kHz
source (MFAS emits a 1-s ping 2 times/
minute).
• Duration of TTS (Recovery time)—
See above. Of all TTS laboratory studies,
some using exposures of almost an hour
in duration or up to 217 SEL, almost all
recovered within 1 day (or less, often in
minutes), though in one study (Finneran
et al., (2007)), recovery took 4 days.
Based on the range of degree and
duration of TTS reportedly induced by
exposures to non-pulse sounds of
energy higher than that to which freeswimming marine mammals in the field
are likely to be exposed during MFAS/
HFAS training exercises in NWTRC, it
is unlikely that marine mammals would
ever sustain a TTS from MFAS that
alters their sensitivity by more than 20
dB for more than a few days (and the
majority would be far less severe
because of short duration of the
exercises, the speed of a typical vessel,
and the fact that only 1 MFAS source is
in use at once). Also, for the same
reasons discussed in the Diel Cycle
section, and because of the short
distance within which animals would
need to approach the sound source, it is
unlikely that animals would be exposed
to the levels necessary to induce TTS in
subsequent time periods such that their
recovery is impeded. Additionally (see
Tables 5a and 5b), though the frequency
range of TTS that marine mammals
might sustain would overlap with some
of the frequency ranges of their
vocalization types, the frequency range
of TTS from MFAS (the source from
which TTS would more likely be
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
sustained because the higher source
level and slower attenuation make it
more likely that an animal would be
exposed to a higher level) would not
usually span the entire frequency range
of one vocalization type, much less span
all types of vocalizations. If impaired,
marine mammals would typically be
aware of their impairment and
implement behaviors to compensate for
it (see Communication Impairment
Section), though these compensations
may incur energetic costs.
Acoustic Masking or Communication
Impairment
Table 5 is also informative regarding
the nature of the masking or
communication impairment that could
potentially occur from MFAS (again,
center frequencies are 3.5 and 7.5 kHz
for the two types of hull-mounted active
sonar). However, masking only occurs
during the time of the signal (and
potential secondary arrivals of indirect
rays), versus TTS, which occurs
continuously for its duration. Standard
MFAS pings last on average one second
and occur about once every 24–30
seconds for hull-mounted sources. For
the sources for which we know the
pulse length, most are significantly
shorter than hull-mounted active sonar,
on the order of several microseconds to
10s of microseconds. For hull-mounted
active sonar, though some of the
vocalizations that marine mammals
make are less than one second long,
there is only a 1 in 24 chance that they
would occur exactly when the ping was
received, and when vocalizations are
longer than one second, only parts of
them are masked. Alternately, when the
pulses are only several microseconds
long, the majority of most animals’
vocalizations would not be masked.
Masking effects from MFAS/HFAS are
expected to be minimal. If masking or
communication impairment were to
occur briefly, it would be in the
frequency range of MFAS, which
overlaps with some marine mammal
vocalizations, however, it would likely
not mask the entirety of any particular
vocalization or communication series
because the pulse length, frequency, and
duty cycle of the MFAS/HFAS signal
does not perfectly mimic the
characteristics of any marine mammal’s
vocalizations.
PTS, Injury, or Mortality
The Navy’s model estimated that one
Pacific harbor seal would be exposed to
levels of MFAS/HFAS that would result
in PTS. This estimate does not take into
consideration either the mitigation
measures, the likely avoidance
behaviors of some of the animals
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
exposed, the distance from the sonar
dome of a surface vessel within which
an animal would have to be exposed to
incur PTS (10 m), and the nominal
speed of a surface vessel engaged in
ASW exercises. NMFS believes that
many marine mammals would
deliberately avoid exposing themselves
to the received levels of active sonar
necessary to induce injury by moving
away from or at least modifying their
path to avoid a close approach.
Additionally, in the unlikely event that
an animal approaches the sonar vessel
at a close distance, NMFS believes that
the mitigation measures (i.e., shutdown/
powerdown zones for MFAS/HFAS)
would typically ensure that animals
would not be exposed to injurious levels
of sound. As discussed previously, the
Navy utilizes both aerial (when
available) and passive acoustic
monitoring (during all ASW exercises)
in addition to watchstanders on vessels
to detect marine mammals for
mitigation implementation and
indicated that they are capable of
effectively monitoring a 1,000-meter
(1,093-yd) safety zone at night using
night vision goggles, infrared cameras,
and passive acoustic monitoring.
If a marine mammal is able to
approach a surface vessel within the
distance necessary to incur PTS, the
likely speed of the vessel (nominal 10–
12 knots) would make it very difficult
for the animal to remain in range long
enough to accumulate enough energy to
result in more than a mild case of PTS.
As mentioned previously and in relation
to TTS, the likely consequences to the
health of an individual that incurs PTS
can range from mild to more serious
dependent upon the degree of PTS and
the frequency band it is in, and many
animals are able to compensate for the
shift, although it may include energetic
costs. While NMFS believes it is very
unlikely that a harbor seal will incur
PTS from exposure to MFAS/HFAS,
seals may be difficult to detect at times
and the Navy has requested
authorization to take one by Level A
Harasssment and therefore, NMFS has
considered this possibility in our
analysis.
The Navy’s model estimated that 14
total animals would be exposed to
explosive detonations at levels that
could result in injury (1 fin whale, 1
blue whale, 1 sperm whale, 3 Dall’s
porpoise, 1 harbor porpoise, 1 northern
right whale dolphin, 2 short-beaked
common dolphins, 2 northern elephant
seals, 1 northern fur seal, and 1 Steller
sea lion), and that 0 would be exposed
to levels that would result in death—
however, those estimates do not
consider mitigation measures. Because
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33887
of the surveillance conducted prior to
and during the exercises, the associated
exclusion zones (see table 3 and the
Mitigation section), and the distance
within which the animal would have to
be from the explosion, NMFS does not
think it likely that any animals
(especially these species, which are
either large individuals or large
gregarious groups) will be exposed to
levels of sound or pressure from
explosives that will result in injury.
However, an authorization for Level A
take of these individuals allows the
Navy to remain in compliance in the
unlikely event that animals go
undetected and enter an area with
injurious energy or pressure levels, and
therefore NMFS has considered this
possibility in our analysis. Injury
incurred at these levels could (based on
the data the thresholds are derived
from) take the form of PTS (discussed
above), tympanic membrane rupture, or
slight lung injury.
As discussed previously, marine
mammals could potentially respond to
MFAS at a received level lower than the
injury threshold in a manner that
indirectly results in the animals
stranding. The exact mechanisms of this
potential response, behavioral or
physiological, are not known. The naval
exercises that have been associated with
strandings in the past have typically had
three or more vessels operating
simultaneously, or in conjunction with
one another, whereas the ASW exercises
in the NWTRC only utilize one surface
vessel sonar source at a time. Also, past
sonar-associated strandings have
involved constricted channels, semienclosed areas, and/or steep
bathymetry—the sorts of features
present in the Inshore area of the
NWTRC; however, no ASW exercises
will be conducted in the Inshore area.
Last, even if the physical features that
may contribute to a stranding (not all of
which are known) were present in the
NWTRC, it is unlikely that they would
co-occur in time and space given the
nature of the exercises, e.g., low number
and short duration of the planned
exercises and no multi-vessel ASW
exercises over an extended period of
time.
60 Years of Navy Training Exercises
Using MFAS/HFAS in the NWTRC
Range Complex
The Navy has been conducting
MFAS/HFAS training exercises in the
NWTRC Range Complex for over 60
years. Although monitoring specifically
in conjunction with training exercises to
determine the effects of active sonar and
explosives on marine mammals has not
been conducted by the Navy in the past
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33888
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
in the NWTRC and the symptoms
indicative of potential acoustic trauma
were not as well recognized prior to the
mid-nineties, people have been
collecting stranding data in the NWTRC
Range Complex for approximately 30
years. Though not all dead or injured
animals are expected to end up on the
shore (some may be eaten or float out to
sea), one might expect that if marine
mammals were being harmed by the
Navy training exercises with any
regularity, more evidence would have
been detected over the 30-yr period.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Species-Specific Analysis
In the discussions below, the
‘‘acoustic analysis’’ refers to the Navy’s
analysis, which includes the use of
several models and other applicable
calculations as described in the
Estimates of Potential Marine Mammal
Exposure section. The numbers
predicted by the ‘‘acoustic analysis’’ are
based on a uniform and stationary
distribution of marine mammals and do
not take into consideration the
implementation of mitigation measures
or potential avoidance behaviors of
marine mammals, and therefore, are
likely overestimates of potential
exposures to the indicated thresholds
(PTS, TTS, behavioral harassments).
Blue Whale (MMPA Depleted/ESAListed)
Acoustic analysis predicts that 19
exposures of blue whales to MFAS/
HFAS or explosive detonations at sound
or pressure levels likely to result in
Level B harassment will occur. This
estimate represents the total number of
takes and not necessarily the number of
individuals taken, as a single individual
may be taken multiple times over the
course of a year. These Level B takes are
anticipated to be primarily in the form
of behavioral disturbance as described
in the Definition of Harassment: Level B
Harassment section, although one TTS
take is estimated from explosive
exposure and proposed to be
authorized. It is unlikely that any blue
whales will incur TTS because of: (1)
The distance within which they would
have to approach the explosive source;
and (2) the likelihood that Navy
monitors would, during pre- or during
exercises monitoring, detect these large
animals prior to an approach within this
distance and require a delay of the
exercise. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of blue whales given their
large size, average group size (2–3), and
pronounced vertical blow.
Additionally, the Navy’s acoustic
analysis predicted that 1 blue whale
would be exposed to injurious levels of
energy or pressure from exposure to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
explosive detonations. Because of the
lengthy pre-monitoring, the size of the
animal, and the pronounced blow,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would likely detect blue
whales in most instances and
implement the mitigation to avoid
exposure at injurious levels. Although
NMFS does not anticipate Level A take
of this species to occur, the Navy has
requested Level A take authorization for
this species to ensure MMPA
compliance and NMFS will analyze the
possibility of these effects. NMFS is
currently engaged in an internal Section
7 consultation under the ESA and the
outcome of that consultation will
further inform our final decision.
Blue whales in the NWTRC belong to
the Eastern North Pacific stock, which
may be increasing in number. The best
population estimate for this stock is
1,866. Blue whales are known to feed in
the southern part of the NWTRC in the
summer. Relative to the population size,
this activity is anticipated to result only
in a limited number of level B
harassment takes. The blue whale’s
large size and detectability makes it
unlikely that these animals would be
exposed to the higher energy or pressure
expected to result in more severe effects
either during their selected feeding
times or otherwise. The NWTRC
activities are not expected to occur in an
area/time of specific importance for
reproduction, feeding, or other known
critical behaviors. Consequently, the
activities are not expected to adversely
impact rates of recruitment or survival
of blue whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on this stock.
Fin Whale (MMPA Depleted/ESA-Listed)
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
122 exposures of fin whales to sound
levels likely to result in Level B
harassment (2 from TTS) may result
from MFAS/HFAS. This estimate
represents the total number of takes and
not necessarily the number of
individuals taken, as a single individual
may be taken multiple times over the
course of a year. These Level B takes are
anticipated to primarily be in the form
of behavioral harassment as described in
the Definition of Harassment: Level B
Harassment section. Although 2 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes were
predicted to be in the form of TTS from
MFAS/HFAS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any fin whales will incur
TTS because of the distance within
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
which they would have to approach the
MFAS source (approximately 140 m for
the most powerful source for TTS), the
fact that many animals will likely avoid
active sonar sources to some degree, and
the likelihood that Navy monitors
would detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement active sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of fin whales because of
their large size, mean group size (3), and
pronounced blow.
Acoustic analysis also predicted that
19 Level B Harassment takes from
explosives would occur (12 sub-TTS, 7
TTS). For the same reasons listed above,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would likely detect these
species and implement the mitigation to
avoid exposure. However, the range to
TTS for a few of the larger explosives is
larger than the associated exclusion
zones for BOMBEX or SINKEX (see
Table 3), and therefore NMFS
anticipates that TTS takes of a fin
whales might result from explosive
detonations.
Additionally, the Navy’s acoustic
analysis predicted that 1 fin whale
would be exposed to injurious levels of
energy or pressure. Because of the
lengthy pre-monitoring, the size of the
animal, and the pronounced blow,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would likely detect fin
whales in most instances and
implement the mitigation to avoid
exposure at injurious levels. Although
NMFS does not anticipate Level A take
of this species to occur, the Navy has
requested Level A take authorization for
this species to ensure MMPA
compliance and NMFS will analyze the
possibility of these effects. NMFS is
currently engaged in an internal Section
7 consultation under the ESA and the
outcome of that consultation will
further inform our final decision.
Fin whales in the NWTRC belong to
the California/Oregon/Washington
stock. The best population estimate for
this stock is 3454, which may be
increasing. Relative to the population
size, this activity is anticipated to result
only in a limited number of level B
harassment takes. The NWTRC activities
are not expected to occur in an area/
time of specific importance for
reproductive, feeding, or other known
critical behaviors. Consequently, the
activities are not expected to adversely
impact rates of recruitment or survival
of fin whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
activities will have a negligible impact
on this stock.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Sei Whale (MMPA Depleted/ESA-Listed)
Acoustic analysis predicts that 1 sei
whale will be behaviorally harassed by
exposure to MFAS/HFAS. Sei whales in
the NWTRC belong to the Eastern North
Pacific stock. The best population
estimate for this stock is 43, which may
be increasing. The sei whales’ large size
and detectability makes it unlikely that
these animals would be exposed to the
higher energy or pressure expected to
result in more severe effects. No areas of
specific importance for reproduction or
feeding of sei whales have been
identified in the NWTRC. Relative to the
population size, this activity is
anticipated to result only in a limited
number of level B harassment takes. The
NWTRC activities are not expected to
occur in an area/time of specific
importance for reproductive, feeding, or
other known critical behaviors.
Consequently, the activities are not
expected to adversely impact rates of
recruitment or survival of sei whales.
Based on the general information
contained in the Negligible Impact
Analysis section and this stock-specific
summary of the effects of the takes,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s specified activities will
have a negligible impact on this stock.
Humpback Whale (MMPA Depleted/
ESA-Listed)
Acoustic analysis predicts that 13
humpback whales will be behaviorally
harassed by exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
No humpback whales are expected to be
taken as a result of exposure to
explosive detonations. Humpback
whales in the NWTRC belong to the
Eastern North Pacific stock. The best
population estimate for this stock is
1396, which is increasing. The
humpback whales’ large size, gregarious
nature, and detectability makes it
unlikely that these animals would be
exposed to the higher energy or pressure
expected to result in more severe effects.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding of humpbacks
have been identified in the NWTRC.
Relative to the population size, this
activity is anticipated to result only in
a limited number of level B harassment
takes. The NWTRC activities are not
expected to occur in an area/time of
specific importance for reproductive,
feeding, or other known critical
behaviors. Consequently, the activities
are not expected to adversely impact
rates of recruitment or survival of
humpback whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stock-
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
specific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on this stock.
Gray Whale
Acoustic analysis predicts that 4 gray
whales will be behaviorally harassed by
exposure to MFAS/HFAS. No gray
whales are expected to be taken as a
result of exposure to explosive
detonations. Gray whales in the NWTRC
belong to the Eastern North Pacific
stock, which is increasing in number.
The best population estimate for this
stock is 18178. The gray whales’ large
size and detectability makes it unlikely
that these animals would be exposed to
the higher energy or pressure expected
to result in more severe effects. There is
a well-defined north-south migratory
path through the NWTRC and a known
aggregation of gray whales (Pacific Coast
Feeding Aggregation (PCFA)) that feeds
along the Pacific coast between
southeastern Alaska and southern
California throughout the summer and
fall. Relative to the population size,
however, this activity is anticipated to
result only in a very limited number of
level B harassment takes and,
consequently, the activities are not
expected to adversely impact rates of
recruitment or survival of gray whales.
Based on the general information
contained in the Negligible Impact
Analysis section and this stock-specific
summary of the effects of the takes,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s specified activities will
have a negligible impact on this stock.
Minke Whale
Acoustic analysis predicts that 9
minke whales will be behaviorally
harassed by exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
No minke whales are expected to be
taken as a result of exposure to
explosive detonations. Minke whales in
the NWTRC belong to the California/
Oregon/Washington stock. The best
population estimate for this stock is 898.
The whales’ size and detectability
makes it unlikely that these animals
would be exposed to the higher energy
or pressure expected to result in more
severe effects. Minke whales appear to
establish home ranges in the Inshore
Area and have been documented
feeding in several areas within the
Inshore Areas, however, no activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals will occur in the Inshore
Area, so these behaviors should not be
negatively impacted in that area.
Relative to the population size, this
activity is anticipated to result only in
a limited number of level B harassment
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33889
takes. The NWTRC activities are not
expected to occur in an area/time of
specific importance for reproductive,
feeding, or other known critical
behaviors. Consequently, the activities
are not expected to adversely impact
rates of recruitment or survival of minke
whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on this stock.
Sperm Whale (MMPA Depleted/ESAListed)
Acoustic analysis predicts that up to
101 exposures of sperm whales to
MFAS/HFAS at energy levels likely to
result in Level B harassment may occur.
This estimate represents the total
number of Level B takes and not
necessarily the number of individuals
taken, as a single individual may be
taken multiple times over the course of
a year. These Level B takes are
anticipated to primarily be in the form
of behavioral disturbance as described
in the Definition of Harassment: Level B
Harassment section. Two of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes were
predicted to be in the form of TTS.
As indicated in Table 5, some (but not
all) sperm whale vocalizations might
overlap with the MFAS/HFAS TTS
frequency range (2–20 kHz), which
could potentially temporarily decrease
an animal’s sensitivity to the calls of
conspecifics or returning echolocation
signals. However, as noted previously,
NMFS does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFAS/HFAS. No
sperm whales are predicted to be
exposed to MFAS/HFAS sound levels
associated with PTS or injury.
Acoustic analysis also predicted that
23 sperm whales would be exposed to
sound or pressure from explosives at
levels expected to result in Level B
Harassment (10 from TTS).
Additionally, the Navy’s acoustic
analysis predicted that 1 whale would
be exposed to injurious levels of energy
or pressure. Because of the lengthy premonitoring and the size of the animal,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would likely detect
sperm whales in most instances and
implement the mitigation measures to
avoid exposure at injurious levels.
Although NMFS does not anticipate
sperm whales to experience Level A
Harassment, the Navy has requested
Level A take authorization for this
species to ensure MMPA compliance in
the unlikely event that an animal is
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33890
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
exposed to injurious pressures from an
explosive detonation and NMFS has
analyzed the possibility of these effects.
NMFS is currently engaged in an
internal Section 7 consultation under
the ESA and the outcome of that
consultation will further inform our
final decision. No areas of specific
importance for reproduction or feeding
of sperm whales have been identified in
the NWTRC.
Relative to the population size, this
activity is anticipated to result only in
a limited number of Level B harassment
takes. Additionally, the NWTRC
activities are not expected to occur in an
area/time of specific importance for
reproductive, feeding, or other known
critical behaviors. Consequently, the
activities are not expected to adversely
impact rates of recruitment or survival
of sperm whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on this stock.
Killer Whale (Southern Resident Is
MMPA Depleted/ESA-Listed)
Due to the difficulty in determining
particular stocks of killer whales in the
wild, all stocks of killer whales were
combined for modeling exposures, and
therefore the modeled takes could be
applied to any combination of the three
stocks. When observed offshore, the
determination of a particular whale to
either a transient, offshore, or a resident
is often difficult. For this reason, all
killer whales are considered to be part
of the southern resident stock for
analysis of effect. The southern resident
stock of killer whales is depleted under
the MMPA and listed under the ESA.
Acoustic analysis predicts that 13
killer whales will be behaviorally
harassed by exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
The best population estimate for the
southern resident killer whale stock is
89. There was an increase in the overall
population from 2002–2007, however
the population declined in 2008 with 85
southern resident killer whales counted.
Two additional whales have been
reported missing since the 2008 census
count. The whale’s size and
detectability makes it unlikely that these
animals would be exposed to the higher
energy or pressure expected to result in
more severe effects. As mentioned
previously, there is designated critical
habitat for southern resident killer
whales in the Inshore Area; however, no
sonar exercises and 4 very small
detonations (2.5-lb), which are not
expected to result in the take of marine
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
mammals, are planned to occur in the
Inshore area annually. Southern
resident killer whales spend the
majority of their time in the Inshore
Area from May/June through October/
November, although they do make
multi-day trips to the outer coast.
Alternately, all of the Navy’s sonar use
is in the Offshore Area, occurring
uniformly throughout the year.
Of note, the vocalizations of killer
whales fall directly into the frequency
range in which TTS would be incurred
from the MFAS sources used in NWTRC
for ASW exercises, so it is fortunate that
the Navy is conducting limited ASW
exercises in the NWTRC and that killer
whales are predominantly situated in
the Inshore area when ASW exercises
are being conducted. Killer whales
produce a wide-variety of clicks and
whistles, but most social sounds are
pulsed, with frequencies ranging from
0.5 to 25 kHz (dominant frequency
range: 1 to 6 kHz) (Thomson and
Richardson, 1995). Echolocation clicks
indicate source levels ranging from 195
to 224 dB re 1 μPa-m peak-to-peak,
dominant frequencies ranging from 20
to 60 kHz, and durations of about 0.1
sec (Au et al., 2004). Source levels
associated with social sounds have been
calculated to range from 131 to 168 dB
re 1 μPa-m and vary with vocalization
type (Veirs, 2004).
Southern resident killer whales are
very vocal, making calls during all types
of behavioral states. Acoustic studies of
resident killer whales in the Pacific
Northwest have found that there are
dialects in their highly stereotyped,
repetitive discrete calls, which are
group-specific and shared by all group
members (Ford, 1991, 2002b). These
dialects likely are used to maintain
group identity and cohesion, and may
serve as indicators of relatedness that
help prevent inbreeding between closely
related whales (Ford, 1991, 2002b).
Dialects have been documented in
northern Norway (Ford, 2002a) and
southern Alaska killer whales
populations (Yurk et al., 2002) and
likely occur in other regions.
Both behavioral and auditory
brainstem response techniques indicate
killer whales can hear a frequency range
of 1 to 100 kHz and are most sensitive
at 20 kHz. This is one the lowest
maximum-sensitivity frequencies
known among toothed whales
(Szymanski et al., 1999).
Population estimates for the Offshore
and Transient killer whale stocks are
422 and 346, respectively. Relative to
the population size, this activity is
anticipated to result only in a limited
number of level B harassment takes. The
NWTRC activities are not expected to
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
occur in an area/time of specific
importance for reproductive, feeding, or
other known critical behaviors.
Consequently, the activities are not
expected to adversely impact rates of
recruitment or survival of killer whales.
Based on the general information
contained in the Negligible Impact
Analysis section and this stock-specific
summary of the effects of the takes,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s specified activities will
have a negligible impact on these stocks.
Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whale
Acoustic analysis predicts that 4
pygmy or dwarf sperm whales will be
behaviorally harassed by exposure to
MFAS/HFAS or explosives. Dwarf and
pygmy sperm whales in the NWTRC
belong to the California/Oregon/
Washington stocks. There are no
population estimates for these stocks,
however, this activity is anticipated to
result only in a very limited number of
level B harassment takes. The NWTRC
activities are not expected to occur in an
area/time of specific importance for
reproductive, feeding, or other known
critical behaviors. Consequently, the
activities are not expected to adversely
impact rates of recruitment or survival
of pygmy and dwarf sperm whales.
Based on the general information
contained in the Negligible Impact
Analysis section and this stock-specific
summary of the effects of the takes,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s specified activities will
have a negligible impact on this stock.
Beaked Whales
Acoustic analysis predicts that 12
Baird’s beaked whales, 14 Cuvier’s
beaked whales, and 14 Mesoplodont sp.
will be taken by Level B harassment by
exposure to MFAS/HFAS or explosives
(1, 2, and 1 take each from explosives,
relatively). Beaked whales in the
NWTRC belong to the California/
Oregon/Washington stocks. Census data
and life history are too limited to
suggest a population trend for
individual species of Mesoplodont
whales. Until better methods are
developed for distinguishing the
different mesoplodont species from one
another, the management unit is defined
to include all mesoplodont populations.
The best population estimate for these
stocks is 313, 2171, and 1024,
respectively. Although no areas of
specific importance for reproduction or
feeding of beaked whales have been
identified in the NWTRC, beaked
whales are generally found in deep
waters over the continental slope,
oceanic seamounts, and areas with
submarine escarpments (very seldom
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
over the continental shelf). Relative to
the population size, this activity is
anticipated to result only in a limited
number of level B harassment takes.
Consequently, the activities are not
expected to adversely impact rates of
recruitment or survival of beaked
whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on these stocks.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Short-Finned Pilot Whale
Acoustic analysis predicts that 2 pilot
whales will be behaviorally harassed by
exposure to MFAS/HFAS or explosives.
Pilot whales are rare in the NWTRC and
belong to the California/Oregon/
Washington stocks. The best population
estimate for these stocks is 245. Relative
to the population size, this activity is
anticipated to result only in a limited
number of level B harassment takes. The
NWTRC activities are not expected to
occur in an area/time of specific
importance for reproductive, feeding, or
other known critical behaviors.
Consequently, the activities are not
expected to adversely impact rates of
recruitment or survival of short-finned
pilot whales. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on these stocks.
Dolphins and Porpoises
The acoustic analysis predicts that the
following numbers of Level B behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 4725 Dall’s Porpoises,
119162 harbor porpoises, 1256 shortbeaked common dolphin, 1256 shortbeaked common dolphin, 734 northern
right whale dolphin, 555 Pacific whitesided dolphin, and 40 striped dolphin.
This estimate represents the total
number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
exposed, as a single individual may be
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year. No bottlenose dolphins are
expected to be taken based on the
Navy’s acoustic analysis.
Although a portion (147 Dall’s
Porpoises, 45 harbor porpoises, 42
short-beaked common dolphin,18
northern right whale dolphin, 23 Pacific
white-sided dolphin, and 1 striped
dolphin) of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes for all of these species
is predicted to be in the form of TTS
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
from MFAS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that all of the individuals
estimated will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the active sonar source
(approximately 140 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid active sonar
sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement active sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of dolphins given their
relatively short dives, gregarious
behavior, and large average group size.
However, the Navy’s proposed
mitigation has a provision that allows
the Navy to continue operation of MFAS
if the animals are clearly bow-riding
even after the Navy has initially
maneuvered to try and avoid closing
with the animals. Since these animals
sometimes bow-ride they could
potentially be exposed to levels
associated with TTS as they approach or
depart from bow-riding. As mentioned
above and indicated in Table 5, some
dolphin vocalizations might overlap
with the MFAS/HFAS TTS frequency
range (2–20 kHz), which could
potentially temporarily decrease an
animal’s sensitivity to the calls of
conspecifics or returning echolocation
signals. However, as noted previously,
NMFS does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
Acoustic analysis also predicted that
58 Dall’s Porpoises, 5 harbor porpoises,
23 short-beaked common dolphin, 7
northern right whale dolphin, 3 Pacific
white-sided dolphin, and 1 striped
dolphin would be exposed to sound or
pressure from explosives at levels
expected to result in TTS. For the same
reasons noted above, NMFS anticipates
that the Navy watchstanders would
likely detect these species and
implement the mitigation to avoid
exposure. However, the range to TTS for
a few of the larger explosives is larger
than the associated exclusion zones for
BOMBEX, MISSILEX, or SINKEX (see
Table 3), and therefore NMFS
anticipates that TTS might not be
entirely avoided during those exercises.
Acoustic analysis also predicted that
3 Dall’s porpoise, a harbor porpoise, 2
short-beaked dolphin, and one northern
right whale dolphin might be exposed to
sound or pressure from explosive
detonations that would result in PTS or
injury. For the same reasons listed
above (group size, dive and social
behavior), NMFS anticipates that the
Navy watchstanders would detect these
species and implement the mitigation
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33891
measures to avoid exposure. In the case
of all explosive exercises, the exclusion
zones are 2–12 times larger than the
estimated distance at which an animal
would be exposed to injurious sounds
or pressure waves.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for dolphins
have been identified in the NWTRC.
Table 4 shows the estimated abundance
of the affected stocks of dolphins and
porpoise.
Of note, the number of harbor
porpoises behaviorally harassed by
exposure to MFAS/HFAS is higher than
the other species (and, in fact, suggests
that every member of the stock could
potentially be taken by Level B
harassment multiple times) because of
the low Level B Harassment threshold,
which essentially makes the ensonified
area of effects significantly larger than
for the other species. However, the fact
that the threshold is a step function and
not a curve (and assuming uniform
density) means that the vast majority of
the takes occur in the very lowest levels
that exceed the threshold
(approximately 80% of the takes are
from exposures to 120 dB to 126 dB, and
then approximately 80% of those takes
are in the 126 dB to 132 dB range, etc.),
which means that the anticipated effects
are not expected to be severe.
Based on the general information
contained in the Negligible Impact
Analysis section and this stock-specific
summary of the effects of the takes,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s specified activities will
have a negligible impact on these stocks.
Pinnipeds
The Navy’s acoustic analysis predicts
that the following numbers of Level B
harassments (from exposure to MFAS/
HFAS or explosives) of the associated
species will occur: 120 Steller sea lion,
1,365 Northern fur seal, 286 California
sea lion, 378 northern elephant seals,
and 586 Pacific harbor seal. This
estimate represents the total number of
exposures and not necessarily the
number of individuals exposed, as a
single individual may be exposed
multiple times over the course of a year.
The model further predicted that of
those Level B harassments listed above,
290 Pacific harbor seals and 1 northern
fur seal, of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes for all of these species
were predicted to be in the form of TTS
from MFAS exposure. NMFS believes it
unlikely that northern fur seals, for
which the TTS threshold is 206 dB SEL,
will incur TTS because of the distance
within which they would have to
approach the MFAS source
(approximately 37 m for the most
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
33892
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid active sonar
sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these pinnipeds (because of the
relatively short duration of their dives
and their tendency to rest near the
surface) prior to an approach within this
distance and implement active sonar
powerdown or shutdown. For harbor
seals, more animals will be exposed to
levels associated with TTS because of
the lower threshold (183 SEL) that can
be heard approximately 1,400 m from
the highest powered AN/SQS–53C
source. As mentioned above and
indicated in Table 5, some pinniped
vocalizations might overlap with the
MFAS/HFAS TTS frequency range (2–
20 kHz), which could potentially
temporarily decrease an animal’s
sensitivity to the calls of conspecifics or
returning echolocation signals.
However, as noted previously, NMFS
does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
The acoustic analysis also predicted
that 1 Pacific harbor seal would be
exposed to MFAS/HFAS sound levels
that would result in Level A Harassment
(PTS—injury). However, because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the MFAS source
(approximately 50 m for the most
powerful source) and the fact that
animals will likely avoid active sonar
sources to some degree, NMFS does not
believe that any animals will incur PTS
or be otherwise injured by MFAS/
HFAS. However, the Navy has requested
authorization for one Level A take for
Pacific harbor seals, so NMFS is
considering it in our analysis.
Acoustic analysis also predicted that
of the total level B harassment takes
listed in the first paragraph, 44 Northern
fur seals, 1 California sea lion, and 29
northern elephant seals would be
exposed to sound or pressure from
explosives at levels expected to result in
TTS. For the same reasons listed above,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would likely detect the
majority of the individual northern
elephant seals, northern fur seals, and
California sea lions and implement the
mitigation measures to avoid exposure.
However, the range to TTS for a few of
the larger explosives is larger than the
associated exclusion zones for
BOMBEX, MISSILEX, or SINKEX (see
Table 3), therefore NMFS anticipates
that some TTS might not be avoided
during those exercises. Acoustic
analysis also predicted that 2 northern
elephant seals and 1 northern fur seal
might be exposed to levels of sound or
pressure from explosives that would
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
result in PTS or other injury. NMFS
anticipates that the Navy watchstanders
would likely detect these species and
implement the mitigation measures to
avoid exposure. In the case of all
explosive exercises, the exclusion zones
are 2–12 times larger than the estimated
distance at which an animal would be
exposed to injurious sounds or pressure
waves. However, an authorization for
Level A take of these individuals allows
the Navy to remain in compliance in the
unlikely event that animals go
undetected and enter an area with
injurious energy or pressure levels, and
therefore NMFS considers it in our
analysis.
Steller sea lions are MMPA depleted
and ESA-listed with a decreasing
population and they have designated
critical habitat within the NWTRC. A
small number, compared to the
population estimate, are predicted to be
taken by behavioral disturbance, and
one potentially by injury, although
NMFS does not anticipate this. Of note,
the critical habitat (3 haulouts) has
limitations for air approach distances
and by sea approach distances and the
Navy abides by these restrictions.
Generally speaking, pinniped stocks
in the NWTRC are thought to be stable
or increasing. Based on the general
information contained in the Negligible
Impact Analysis section and this stockspecific summary of the effects of the
takes, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the Navy’s specified
activities will have a negligible impact
on these stocks.
Preliminary Determination
Negligible Impact
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat and dependent upon
the implementation of the mitigation
and monitoring measures, NMFS
preliminarily finds that the total taking
from Navy training exercises utilizing
MFAS/HFAS and underwater
explosives in the NWTRC will have a
negligible impact on the affected species
or stocks. NMFS has proposed
regulations for these exercises that
prescribe the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on marine
mammals and their habitat and set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of that taking.
Subsistence Harvest of Marine
Mammals
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the issuance of 5-year regulations
and subsequent LOAs for Navy training
exercises in the NWTRC would not have
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the affected species or
stocks for subsistence use for any Alaska
Natives or Tribal member in the
Northwest (e.g., Oregon, Washington,
and northern California). Specifically,
the Navy’s exercises would not affect
any Alaskan Native because the
activities will be limited to waters off
the coast of Washington, Oregon, and
northern California, areas outside of
traditional Alaskan Native hunting
grounds. Moreover, there are no
cooperative agreements in force under
the MMPA or Whaling Convention Act
that would allow for the subsistence
harvest of marine mammals in waters
off the Northwest coast. Consequently,
this action would not result in an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the affected species or
stocks for taking for subsistence uses in
the Northwest.
As noted above, NMFS will consider
all comments, suggestions and/or
concerns submitted by the public during
the proposed rulemaking comment
period to help inform our final decision,
particularly with respect to our
negligible impact determination and the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures.
ESA
There are seven marine mammal
species and one sea turtle species that
are listed as endangered under the ESA
with confirmed or possible occurrence
in the study area: Humpback whale, sei
whale, fin whale, blue whale, sperm
whale, southern resident killer whale,
Steller sea lion, and the leatherback sea
turtle. The Navy has begun consultation
with NMFS pursuant to section 7 of the
ESA, and NMFS will also consult
internally on the issuance of an LOA
under section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA
for NWTRC activities. Consultation will
be concluded prior to a determination
on the issuance of the final rule and an
LOA.
NEPA
NMFS has participated as a
cooperating agency on the Navy’s Draft
Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS)
for the NWTRC, which was published
on December 29, 2008. The Navy’s DEIS
is posted on NMFS’ Web site: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications. NMFS
intends to adopt the Navy’s Final EIS
(FEIS), if adequate and appropriate.
Currently, we believe that the adoption
of the Navy’s FEIS will allow NMFS to
meet its responsibilities under NEPA for
the issuance of an LOA for NWTRC. If
the Navy’s FEIS is deemed not to be
adequate, NMFS would supplement the
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
existing analysis to ensure that we
comply with NEPA prior to the issuance
of the final rule or LOA.
Classification
This action does not contain any
collection of information requirements
for purposes of the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
The Office of Management and Budget
has determined that this proposed rule
is not significant for purposes of
Executive Order 12866.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act, the Chief Counsel for Regulation of
the Department of Commerce has
certified to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration that this proposed rule,
if adopted, would not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The
Regulatory Flexibility Act requires
Federal agencies to prepare an analysis
of a rule’s impact on small entities
whenever the agency is required to
publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking. However, a Federal agency
may certify, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b),
that the action will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
The Navy is the sole entity that will be
affected by this rulemaking, not a small
governmental jurisdiction, small
organization or small business, as
defined by the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA). Any requirements imposed
by a Letter of Authorization issued
pursuant to these regulations, and any
monitoring or reporting requirements
imposed by these regulations, will be
applicable only to the Navy. NMFS does
not expect the issuance of these
regulations or the associated LOAs to
result in any impacts to small entities
pursuant to the RFA. Because this
action, if adopted, would directly affect
the Navy and not a small entity, NMFS
concludes the action would not result in
a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Dated: July 2, 2009.
James Balsiger,
Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
50 CFR part 218 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
PART 218—REGULATIONS
GOVERNING THE TAKING AND
IMPORTING OF MARINE MAMMALS
1. The authority citation for part 218
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
2. Subpart M is added to part 218 to
read as follows:
Subpart M—Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; U.S. Navy’s Northwest Training
Range Complex (NWTRC)
Sec.
218.110 Specified activity and specified
geographical area.
218.111 [Reserved]
218.112 Permissible methods of taking.
218.113 Prohibitions.
218.114 Mitigation.
218.115 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
218.116 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
218.117 Letters of Authorization.
218.118 Renewal of Letters of Authorization
and adaptive management.
218.119 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization.
Subpart M—Taking and Importing
Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy’s
Northwest Training Range Complex
(NWTRC)
§ 218.110 Specified activity and specified
geographical area.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply
only to the U.S. Navy for the taking of
marine mammals that occurs in the area
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section
and that occur incidental to the
activities described in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
within the Offshore area of the
Northwest Training Range Complex
(NWTRC) (as depicted in Figure ES–1 in
the Navy’s Draft Environmental Impact
Statement for NWTRC), which is
bounded by 48°30′ N. lat.; 130°00′ W.
long.; 40°00′ N. lat.; and on the east by
124°00′ W. long or by the shoreline
where the shoreline extends west of
124°00′ W. long (excluding the Strait of
Juan de Fuca (east of 124°40′ W. long),
which is not included in the Offshore
area).
(c) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
incidental to the following activities
within the designated amounts of use:
(1) The use of the following midfrequency active sonar (MFAS) sources,
high frequency active sonar (HFAS)
sources for U.S. Navy anti-submarine
warfare (ASW) and mine warfare (MIW)
training, in the amounts and in the
locations indicated below (±10%):
(i) AN/SQS–53 (hull-mounted active
sonar)—up to 215 hours over the course
of 5 years (an average of 43 hours per
year);
(ii) AN/SQS–56 (hull-mounted active
sonar)—up to 330 hours over the course
of 5 years (an average of 65 hours per
year);
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33893
(iii) SSQ–62 (Directional Command
Activated Sonobuoy System (DICASS)
sonobuoys)—up to 4430 sonobuoys over
the course of 5 years (an average of 886
sonobuoys per year)
(iv) MK–48 (heavyweight torpedoes)—
up to 10 torpedoes over the course of 5
years (an average of 2 torpedoes per
year);
(v) AN/BQS–15 (mine detection and
submarine navigational sonar)—up to
210 hours over the course of 5 years (an
average of 42 hours per year);
(vi) AN/SSQ–125 (AEER)—up to 745
buoys deployed over the course of 5
years (total combined with the AN/
SSQ–110A (IEER)) (an average of 149
per year);
(vii) Range Pingers—up to 900 hours
over the course of 5 years (an average of
180 hours per year); and
(viii) PUTR Uplink—up to 750 hours
over the course of 5 years (an average of
150 hours per year).
(2) The detonation of the underwater
explosives indicated in this paragraph
(c)(2)(i) conducted as part of the training
events indicated in this paragraph
(c)(2)(ii):
(i) Underwater Explosives
(A) 5″ Naval Gunfire (9.5 lbs);
(B) 76 mm rounds (1.6 lbs);
(C) Maverick (78.5 lbs);
(D) Harpoon (448 lbs);
(E) MK–82 (238 lbs);
(F) MK–48 (851 lbs);
(G) Demolition Charges (2.5 lbs);
(H) AN/SSQ–110A (IEER explosive
sonobuoy—5 lbs);
(I) HARM;
(J) Hellfire;
(K) SLAM; and
(L) GBU 10, 12, and 16.
(ii) Training Events
(A) Surface-to-surface Gunnery
Exercises (S–S GUNEX)—up to 1700
exercises over the course of 5 years (an
average of 340 per year).
(B) Bombing Exercises (BOMBEX)—up
to 150 exercises over the course of 5
years (an average of 30 per year).
(C) Sinking Exercises (SINKEX)—up
to 10 exercises over the course of 5 years
(an average of 2 per year).
(D) Extended Echo Ranging and
Improved Extended Echo Ranging (EER/
IEER) Systems—up to 60 exercises (total
combined with the AN/SSQ–125A
(AEER)) over the course of 5 years (an
average of 12 per year).
§ 218.111
[Reserved]
§ 218.112
Permissible methods of taking.
(a) Under Letters of Authorization
issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and
218.117 of this chapter, the Holder of
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33894
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the Letter of Authorization (hereinafter
‘‘Navy’’) may incidentally, but not
intentionally, take marine mammals
within the area described in
§ 218.110(b), provided the activity is in
compliance with all terms, conditions,
and requirements of these regulations
and the appropriate Letter of
Authorization.
(b) The activities identified in
§ 218.110(c) must be conducted in a
manner that minimizes, to the greatest
extent practicable, any adverse impacts
on marine mammals and their habitat.
(c) The incidental take of marine
mammals under the activities identified
in § 218.110(c) is limited to the
following species, by the indicated
method of take and the indicated
number of times (estimated based on the
authorized amounts of sound source
operation):
(1) Level B Harassment (±10% of the
Take Estimate Indicated Below)
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(i) Mysticetes
(A) Humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae)—75 (an average of 15
annually);
(B) Fin whale (Balaenoptera
physalus)—720 (an average of 144
annually);
(C) Blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus)—95 (an average of 19
annually);
(D) Sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis)—5 (an average of 1 annually);
(E) Minke whale (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata)—45 (an average of 9
annually); and
(F) Gray whale (Eschrichtius
robustus)—20 (an average of 4
annually).
(ii) Odontocetes
(A) Sperm whales (Physeter
macrocephalus)—635 (an average of 127
annually);
(B) Killer whale (Orcinus orca)—70
(an average of 14 annually);
(C) Pygmy or dwarf sperm whales
(Kogia breviceps or Kogia sima)—20 (an
average of 94 annually);
(D) Mesoplodont beaked whales—75
(an average of 15 annually);
(E) Cuvier’s beaked whales (Ziphius
cavirostris)—70 (an average of 14
annually);
(F) Baird’s beaked whales (Berardius
bairdii)—65 (an average of 13 annually);
(G) Short-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala macrorynchus)—10 (an
average of 2 annually);
(H) Striped dolphin (Stenella
coeruleoalba)—400 (an average of 40
annually);
(I) Short-beaked common dolphin
(Globicephala macrorhynchus)—6280
(an average of 1256 annually);
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
(J) Risso’s dolphin (Grampus
griseus)—500 (an average of 100
annually);
(K) Northern right whale dolphin
(Lissodelphis borealis)—3705 (an
average of 741 annually);
(L) Pacific white-sided dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus obliquidens)—2855
(an average of 571 annually);
(M) Dall’s porpoise (Phocoenoides
dalli)—23780 (an average of 4752
annually); and
(N) Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena)—596370 (an average of
119274 annually).
(ii) Pinnipeds
(A) Northern elephant seal (Mirounga
angustirostris)—1890 (an average of 378
annually);
(B) Pacific harbor seal (Phoca
vitulina)—2930 (an average of 586
annually);
(C) California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)—1430 (an average of 286
annually);
(D) Northern fur seal (Callorhinus
ursinus)—6825 (an average of 1365
annually); and
(E) Steller sea lion (Eumetopias
jubatus)—600 (an average of 120
annually).
(2) Level A Harassment
(i) Fin whale—5 (an average of 1
annually);
(ii) Blue Whale—5 (an average of 1
annually);
(iii) Sperm whale—5 (an average of 1
annually);
(iv) Dall’s Porpoise—15 (an average of
3 annually);
(v) Harbor Porpoise—5 (an average of
1 annually);
(vi) Northern right whale dolphin—5
(an average of 1 annually);
(vii) Short-beaked common dolphin—
10 (an average of 2 annually);
(viii) Northern elephant seal—10 (an
average of 2 annually);
(ix) Pacific harbor seal—5 (an average
of 1 annually); and
(x) Northern fur seal—5 (an average of
1 annually).
§ 218.113
Prohibitions.
No person in connection with the
activities described in § 218.110 may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not
specified in § 218.112(c);
(b) Take any marine mammal
specified in § 218.112(c) other than by
incidental take as specified in
§§ 218.112(c)(1) and (c)(2);
(c) Take a marine mammal specified
in § 218.112(c) if such taking results in
more than a negligible impact on the
species or stocks of such marine
mammal; or
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) Violate, or fail to comply with, the
terms, conditions, and requirements of
these regulations or a Letter of
Authorization issued under §§ 216.106
and 218.117 of this chapter.
§ 218.114
Mitigation.
(a) When conducting training and
utilizing the sound sources or
explosives identified in § 218.110(c), the
mitigation measures contained in the
Letter of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 218.117 of this chapter
must be implemented. These mitigation
measures include, but are not limited to:
(1) Navy’s General Maritime Measures
for All Training at Sea
(i) Personnel Training (for All Training
Types)
(A) All commanding officers (COs),
executive officers (XOs), lookouts,
Officers of the Deck (OODs), junior
OODs (JOODs), maritime patrol aircraft
aircrews, and Anti-submarine Warfare
(ASW)/Mine Warfare (MIW) helicopter
crews shall complete the NMFSapproved Marine Species Awareness
Training (MSAT) by viewing the U.S.
Navy MSAT digital versatile disk (DVD).
All bridge lookouts shall complete both
parts one and two of the MSAT; part
two is optional for other personnel.
(B) Navy lookouts shall undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook (Naval
Education and Training Command
[NAVEDTRA] 12968–D).
(C) Lookout training shall include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
lookout. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, lookouts shall complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
Program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). Personnel being
trained as lookouts can be counted
among required lookouts as long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
(D) Lookouts shall be trained in the
most effective means to ensure quick
and effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of protective measures
if marine species are spotted.
(ii) Operating Procedures and Collision
Avoidance
(A) Prior to major exercises, a Letter
of Instruction, Mitigation Measures
Message or Environmental Annex to the
Operational Order shall be issued to
further disseminate the personnel
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
training requirement and general marine
species protective measures.
(B) COs shall make use of marine
species detection cues and information
to limit interaction with marine species
to the maximum extent possible
consistent with safety of the ship.
(C) While underway, surface vessels
shall have at least two lookouts with
binoculars; surfaced submarines shall
have at least one lookout with
binoculars. Lookouts already posted for
safety of navigation and man-overboard
precautions may be used to fill this
requirement. As part of their regular
duties, lookouts will watch for and
report to the OOD the presence of
marine mammals.
(D) On surface vessels equipped with
a multi-function active sensor, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
shall be properly installed and in good
working order to assist in the detection
of marine mammals in the vicinity of
the vessel.
(E) Personnel on lookout shall employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–D).
(F) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts shall employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
(NAVEDTRA 12968–D).
(G) While in transit, naval vessels
shall be alert at all times, use extreme
caution, and proceed at a ‘‘safe speed’’
so that the vessel can take proper and
effective action to avoid a collision with
any marine animal and can be stopped
within a distance appropriate to the
prevailing circumstances and
conditions.
(H) When marine mammals have been
sighted in the area, Navy vessels shall
increase vigilance and take reasonable
and practicable actions to avoid
collisions and activities that might
result in close interaction of naval assets
and marine mammals. Actions may
include changing speed and/or direction
and are dictated by environmental and
other conditions (e.g., safety, weather).
(I) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea shall conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine
mammals as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties. Marine mammal detections shall
be immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate when
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
(2) Navy’s Measures for MFAS
Operations
(i) Personnel Training (for MFAS
Operations)
(A) All lookouts onboard platforms
involved in ASW training events shall
review the NMFS-approved Marine
Species Awareness Training material
prior to use of mid-frequency active
sonar.
(B) All COs, XOs, and officers
standing watch on the bridge shall have
reviewed the Marine Species Awareness
Training material prior to a training
event employing the use of midfrequency active sonar.
(C) Navy lookouts shall undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook (Naval
Educational Training [NAVEDTRA],
12968–D).
(D) Lookout training shall include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, lookouts shall complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). This does not forbid
personnel being trained as lookouts
from being counted as those listed in
previous measures so long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
(E) Lookouts shall be trained in the
most effective means to ensure quick
and effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of mitigation measures
if marine species are spotted.
(ii) Lookout and Watchstander
Responsibilities
(A) On the bridge of surface ships,
there shall always be at least three
people on watch whose duties include
observing the water surface around the
vessel.
(B) All surface ships participating in
ASW training events shall, in addition
to the three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as marine mammal
lookouts.
(C) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts shall employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
(D) Personnel on lookout shall be
responsible for reporting all objects or
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33895
anomalies sighted in the water
(regardless of the distance from the
vessel) to the Officer of the Deck, since
any object or disturbance (e.g., trash,
periscope, surface disturbance,
discoloration) in the water may be
indicative of a threat to the vessel and
its crew or indicative of a marine
species that may need to be avoided as
warranted. Personnel on lookout and
officers on watch on the bridge will
have at least one set of binoculars
available for each person to aid in the
detection of marine mammals.
(iii) Operating Procedures (for MFAS
Operations)
(A) All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
shall monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action.
(B) During mid-frequency active sonar
operations, personnel shall utilize all
available sensor and optical systems
(such as night vision goggles) to aid in
the detection of marine mammals.
(C) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea shall conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
(D) Aircraft with deployed sonobuoys
shall use only the passive capability of
sonobuoys when marine mammals are
detected within 200 yds (183 m) of the
sonobuoy.
(E) Marine mammal detections shall
be immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate where
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
(F) Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) within or closing to inside
1,000 yds (914 m) of the sonar dome
(the bow), the ship or submarine shall
limit active transmission levels to at
least 6 decibels (dB) below normal
operating levels.
(1) Ships and submarines shall
continue to limit maximum
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the animal has been seen to leave
the area, has not been detected for 30
minutes, or the vessel has transited
more than 2,000 yds (1829 m) beyond
the location of the last detection.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33896
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) Should a marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 500
yds (457 m) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions shall be limited to
at least 10 dB below the equipment’s
normal operating level. Ships and
submarines shall continue to limit
maximum ping levels by this 10-dB
factor until the animal has been seen to
leave the area, has not been detected for
30 minutes, or the vessel has transited
more than 2,000 yds (1829 m) beyond
the location of the last detection.
(3) Should the marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 200
yds (183 m) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions shall cease. Sonar
shall not resume until the animal has
been seen to leave the area, has not been
detected for 30 minutes, or the vessel
has transited more than 2,000 yds (1829
m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(4) Special conditions applicable for
dolphins and porpoises only: If, after
conducting an initial maneuver to avoid
close quarters with dolphins or
porpoises, the OOD concludes that
dolphins or porpoises are deliberately
closing to ride the vessel’s bow wave, no
further mitigation actions are necessary
while the dolphins or porpoises
continue to exhibit bow wave riding
behavior.
(5) If the need for power-down should
arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety Zones’’
above, the Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown will be to 229 dB, regardless of at
what level above 235 dB active sonar
was being operated).
(G) Prior to start up or restart of active
sonar, operators will check that the
Safety Zone radius around the sound
source is clear of marine mammals.
(H) Active sonar levels (generally)—
Navy shall operate active sonar at the
lowest practicable level, not to exceed
235 dB, except as required to meet
tactical training objectives.
(3) Navy’s Measures for Underwater
Detonations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(i) Surface-to-Surface Gunnery (NonExplosive Rounds)
(A) A 200-yd (183 m) radius buffer
zone shall be established around the
intended target.
(B) From the intended firing position,
trained lookouts shall survey the buffer
zone for marine mammals prior to
commencement and during the exercise
as long as practicable.
(C) If applicable, target towing vessels
shall maintain a lookout. If a marine
mammal is sighted in the vicinity of the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
exercise, the tow vessel shall
immediately notify the firing vessel in
order to secure gunnery firing until the
area is clear.
(D) The exercise shall be conducted
only when the buffer zone is visible and
marine mammals are not detected
within the target area and the buffer
zone.
(ii) Surface-to-Air Gunnery (Explosive
and Non-Explosive Rounds)
(A) Vessels shall orient the geometry
of gunnery exercises in order to prevent
debris from falling in the area of sighted
marine mammals.
(B) Vessels will expedite the recovery
of any parachute deploying aerial targets
to reduce the potential for entanglement
of marine mammals.
(C) Target towing aircraft shall
maintain a lookout. If a marine mammal
is sighted in the vicinity of the exercise,
the tow aircraft shall immediately notify
the firing vessel in order to secure
gunnery firing until the area is clear.
(iii) Air-to-Surface At-Sea Bombing
Exercises (Explosive and NonExplosive)
(A) If surface vessels are involved,
trained lookouts shall survey for floating
kelp and marine mammals. Ordnance
shall not be targeted to impact within
1,000 yds (914 m) of known or observed
floating kelp or marine mammals.
(B) A 1,000 yd (914-m) radius buffer
zone shall be established around the
intended target.
(C) Aircraft shall visually survey the
target and buffer zone for marine
mammals prior to and during the
exercise. The survey of the impact area
shall be made by flying at 1,500 ft (152
m) or lower, if safe to do so, and at the
slowest safe speed. Release of ordnance
through cloud cover is prohibited:
aircraft must be able to actually see
ordnance impact areas. Survey aircraft
should employ most effective search
tactics and capabilities.
(D) The exercise will be conducted
only if marine mammals are not visible
within the buffer zone.
(iv) Air-to-Surface Missile Exercises
(Explosive and Non-Explosive)
(A) Ordnance shall not be targeted to
impact within 1,800 yds (1646 m) of
observed floating kelp.
(B) Aircraft shall visually survey the
target area for marine mammals. Visual
inspection of the target area shall be
made by flying at 1,500 (457 m) feet or
lower, if safe to do so, and at slowest
safe speed. Firing or range clearance
aircraft must be able to actually see
ordnance impact areas. Explosive
ordnance shall not be targeted to impact
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
within 1,800 yds (1646 m) of sighted
marine mammals.
(v) Demolitions, Mine Warfare, and
Mine Countermeasures (Up to a 2.5-lb
Charge)
(A) Exclusion Zones—All Mine
Warfare and Mine Countermeasures
Operations involving the use of
explosive charges must include
exclusion zones for marine mammals to
prevent physical and/or acoustic effects
to those species. These exclusion zones
shall extend in a 700-yard arc radius
around the detonation site.
(B) Pre-Exercise Surveys—For
Demolition and Ship Mine
Countermeasures Operations, preexercise surveys shall be conducted
within 30 minutes prior to the
commencement of the scheduled
explosive event. The survey may be
conducted from the surface, by divers,
and/or from the air, and personnel shall
be alert to the presence of any marine
mammal. Should such an animal be
present within the survey area, the
explosive event shall not be started until
the animal voluntarily leaves the area.
The Navy will ensure the area is clear
of marine mammals for a full 30
minutes prior to initiating the explosive
event. Personnel will record any marine
mammal observations during the
exercise as well as measures taken if
species are detected within the
exclusion zone.
(C) Post-Exercise Surveys—Surveys
within the same radius shall also be
conducted within 30 minutes after the
completion of the explosive event.
(D) Reporting—If there is evidence
that a marine mammal may have been
stranded, injured or killed by the action,
Navy training activities shall be
immediately suspended and the
situation immediately reported by the
participating unit to the Officer in
Charge of the Exercise (OCE), who will
follow Navy procedures for reporting
the incident to the Commander, Pacific
Fleet, Commander, Navy Region
Northwest, Environmental Director, and
the chain of command. The situation
shall also be reported to NMFS (see
Stranding Plan for details).
(vi) Sink Exercise
(A) All weapons firing shall be
conducted during the period 1 hour
after official sunrise to 30 minutes
before official sunset.
(B) An exclusion zone with a radius
of 1.0 nm (1.9 km) would be established
around each target. This exclusion zone
is based on calculations using a 990-lb
(450-kg) H6 net explosive weight high
explosive source detonated 5 ft (1.5 m)
below the surface of the water, which
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
yields a distance of 0.85 nm (1.57 km)
(cold season) and 0.89 nm (1.65 km)
(warm season) beyond which the
received level is below the 182 decibels
(dB) re: 1 micropascal squared-seconds
(μPa2-s) threshold established for the
WINSTON S. CHURCHILL (DDG 81)
shock trials (U.S. Navy, 2001). An
additional buffer of 0.5 nm (0.9 km)
would be added to account for errors,
target drift, and animal movements.
Additionally, a safety zone, which
would extend beyond the buffer zone by
an additional 0.5 nm (0.9 km), would be
surveyed. Together, the zones extend
out 2 nm (3.7 km) from the target.
(C) A series of surveillance overflights shall be conducted within the
exclusion and the safety zones, prior to
and during the exercise, when feasible.
Survey protocol shall be as follows:
(1) Overflights within the exclusion
zone shall be conducted in a manner
that optimizes the surface area of the
water observed. This may be
accomplished through the use of the
Navy’s Search and Rescue Tactical Aid,
which provides the best search altitude,
ground speed, and track spacing for the
discovery of small, possibly dark objects
in the water based on the environmental
conditions of the day. These
environmental conditions include the
angle of sun inclination, amount of
daylight, cloud cover, visibility, and sea
state.
(2) All visual surveillance activities
shall be conducted by Navy personnel
trained in visual surveillance. At least
one member of the mitigation team
would have completed the Navy’s
marine mammal training program for
lookouts.
(3) In addition to the overflights, the
exclusion zone shall be monitored by
passive acoustic means, when assets are
available. This passive acoustic
monitoring would be maintained
throughout the exercise. Potential assets
include sonobuoys, which can be
utilized to detect any vocalizing marine
mammals (particularly sperm whales) in
the vicinity of the exercise. The
sonobuoys shall be re-seeded as
necessary throughout the exercise.
Additionally, passive sonar onboard
submarines may be utilized to detect
any vocalizing marine mammals in the
area. The OCE would be informed of
any aural detection of marine mammals
and would include this information in
the determination of when it is safe to
commence the exercise.
(4) On each day of the exercise, aerial
surveillance of the exclusion and safety
zones shall commence 2 hours prior to
the first firing.
(5) The results of all visual, aerial, and
acoustic searches shall be reported
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
immediately to the OCE. No weapons
launches or firing may commence until
the OCE declares the safety and
exclusion zones free of marine
mammals.
(6) If a marine mammal observed
within the exclusion zone is diving,
firing would be delayed until the animal
is re-sighted outside the exclusion zone,
or 30 minutes have elapsed. After 30
minutes, if the animal has not been resighted it would be assumed to have left
the exclusion zone. The OCE would
determine if the listed species is in
danger of being adversely affected by
commencement of the exercise.
(7) During breaks in the exercise of 30
minutes or more, the exclusion zone
shall again be surveyed for any marine
mammal. If marine mammals are
sighted within the exclusion zone, the
OCE shall be notified, and the
procedure described above would be
followed.
(8) Upon sinking of the vessel, a final
surveillance of the exclusion zone shall
be monitored for 2 hours, or until
sunset, to verify that no marine
mammals were harmed.
(D) Aerial surveillance shall be
conducted using helicopters or other
aircraft based on necessity and
availability. The Navy has several types
of aircraft capable of performing this
task; however, not all types are available
for every exercise. For each exercise, the
available asset best suited for
identifying objects on and near the
surface of the ocean would be used.
These aircraft would be capable of
flying at the slow safe speeds necessary
to enable viewing of marine vertebrates
with unobstructed, or minimally
obstructed, downward and outward
visibility. The exclusion and safety zone
surveys may be cancelled in the event
that a mechanical problem, emergency
search and rescue, or other similar and
unexpected event preempts the use of
one of the aircraft onsite for the
exercise.
(E) Every attempt would be made to
conduct the exercise in sea states that
are ideal for marine mammal sighting,
Beaufort Sea State 3 or less. In the event
of a 4 or above, survey efforts shall be
increased within the zones. This shall
be accomplished through the use of an
additional aircraft, if available, and
conducting tight search patterns.
(F) The exercise shall not be
conducted unless the exclusion zone
could be adequately monitored visually.
(G) In the event that any marine
mammals are observed to be harmed in
the area, a detailed description of the
animal shall be taken, the location
noted, and if possible, photos taken.
This information shall be provided to
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33897
NMFS via the Navy’s regional
environmental coordinator for purposes
of identification (see the Stranding Plan
for detail).
(H) An after action report detailing the
exercise’s time line, the time the surveys
commenced and terminated, amount,
and types of all ordnance expended, and
the results of survey efforts for each
event shall be submitted to NMFS.
(vii) Extended Echo Ranging/Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (EER/IEER)
(A) Crews shall conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search shall be conducted at an
altitude below 457 m (500 yd) at a slow
speed, if operationally feasible and
weather conditions permit. In dual
aircraft operations, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
(B) Crews shall conduct a minimum
of 30 minutes of visual and aural
monitoring of the search area prior to
commanding the first post detonation.
This 30-minute observation period may
include pattern deployment time.
(C) For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 914 m
(1,000 yd) of observed marine mammal
activity, the Navy shall deploy the
receiver ONLY and monitor while
conducting a visual search. When
marine mammals are no longer detected
within 914 m (1,000 yd) of the intended
post position, the Navy shall co-locate
the explosive source sonobuoy (AN/
SSQ–110A) (source) with the receiver.
(D) When operationally feasible, Navy
crews shall conduct continuous visual
and aural monitoring of marine mammal
activity. This is to include monitoring of
own-aircraft sensors from first sensor
placement to checking off station and
out of RF range of these sensors.
(E) Aural Detection—If the presence
of marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that shall cue the Navy aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
crew may continue multi-static active
search.
(F) Visual Detection—If marine
mammals are visually detected within
914 m (1,000 yd) of the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) intended for
use, then that payload shall not be
detonated. Aircrews may utilize this
post once the marine mammals have not
been re-sighted for 30 minutes, or are
observed to have moved outside the 914
m (1,000 yd) safety buffer. Aircrews may
shift their multi-static active search to
another post, where marine mammals
are outside the 914 m (1,000 yd) safety
buffer.
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33898
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(G) Aircrews shall make every attempt
to manually detonate the unexploded
charges at each post in the pattern prior
to departing the operations area by
using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’ command
followed by the ‘‘Payload 2 Release’’
command. Aircrews shall refrain from
using the ‘‘Scuttle’’ command when two
payloads remain at a given post.
Aircrews will ensure that a 914 m (1,000
yd) safety buffer, visually clear of
marine mammals, is maintained around
each post as is done during active
search operations.
(H) Aircrews shall only leave posts
with unexploded charges in the event of
a sonobuoy malfunction, an aircraft
system malfunction, or when an aircraft
must immediately depart the area due to
issues such as fuel constraints,
inclement weather, and in-flight
emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary or tertiary method.
(I) The Navy shall ensure all payloads
are accounted for. Explosive source
sonobuoys (AN/SSQ–110A) that can not
be scuttled shall be reported as
unexploded ordnance via voice
communications while airborne, then
upon landing via naval message.
(J) Mammal monitoring shall continue
until out of own-aircraft sensor range.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(viii) Memorandum of Agreement
(MOA)
The Navy and NMFS shall develop an
MOA, or other mechanism consistent
with Federal fiscal law requirements
(and all other applicable laws), that
allows the Navy to assist NMFS with the
Phase 1 and 2 Investigations of USEs
through the provision of in-kind
services, such as (but not limited to) the
use of plane/boat/truck for transport of
personnel involved in the stranding
response or investigation or animals,
use of Navy property for necropsies or
burial, or assistance with aerial surveys
to discern the extent of a USE. The Navy
may assist NMFS with the
Investigations by providing one or more
of the in-kind services outlined in the
MOA, when available and logistically
feasible and when the assistance does
not negatively affect Fleet operational
commitments.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 218.115 Requirements for monitoring
and reporting.
(a) The Navy is required to cooperate
with the NMFS, and any other Federal,
State or local agency monitoring the
impacts of the activity on marine
mammals.
(b) General Notification of Injured or
Dead Marine Mammals—Navy
personnel shall ensure that NMFS is
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
notified immediately ((see
Communication Plan) or as soon as
clearance procedures allow) if an
injured, stranded, or dead marine
mammal is found during or shortly
after, and in the vicinity of, any Navy
training exercise utilizing MFAS, HFAS,
or underwater explosive detonations.
The Navy will provide NMFS with
species or description of the animal(s),
the condition of the animal(s) (including
carcass condition if the animal is dead),
location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). In the event that
an injured, stranded, or dead marine
mammal is found by the Navy that is
not in the vicinity of, or during or
shortly after, MFAS, HFAS, or
underwater explosive detonations, the
Navy will report the same information
as listed above as soon as operationally
feasible and clearance procedures allow.
(c) General Notification of Ship
Strike—In the event of a ship strike by
any Navy vessel, at any time or place,
the Navy shall do the following:
(1) Immediately report to NMFS the
species identification (if known),
location (lat/long) of the animal (or the
strike if the animal has disappeared),
and whether the animal is alive or dead
(or unknown)
(2) Report to NMFS as soon as
operationally feasible the size and
length of animal, an estimate of the
injury status (ex., dead, injured but
alive, injured and moving, unknown,
etc.), vessel class/type and operational
status.
(3) Report to NMFS the vessel length,
speed, and heading as soon as feasible.
(4) Provide NMFS a photo or video, if
equipment is available
(d) Event Communication Plan—The
Navy shall develop a communication
plan that will include all of the
communication protocols (phone trees,
etc.) and associated contact information
required for NMFS and the Navy to
carry out the necessary expeditious
communication required in the event of
a stranding or ship strike, including as
described in the proposed notification
measures above.
(e) The Navy must conduct all
monitoring and/or research required
under the Letter of Authorization
including abiding by the NWTRC
Monitoring Plan (https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications)
(f) Report on Monitoring required in
paragraph (c) of this section—The Navy
shall submit a report annually on
September 1 describing the
implementation and results (through
June 1 of the same year) of the
monitoring required in paragraph (c) of
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
this section. Navy will standardize data
collection methods across ranges to
allow for comparison in different
geographic locations.
(g) Annual NWTRC Report—The Navy
will submit an Annual NWTRC Report
on October 1 of every year (covering
data gathered through August 1). This
report shall contain the subsections and
information indicated below.
(1) ASW Summary—This section shall
include the following information as
summarized from non-major training
exercises (unit-level exercises, such as
TRACKEXs and MIW):
(i) Total Hours—Total annual hours of
each type of sonar source (along with
explanation of how hours are calculated
for sources typically quantified in
alternate way (buoys, torpedoes, etc.))
(ii) Cumulative Impacts—To the
extent practicable, the Navy, in
coordination with NMFS, shall develop
and implement a method of annually
reporting non-major training (i.e., ULT)
utilizing hull-mounted sonar. The report
shall present an annual (and seasonal,
where practicable) depiction of nonmajor training exercises geographically
across NWTRC. The Navy shall include
(in the NWTRC annual report) a brief
annual progress update on the status of
the development of an effective and
unclassified method to report this
information until an agreed-upon (with
NMFS) method has been developed and
implemented.
(h) Sinking Exercises (SINKEXs)—
This section shall include the following
information for each SINKEX completed
that year:
(1) Exercise Info;
(i) Location;
(ii) Date and time exercise began and
ended;
(iii) Total hours of observation by
watchstanders before, during, and after
exercise;
(iv) Total number and types of rounds
expended/explosives detonated;
(v) Number and types of passive
acoustic sources used in exercise;
(vi) Total hours of passive acoustic
search time;
(vii) Number and types of vessels,
aircraft, etc., participating in exercise;
(viii) Wave height in feet (high, low
and average during exercise); and
(ix) Narrative description of sensors
and platforms utilized for marine
mammal detection and timeline
illustrating how marine mammal
detection was conducted
(2) Individual Marine Mammal
Observation during SINKEX (by Navy
Lookouts) Information
(i) Location of sighting;
(ii) Species (if not possible—
indication of whale/dolphin/pinniped);
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(iii) Number of individuals;
(iv) Calves observed (y/n);
(v) Initial detection sensor;
(vi) Length of time observers
maintained visual contact with marine
mammal;
(vii) Wave height;
(viii) Visibility;
(ix) Whether sighting was before,
during, or after detonations/exercise,
and how many minutes before or after;
(x) Distance of marine mammal from
actual detonations (or target spot if not
yet detonated)—use four categories to
define distance:
(A) The modeled injury threshold
radius for the largest explosive used in
that exercise type in that OPAREA (TBD
m for SINKEX in NWTRC);
(B) The required exclusion zone (1 nm
for SINKEX in NWTRC);
(C) The required observation distance
(if different than the exclusion zone (2
nm for SINKEX in NWTRC); and
(D) Greater than the required observed
distance. For example, in this case, the
observer would indicate if < TBD m,
from 738 m ¥ 1 nm, from 1 nm ¥ 2
nm, and > 2 nm.
(xi) Observed behavior—
Watchstanders will report, in plain
language and without trying to
categorize in any way, the observed
behavior of the animals (such as animal
closing to bow ride, paralleling course/
speed, floating on surface and not
swimming etc.), including speed and
direction.
(xii) Resulting mitigation
implementation—Indicate whether
explosive detonations were delayed,
ceased, modified, or not modified due to
marine mammal presence and for how
long.
(xiii) If observation occurs while
explosives are detonating in the water,
indicate munitions type in use at time
of marine mammal detection.
(i) Improved Extended Echo-Ranging
System (IEER) Summary
(1) Total number of IEER events
conducted in NWTRC;
(2) Total expended/detonated rounds
(buoys); and
(3) Total number of self-scuttled IEER
rounds.
(j) Explosives Summary—The Navy is
in the process of improving the methods
used to track explosive use to provide
increased granularity. To the extent
practicable, the Navy shall provide the
information described below for all of
their explosive exercises. Until the Navy
is able to report in full the information
below, they will provide an annual
update on the Navy’s explosive tracking
methods, including improvements from
the previous year.
(1) Total annual number of each type
of explosive exercise (of those identified
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
as part of the ‘‘specified activity’’ in this
final rule) conducted in NWTRC; and
(2) Total annual expended/detonated
rounds (missiles, bombs, etc.) for each
explosive type.
(k) NWTRC 5-Yr Comprehensive
Report—The Navy shall submit to
NMFS a draft report that analyzes and
summarizes all of the multi-year marine
mammal information gathered during
ASW and explosive exercises for which
annual reports are required (Annual
NWTRC Exercise Reports and NWTRC
Monitoring Plan Reports). This report
will be submitted at the end of the
fourth year of the rule (November 2013),
covering activities that have occurred
through June 1, 2013.
(l) Comprehensive National ASW
Report—By June, 2014, the Navy shall
submit a draft National Report that
analyzes, compares, and summarizes the
active sonar data gathered (through
January 1, 2014) from the watchstanders
and pursuant to the implementation of
the Monitoring Plans for the Northwest
Training Range Complex, the Southern
California Range Complex, the Atlantic
Fleet Active Sonar Training, the Hawaii
Range Complex, the Marianas Islands
Range Complex, and the Gulf of Alaska.
§ 218.116 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
To incidentally take marine mammals
pursuant to these regulations, the U.S.
Citizen (as defined by § 216.103)
conducting the activity identified in
§ 218.110(c) (i.e., the Navy) must apply
for and obtain either an initial Letter of
Authorization in accordance with
§ 218.117 or a renewal under § 218.118.
§ 218.117
Letters of Authorization.
(a) A Letter of Authorization, unless
suspended or revoked, will be valid for
a period of time not to exceed the period
of validity of this subpart, but must be
renewed annually subject to annual
renewal conditions in § 218.118.
(b) Each Letter of Authorization shall
set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental
taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the
species, its habitat, and on the
availability of the species for
subsistence uses (i.e., mitigation); and
(3) Requirements for mitigation,
monitoring and reporting.
(c) Issuance and renewal of the Letter
of Authorization shall be based on a
determination that the total number of
marine mammals taken by the activity
as a whole will have no more than a
negligible impact on the affected species
or stock of marine mammal(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33899
§ 218.118 Renewal of Letters of
Authorization and adaptive management.
(a) A Letter of Authorization issued
under § 216.106 and § 218.177 of this
chapter or the activity identified in
§ 218.170(c) will be renewed annually
upon:
(1) Notification to NMFS that the
activity described in the application
submitted under § 218.246 will be
undertaken and that there will not be a
substantial modification to the
described work, mitigation or
monitoring undertaken during the
upcoming 12 months;
(2) Receipt of the monitoring reports
and notifications within the indicated
timeframes required under § 218.115(b
through j); and
(3) A determination by the NMFS that
the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
measures required under § 218.114 and
the Letter of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 218.117 of this chapter,
were undertaken and will be undertaken
during the upcoming annual period of
validity of a renewed Letter of
Authorization.
(b) Adaptive Management—Based on
new information, NMFS may modify or
augment the existing mitigation
measures if new data suggests that such
modifications would have a reasonable
likelihood of reducing adverse effects to
marine mammals and if the measures
are practicable. Similarly, NMFS may
coordinate with the Navy to modify or
augment the existing monitoring
requirements if the new data suggest
that the addition of a particular measure
would likely fill in a specifically
important data gap. The following are
some possible sources of new and
applicable data:
(1) Results from the Navy’s
monitoring from the previous year
(either from the NWTRC or other
locations);
(2) Results from specific stranding
investigations (either from the NWTRC
Range Complex or other locations, and
involving coincident MFAS/HFAS
training or not involving coincident use)
or NMFS’ long term prospective
stranding investigation discussed in the
preamble to this proposed rule;
(3) Results from general marine
mammal and sound research (funded by
the Navy or otherwise);
(4) Any information which reveals
that marine mammals may have been
taken in a manner, extent or number not
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent Letters of Authorization.
(c) If a request for a renewal of a Letter
of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 218.118 of this chapter
indicates that a substantial modification
to the described work, mitigation or
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
33900
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
monitoring undertaken during the
upcoming season will occur, or if NMFS
utilizes the adaptive management
mechanism addressed in paragraph (b)
of this section to modify or augment the
mitigation or monitoring measures, the
NMFS shall provide the public a period
of 30 days for review and comment on
the request. Review and comment on
renewals of Letters of Authorization
would be restricted to:
(1) New cited information and data
indicating that the determinations made
in this document are in need of
reconsideration, and
(2) Proposed changes to the mitigation
and monitoring requirements contained
in these regulations or in the current
Letter of Authorization.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:13 Jul 10, 2009
Jkt 217001
(d) A notice of issuance or denial of
a renewal of a Letter of Authorization
will be published in the Federal
Register.
§ 218.119 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, no substantive
modification (including withdrawal or
suspension) to the Letter of
Authorization by NMFS, issued
pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 218.117 of
this chapter and subject to the
provisions of this subpart, shall be made
until after notification and an
opportunity for public comment has
been provided. For purposes of this
paragraph, a renewal of a Letter of
Authorization under § 218.118, without
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
modification (except for the period of
validity), is not considered a substantive
modification.
(b) If the Assistant Administrator
determines that an emergency exists
that poses a significant risk to the wellbeing of the species or stocks of marine
mammals specified in § 218.110(b), a
Letter of Authorization issued pursuant
to §§ 216.106 and 218.117 of this
chapter may be substantively modified
without prior notification and an
opportunity for public comment.
Notification will be published in the
Federal Register within 30 days
subsequent to the action.
[FR Doc. E9–16301 Filed 7–10–09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYP3.SGM
13JYP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 74, Number 132 (Monday, July 13, 2009)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 33828-33900]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E9-16301]
[[Page 33827]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 218
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Navy Training Activities Conducted
Within the Northwest Training Range Complex; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 132 / Monday, July 13, 2009 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 33828]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 218
[Docket No. 0906101030-91038-01]
RIN 0648-AX88
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Navy Training Activities
Conducted Within the Northwest Training Range Complex
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals incidental to training activities
conducted in the Northwest Training Range Complex (NWTRC), off the
coasts of Washington, Oregon, and northern California, for the period
of February 2010 through February 2015 (updated from initial request
for October 2009 through September 2014). Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing regulations to govern that
take and requesting information, suggestions, and comments on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than August
12, 2009.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by 0648-AX88, by any one
of the following methods:
Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal https://www.regulations.gov.
Hand delivery or mailing of paper, disk, or CD-ROM
comments should be addressed to Michael Payne, Chief, Permits,
Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver
Spring, MD 20910-3225.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.regulations.gov without
change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required
fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or
Adobe PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie Harrison, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 713-2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Availability
A copy of the Navy's application may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above (See ADDRESSES), telephoning the contact listed
above (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the Internet
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications.
The Navy's Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) for NWTRC was
published on December 29 2008, and may be viewed at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications. NMFS is
participating in the development of the Navy's EIS as a cooperating
agency under NEPA.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to allow, upon request,
the incidental, but not intentional taking of marine mammals by U.S.
citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial
fishing) during periods of not more than five consecutive years each if
certain findings are made and regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will
have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses, and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of such taking are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in
50 CFR 216.103 as:
``An impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
The National Defense Authorization Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 108-
136) modified the MMPA by removing the ``small numbers'' and
``specified geographical region'' limitations and amended the
definition of ``harassment'' as it applies to a ``military readiness
activity'' to read as follows (Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) Any act that injures or has the significant potential to
injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A
Harassment]; or
(ii) Any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered [Level B Harassment].
In January 2009, the Council on Environmental Quality requested
that NOAA conduct a comprehensive review of the Navy's mitigation
measures applicable to the use of sonar in it's training activities.
Summary of Request
In September 2008, NMFS received an application from the Navy
requesting authorization for the take of individuals of 26 species of
marine mammals incidental to upcoming Navy training activities to be
conducted within the NWTRC, which extends west to 250 nautical miles
(nm) (463 kilometers [km]) beyond the coast of Northern California,
Oregon, and Washington and east to Idaho and encompasses 122,400
nm2 (420,163 km2) of surface/subsurface ocean
operating areas. These training activities are military readiness
activities under the provisions of the NDAA. The Navy states, and NMFS
concurs, that these military readiness activities may incidentally take
marine mammals present within the NWTRC by exposing them to sound from
mid-frequency or high frequency active sonar (MFAS/HFAS) or underwater
detonations. The Navy requests authorization to take individuals of 26
species of marine mammals by Level B Harassment and 14 individuals of
10 species by Level A Harassment. The Navy's model, which did not
factor in any potential benefits of mitigation measures, predicted that
14 individual marine mammals would be exposed to levels of sound or
pressure that would result in injury; thus, NMFS is proposing to
authorize the take, by Level A Harassment of 14 individuals. However,
NMFS and the Navy have determined preliminarily that injury can be
avoided through the implementation of the Navy's proposed mitigation
measures. NMFS neither anticipates, nor does it propose to authorize
mortality of marine mammals incidental to naval exercises in the NWTRC.
[[Page 33829]]
Background of Request
The Navy's mission is to maintain, train, and equip combat-ready
naval forces capable of winning wars, deterring aggression, and
maintaining freedom of the seas. Section 5062 of Title 10 of the United
States Code directs the Chief of Naval Operations to train all naval
forces for combat. The Chief of Naval Operations meets that direction,
in part, by conducting at-sea training exercises and ensuring naval
forces have access to ranges, operating areas (OPAREAs) and airspace
where they can develop and maintain skills for wartime missions and
conduct research, development, testing, and evaluation (RDT&E) of naval
weapons systems.
The proposed action would result in selectively focused, but
critical enhancements and increases in training that are necessary for
the Navy to maintain a state of military readiness commensurate with
the national defense mission. The Navy proposes to implement actions
within the NWTRC to:
Conduct training and Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) RDT&E
activities of the same types as currently conducted, but also;
Increase training activities from current levels as
necessary in support of the Fleet Response Training Plan (FRTP);
Accommodate force structure changes (new platforms and
weapons systems); and
Implement range enhancements associated with the NWTRC.
The proposed action would result in the following increases (above
those conducted in previous years, i.e., the No Action Alternative in
the Navy's DEIS) in activities:
Antisubmarine Warfare--10% increase.
Gunnery Exercises--100% increase (increased from 90 to 176
events).
Bombing Exercises--25% increase (increased from 24 to 30
sorties).
Sinking Exercises--100% increase (increased from 1 to 2
exercises).
Overview of the NWTRC
The U.S. Navy has been training and operating in the area now
defined as the NWTRC for over 60 years. The NWTRC includes ranges and
airspace that extend west to 250 nm (463 km) beyond the coast of
Northern California, Oregon, and Washington and east to Idaho. The
components of the NWTRC encompass 122,461 nm2 (420,163
km2) of surface/subsurface ocean operating areas (OPAREAs),
46,048 nm2 (157,928 km2) of special use airspace
(SUA), and 875 acres (354 hectares) of land. For range management and
scheduling purposes, the NWTRC is divided into numerous sub-component
ranges or training areas used to conduct training and RDT&E of military
hardware, personnel, tactics, munitions, explosives, and electronic
combat systems, as described in detail in the NWTRC DEIS. As the take
of marine mammals is inherently tied to the surface/subsurface OPAREAs
of the NWTRC, only those areas are discussed in more detail below.
The LOA application includes graphics (Figures 1-1, 2-1, and 2-2)
that depict the sea, undersea, and air spaces used by the Navy. To aid
in the description of the range complexes that will be addressed in
this proposed rule, the ranges are divided into three major geographic
and functional subdivisions. Each of the depicted individual ranges
falls into one of these three major range subdivisions:
The Offshore Area--The Pacific Northwest (PACNW) OPAREA (same
footprint as Offshore Area) serves as maneuver water space for ships
and submarines to conduct training and to use as transit lanes. It
extends from the Strait of Juan de Fuca in the north, to approximately
50 nm (93 km) south of Eureka, California in the south, and from the
coast line of Washington, Oregon, and California westward to 130[deg]
W. longitude. The PACNW OPAREA is approximately 510 nm (945 km) in
length from the northern boundary to the southern boundary, and 250 nm
(463 km) from the coastline to the western boundary at 130[deg] W
longitude. Total surface area of the PACNW OPAREA is 122,400
nm2 (420,163 km2).
Commander Submarine Force, U.S. Pacific Fleet (COMSUBPAC) Pearl
Harbor manages this water space as transit lanes for U.S. submarines.
While the sea space is ample for all levels of Navy training, no
infrastructure is currently in place to support training. There are no
dedicated training frequencies, no permanent instrumentation, no
meteorological and oceanographic activities (METOC) system, and no
Opposition Forces (OPFOR) or Electronic Combat (EC) target systems. In
this region of the Pacific Ocean, storms and high sea states can create
challenges to surface ship training between October and April. In
addition, strong undersea currents in the PACNW make it difficult to
place permanent bottom-mounted instrumentation such as hydrophones.
The Offshore Area undersea space lies beneath the PACNW OPAREA as
described above. The bathymetry chart depicts a 100-fathom (182-m)
curve parallel to the coastline approximately 12 nm (22 km) to sea, and
in places 20 nm (37 km) out to sea. The area of deeper water of more
than 100 fathoms (182 m) is calculated to be approximately 115,800
nm2 (397,194 km2), while the shallow water area
of less than 100 fathoms (600 ft, 182 m) is all near shore and amounts
to approximately 6,600 nm2 (22,638 km2).
The Inshore Area--This area includes all sea and undersea ranges
and OPAREAs inland of the coastline, including Puget Sound. This area
is composed of approximately 61 nm2 of surface and
subsurface area. NWTRC Inshore Areas include land ranges, airspace, and
two surface/subsurface restricted areas--Navy 7 and 3. Activities
conducted in each of these areas are not expected to take marine
mammals, as defined by the MMPA and therefore, and will not be
discussed further in this proposed rule. Also included in the Inshore
Area, Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) Ranges are land, sea, and
undersea ranges used by NSW and EOD forces specifically for EOD
training and are composed of approximately 0.4 nm2 of
surface and subsurface area within the area identified as the Inshore
Area. EOD units located in the NWTRC conduct underwater detonations as
part of mine countermeasure training. This training is conducted at one
of three locations: Crescent Harbor Underwater EOD Range, offshore from
the Seaplane Base at Naval Air Station Whidbey Island; at the Floral
Point Underwater EOD Range, located in Hood Canal near NAVBASE Kitsap-
Bangor; and the Indian Island Underwater EOD Range, adjacent to Indian
Island.
Description of Specified Activities
As mentioned above, the Navy has requested MMPA authorization to
take marine mammals incidental to training activities in the NWTRC that
would result in the generation of sound or pressure waves in the water
at or above levels that NMFS has determined will likely result in take
(see Acoustic Take Criteria Section), either through the use of MFAS/
HFAS or the detonation of explosives in the water. These activities are
discussed in the subsections below. In addition to use of active sonar
sources and explosives, these activities include the operation and
movement of vessels that are necessary to conduct the training, and the
effects of this part of the activities are also analyzed in this
document.
The Navy's application also briefly summarizes Anti-Air Warfare
Training, Naval Special Warfare Training and Support Operations;
however, these activities are primarily land and air based and do not
utilize sound sources
[[Page 33830]]
or explosives for the portions that are in the water and, therefore, no
take of marine mammals is anticipated from these activities and they
are not discussed further.
Activities Utilizing Active Sonar Sources
For the NWTRC, the training activities that utilize active tactical
sonar sources fall primarily into the category of Anti-submarine
Warfare (ASW) exercises (MFAS/HFAS is also used in the mine avoidance
exercises, which are considered Mine Warfare Training (MIW) activities;
however, it is in such a small amount that impacts to marine mammals
are minimal). This section includes a description of ASW, the active
acoustic devices used in ASW exercises, and the exercise types in which
these acoustic sources are used. Of note, the use of MFAS/HFAS in the
NWTRC is minimal as compared to previous rules issued by NMFS
(approximately 110 hours annual use of the most powerful surface vessel
sonar versus approximately 2,500 hours annual use of AN/SQS-53C and AN/
SQS-56C sonar in the Southern California Range Complex), does not
include major exercises that involve the use of more than one surface
vessel MFAS (AN/SQS-53C or AN/SQS-56C) at a time, and will not occur in
the inshore area (i.e., inland from the mouth of the Strait of Juan de
Fuca).
ASW Training and Active Sonar
ASW involves helicopter and sea control aircraft, ships, and
submarines, operating alone or in combination, to locate, track, and
neutralize submarines. Various types of active and passive sonars are
used by the Navy to determine water depth, locate mines, and identify,
track, and target submarines. Passive sonar ``listens'' for sound waves
by using underwater microphones, called hydrophones, which receive,
amplify and process underwater sounds. No sound is introduced into the
water when using passive sonar. Passive sonar can indicate the
presence, character and movement of submarines. However, passive sonar
provides only a bearing (direction) to a sound-emitting source; it does
not provide an accurate range (distance) to the source. Also, passive
sonar relies on the underwater target itself to provide sufficient
sound to be detected by hydrophones. Active sonar is needed to locate
objects that emit little or no noise (such as mines or diesel-electric
submarines operating in electric mode) and to establish both bearing
and range to the detected contact.
Active sonar transmits pulses of sound that travel through the
water, reflect off objects and return to a receiver. By knowing the
speed of sound in water and the time taken for the sound wave to travel
to the object and back, active sonar systems can quickly calculate
direction and distance from the sonar platform to the underwater
object. There are three types of active sonar: low frequency, mid-
frequency, and high-frequency.
LFA sonar is not presently utilized in the NWTRC, and is not part
of the Proposed Action.
MFAS, as defined in the Navy's NWTRC LOA application, operates
between 1 and 10 kHz, with detection ranges up to 10 nm (19 km).
Because of this detection ranging capability, MFAS is the Navy's
primary tool for conducting ASW. Many ASW experiments and exercises
have demonstrated that this improved capability for long range
detection of adversary submarines before they are able to conduct an
attack is essential to U.S. ship survivability. Today, ASW is the
Navy's number one war-fighting priority. Navies across the world
utilize modern, quiet, diesel-electric submarines that pose the primary
threat to the U.S. Navy's ability to perform a number of critical
missions. Extensive training is necessary if Sailors, ships, and strike
groups are to gain proficiency in using MFAS. If a strike group does
not demonstrate MFAS proficiency, it cannot be certified as combat
ready.
HFAS, as defined in the Navy's NWTRC LOA application, operates at
frequencies greater than 10 kilohertz (kHz). At higher acoustic
frequencies, sound rapidly dissipates in the ocean environment,
resulting in short detection ranges, typically less than five nm (9
km). High-frequency sonar is used primarily for determining water
depth, hunting mines and guiding torpedoes.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW Exercises in the NWTRC
Modern sonar technology has developed a multitude of sonar sensor
and processing systems. In concept, the simplest active sonars emit
omni-directional pulses (``pings'') and time the arrival of the
reflected echoes from the target object to determine range. More
sophisticated active sonar emits an omni-directional ping and then
rapidly scans a steered receiving beam to provide directional, as well
as range, information. More advanced active sonars transmit multiple
preformed beams, listening to echoes from several directions
simultaneously and providing efficient detection of both direction and
range. The types of active sonar sources employed during ASW active
sonar training exercises in the NWTRC are identified in Table 1.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 33831]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP13JY09.140
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
ASW sonar systems are deployed from certain classes of surface
ships, submarines, and fixed-wing maritime patrol aircraft (MPA).
Maritime patrol aircraft is a category of fixed-wing aircraft that
includes the current P-3C Orion, and the future P-8 Poseidon
multimission maritime aircraft. No ASW helicopters train in the NWTRC.
The
[[Page 33832]]
surface ships used are typically equipped with hull-mounted sonars
(passive and active) for the detection of submarines. Fixed-wing MPA
are used to deploy both active and passive sonobuoys to assist in
locating and tracking submarines or ASW targets during the exercise.
Submarines are equipped with passive sonar sensors used to locate and
prosecute other submarines and/or surface ships during the exercise.
The platforms used in ASW exercises are identified below.
Surface Ship Sonars--A variety of surface ships participate in
training events. Of the ships that operate in the NWTRC, only two
classes employ MFAS: the Fast Frigate (FFG) and the Guided Missile
Destroyer (DDG). These two classes of ship are equipped with active as
well as passive tactical sonars for mine avoidance and submarine
detection and tracking. DDG class ships are equipped with the AN/SQS-
53C sonar system (the most powerful system), with a nominal source
level of 235 decibels (dB) re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m. The FFG class ship uses
the SQS-56 sonar system, with a nominal source level of 225 decibels
(dB) re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m. Sonar ping transmission durations were modeled
as lasting 1 second per ping and omni-directional, which is a
conservative assumption that will overestimate potential effects.
Actual ping durations will be less than 1 second. The AN/SQS-53C hull-
mounted sonar transmits at a center frequency of 3.5 kHz. The SQS-56
transmits at a center frequency of 7.5 kHz. Details concerning the
tactical use of specific frequencies and the repetition rate for the
sonar pings is classified but was modeled based on the required
tactical training setting.
Submarine Sonars--Submarine active sonars are not used for ASW
training in the NWTRC. However, the AN/BQS-15 sonar would be used for
mine detection training. The AN/BQS-15, installed on guided missile
nuclear submarines (SSGN) and fast attack nuclear submarines (SSN),
uses high frequency (> 10 kHz) active sonar to locate mine shapes. A
total of seven mine avoidance exercises would take place annually in
the NWTRC. Each exercise would last six hours, for a total of 42 hours
annually.
Aircraft Sonar Systems--Sonobuoys are the only aircraft sonar
systems that would operate in the NWTRC. Sonobuoys are deployed by MPAs
and are expendable devices used for the detection of submarines. Most
sonobuoys are passive, but some can generate active acoustic signals,
as well as listen passively. During ASW training, these systems' active
modes are used for localization of contacts and are not typically used
in primary search capacity. The AN/SSQ-62 Directional Command Activated
Sonobuoy System (DICASS) is the only MFAS sonobuoy used in the NWTRC.
Because no ASW helicopters train in the NWTRC, no dipping sonar system
is carried forward for any further analysis of effects.
Extended Echo Ranging and Improved Extended Echo Ranging (EER/IEER)
Systems--EER/IEER are airborne ASW systems used to conduct ``large
area'' searches for submarines. These systems are made up of airborne
avionics ASW acoustic processing and sonobuoy types that are deployed
in pairs. The EER/IEER System's active sonobuoy component, the AN/SSQ-
110A Sonobuoy, generates an explosive sound impulse and a passive
sonobuoy (ADAR, AN/SSQ-101A) would ``listen'' for the return echo that
has been bounced off the surface of a submarine. These sonobuoys are
designed to provide underwater acoustic data necessary for naval
aircrews to quickly and accurately detect submerged submarines. The
sonobuoy pairs are dropped from a maritime patrol aircraft into the
ocean in a predetermined pattern with a few buoys covering a very large
area. The AN/SSQ-110A Sonobuoy Series is an expendable and commandable
sonobuoy. Upon command from the aircraft, the explosive charge would
detonate, creating the sound impulse. Within the sonobuoy pattern, only
one detonation is commanded at a time. Twelve to twenty SSQ-110A source
sonobuoys are used in a typical exercise. Both charges of each sonobuoy
would be detonated during the course of the training, either tactically
to locate the submarine, or when the sonobuoys are commanded to scuttle
at the conclusion of the exercise. The AN/SSQ-110A is listed in this
table because it functions like a sonar ping, however, the source
creates an explosive detonation and its effects are considered in the
underwater explosive section.
Advanced Extended Echo Ranging (AEER) System--The proposed AEER
system is operationally similar to the existing EER/IEER system. The
AEER system will use the same ADAR sonobuoy (SSQ-101A) as the acoustic
receiver and will be used for a large area ASW search capability in
both shallow and deep water. However, instead of using an explosive AN/
SQS-110A as an impulsive source for the active acoustic wave, the AEER
system will use a battery powered (electronic) source for the AN/SSQ
125 sonobuoy. The output and operational parameters for the AN/SSQ-125
sonobuoy (source levels, frequency, wave forms, etc.) are classified.
However, this sonobuoy is intended to replace the EER/IEER's use of
explosives and is scheduled to enter the fleet in 2011. Acoustic impact
analysis for the AN/SSQ-125 in this document assumes a similar per-buoy
effect as that modeled for the DICASS sonobuoy. For purposes of
analysis, replacement of the EER/IEER system by the AEER system will be
assumed to occur at 25% per year as follows: 2011--25% replacement;
2012--50% replacement; 2013--75% replacement; 2014--100% replacement
with no further use of the EER/IEER system beginning in 2015 and
beyond.
Torpedoes--Torpedoes are the primary ASW weapon used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The guidance systems of these weapons
can be autonomous or electronically controlled from the launching
platform through an attached wire. The autonomous guidance systems are
acoustically based. They operate either passively, exploiting the
emitted sound energy by the target, or actively, ensonifying the target
and using the received echoes for guidance. The MK-48 submarine-
launched torpedo, used in its anti-surface ship mode, was modeled for
active sonar transmissions in Sinking Exercises conducted within the
NWTRC.
Portable Undersea Tracking Range--The Portable Undersea Tracking
Range (PUTR) has been developed to support ASW training in areas where
the ocean depth is between 300 ft and 12,000 ft and at least 3 nm from
land. This proposed project would temporarily instrument 25-square-mile
or smaller areas on the seafloor, and would provide high fidelity
feedback and scoring of crew performance during ASW training
activities. When training is complete, the PUTR equipment would be
recovered. All of the potential PUTR areas have been used for ASW
training for decades.
No on-shore construction would take place. Seven electronics
packages, each approximately 3 ft long by 2 ft in diameter, would be
temporarily installed on the seafloor by a range boat, in water depths
greater than 600 ft. The anchors used to keep the electronics packages
on the seafloor would be either concrete or sand bags, approximately
1.5 ft-by-1.5 ft and 300 pounds. Each package consists of a hydrophone
that receives pinger signals, and a transducer that sends an acoustic
``uplink'' of locating data to the range boat. The uplink signal is
transmitted at 8.8 kilohertz (kHz), 17 kHz, or 40 kHz, at a source
level of 190 decibels (dB). The Portable Undersea Tracking Range
[[Page 33833]]
system also incorporates an underwater voice capability that transmits
at 8-11 kHz and a source level of 190 dB. Each of these packages is
powered by a D cell alkaline battery. After the end of the battery
life, the electronic packages would be recovered and the anchors would
remain on the seafloor. The Navy proposes to deploy this system for 3
months of the year (approximately June-August), and to conduct TRACKEX
activities for 10 days per month in an area beyond 3 nm from shore.
During each of the 30 days of annual operation, the PUTR would be in
use for 5 hours each day. No additional ASW activity is proposed as a
result of PUTR use. Operation of this range requires that underwater
participants transmit their locations via pingers and that the
receiving transducers transmit that information the range boat via the
Uplink transmitter (see ``Range Tracking Pingers'' and uplink
transmitter ``below'').
Range Tracking Pingers--MK-84 range tracking pingers would be used
on ships, submarines, and ASW targets when ASW TRACKEX training is
conducted on the PUTR. The MK-84 pinger generates a 12.93 kHz sine wave
in pulses with a maximum duty cycle of 30 milliseconds (3% duty cycle)
and has a design power of 194 dB re 1 micro-Pascal at 1 meter. Although
the specific exercise, and number and type of participants will
determine the number of pingers in use at any time, a minimum of one
and a maximum of three pingers would be used for each ASW training
activity. On average, two pingers would be in use for 3 hours each
during PUTR operational days.
Uplink Transmitters--Each package consists of a hydrophone that
receives pinger signals, and a transducer that sends an acoustic
``uplink'' of locating data to the range boat. The uplink signal is
transmitted at 8.8 kilohertz (kHz), 17 kHz, or 40 kHz, at a source
level of 190 decibels (dB). The Portable Undersea Tracking Range system
also incorporates an underwater voice capability that transmits at 8-11
kHz and a source level of 190 dB. Under the proposed action, the uplink
transmitters would operate 30 days per year, for 5 hours each day of
use. The total time of use would be 150 hours annually.
Exercises Utilizing MFAS in the NWTRC
ASW Tracking Exercises are the exercises that primarily utilize
MFAS and HFAS sources in the NWTRC, although Mine Avoidance MIW
exercises also utilize a less powerful HFAS source. ASW Tracking
Exercise (TRACKEX) trains aircraft, ship, and submarine crews in
tactics, techniques, and procedures for search, detection,
localization, and tracking of submarines with the goal of determining a
firing solution that could be used to launch a torpedo and destroy the
submarine. ASW Tracking Exercises occur during both day and night. A
typical unit-level exercise involves one (1) ASW unit (aircraft, ship,
or submarine) versus one (1) target--either a MK-39 Expendable Mobile
ASW Training Target (EMATT), or a live submarine. The target may be
non-evading while operating on a specified track or fully evasive.
Participating units use active and passive sensors, including hull-
mounted sonar, towed arrays, and sonobuoys for tracking. If the
exercise continues into the firing of a practice torpedo it is termed a
Torpedo Exercise (TORPEX). The ASW TORPEX usually starts as a TRACKEX
to achieve the firing solution. No torpedoes are fired during ASW
training conducted in the NWTRC. The exercise types that utilize MFAS/
HFAS are described below and summarized in Table 2, which also includes
a summary of the exercise types utilizing explosives.
ASW TRACKEX (Maritime Patrol Aircraft)--During an ASW TRACKEX
(MPA), a typical scenario would involve a single MPA dropping
sonobuoys, from an altitude below 3,000 ft (914 m) above mean sea level
(MSL), and sometimes as low as 400 ft (122 m), into specific patterns
designed for both the anticipated threat submarine and the specific
water conditions. These patterns vary in size and coverage area based
on the threat and water conditions.
Typically, passive sonobuoys will be used first, so the threat
submarine is not alerted. Active buoys will be used as required either
to locate extremely quiet submarines, or to further localize and track
submarines previously detected by passive buoys. A TRACKEX (MPA)
usually takes two to four hours. The P-8 Multi-mission Maritime
Aircraft (MMA), a modified Boeing 737 that is the Navy's replacement
for the aging P-3 Orion aircraft, is a long-range aircraft that is
capable of broad-area, maritime and littoral activities. As P-8 live
training is expected to be supplemented with virtual training to a
greater degree than P-3 training, P-8 training activities in the NWTRC
are likely to be less numerous than those currently conducted by P-3
aircraft crews. P-3 replacement is expected to begin by 2013. None of
the potential marine mammal impacts associated with the P-3 aircraft
are expected to differ as a result of the P-3 being replaced by the
MMA.
ASW TRACKEX (EER/IEER or AEER)--This activity is an at-sea flying
event, typically conducted below 3,000 ft (914 m) MSL, that is designed
to train P-3 crews in the deployment and use of the EER/IEER (and in
the future, AEER) sonobuoy systems. These systems use the SSQ-110A as
the signal source and the SSQ-77 (VLAD) as the receiver buoy. The
signal source is a small explosive charge that detonates underwater.
The SSQ-110A sonobuoy has two charges, each being individually
detonated during the exercise. This activity typically lasts six hours,
with one hour for buoy pattern deployment and five hours for active
search. Between 12 and 20 SSQ-110A source sonobuoys and approximately
20 SSQ-77 passive sonobuoys are used in a typical exercise.
ASW TRACKEX (Surface Ship)--In the PACNW OPAREA, locally based
surface ships do not routinely conduct ASW Tracking exercises. However,
MFAS is used during ship transits through the OPAREA. In a typical
year, 24 DDG ship transits and 36 FFG transits will take place, with
1.5 hours of active sonar use during each transit. All surface ship
MFAS use is documented in this training activity description. 10% of
surface ship MFAS used in NWTRC is training associated with the PUTR.
ASW TRACKEX (Submarine)--ASW TRACKEX is a primary training exercise
for locally based submarines. Training is conducted within the NWTRC
and involves aircraft approximately 30% of the time. Training events in
which aircraft are used typically last 8 to 12 hours. During these
activities submarines use passive sonar sensors to search, detect,
classify, localize and track the threat submarine with the goal of
developing a firing solution that could be used to launch a torpedo and
destroy the threat submarine. However, no torpedoes are fired during
this training activity. All submarine ASW TRACKEX conducted in the
NWTRC is passive only; therefore, these activities are not carried
forward for any further analysis of effects. All aircraft ASW is
analyzed under ASW TRACKEX (MPA).
Mine Avoidance--Mine avoidance exercises train ship and submarine
crews to detect and avoid underwater mines. In the NWTRC, submarine
crews will use the AN/BQS-15 high frequency active sonar to locate mine
shapes in a training minefield in the PACNW OPAREA. A small-scale
underwater minefield will be added in the NWTRC for these exercises.
Each mine avoidance exercise involves one submarine operating the AN/
BQS-15 sonar for six hours to navigate through
[[Page 33834]]
the training minefield. A total of seven mine avoidance exercises will
occur in the NWTRC annually.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP13JY09.141
[[Page 33835]]
Activities Utilizing Underwater Detonations
Underwater detonation activities can occur at various depths
depending on the activity, but may also include activities which may
have detonations at or just below the surface (such as SINKEX or
gunnery exercise [GUNEX]). When the weapons hit the target, except for
live torpedo shots, there is no explosion in the water, and so a
``hit'' is not modeled (i.e., the energy (either acoustic or pressure)
from the hit is not expected to reach levels that would result in take
of marine mammals). When a live weapon misses, it is modeled as
exploding below the water surface at 1 ft (5-inch naval gunfire, 76mm
rounds), 2 meters (Maverick, Harpoon, MK-82, MK-83, MK-84), or 50-ft
(MK-48 torpedo) as shown in Appendix A of the Navy's application (the
depth is chosen to represent the worst case of the possible scenarios
as related to potential marine mammal impacts). Exercises may utilize
either live or inert ordnance of the types listed in Table 3.
Additionally, successful hit rates are known to the Navy and are
utilized in the effects modeling. Training events that involve
explosives and underwater detonations occur throughout the year and are
described below and summarized in Table 2. Of note, the only Inshore
Area exercises that use explosives are on EOD ranges described under
Mine Countermeasures (No more than 4 total detonations of 2.5 lb.
charges annually).
[[Page 33836]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP13JY09.142
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
Anti-Surface Warfare Training (ASUW)
Anti-Surface Warfare (ASUW) is the category of activity that
addresses combat (or interdiction) activities training by air, surface,
or submarine forces against hostile surface ships and boats. The ASUW
exercises conducted in NWTRC are described in the sections below.
Because all of the rounds used in GUNEX in the NWTRC are inert, no take
of marine mammals is anticipated to
[[Page 33837]]
result from the activity. However, a description is included here for
comparison and clarity as NMFS has authorized take of marine mammals
incidental to these activities in the past when explosive rounds were
used instead of inert rounds.
Air-to-Surface Bombing Exercise--During an Air-to-Surface Bombing
Exercise (BOMBEX A-S), fixed-wing aircraft deliver bombs against
simulated surface maritime targets, typically a smoke float, with the
goal of destroying or disabling enemy ships or boats. MPA use bombs to
attack surfaced submarines and surface craft that would not present a
major threat to the MPA itself. A single MPA approaches the target at a
low altitude. In most training exercises, the aircrew drops inert
training ordnance, such as the Bomb Dummy Unit (BDU-45) on a MK-58
smoke float used as the target. Historically, ordnance has been
released throughout W-237 (off WA State), just south of W-237, and in
international waters in accordance with international laws, rules, and
regulations. Annually, 120 pieces of ordnance, consisting of 10 MK-82
live bombs and 110 BDU 45 inert bombs, are dropped in the NWTRC. In
accordance with the regulations for the Olympic Coast National Marine
Sanctuary (OCNMS) the Navy dos not conduct live bombing in the
sanctuary. Each BOMBEX A-S can take up to 4 hours to complete.
Sinking Exercise--A Sinking Exercise (SINKEX) is typically
conducted by aircraft, surface ships, and submarines in order to take
advantage of a full size ship target and an opportunity to fire live
weapons. The target is typically a decommissioned combatant or merchant
ship that has been made environmentally safe for sinking. In accordance
with EPA permits, it is towed out to sea (at least 50 nm [92.6 km]) and
set adrift at the SINKEX location in deep water (at least 1,000 fathoms
[6,000 feet]) where it will not be a navigation hazard to other
shipping. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) granted the
Department of the Navy a general permit through the Marine Protection,
Research, and Sanctuaries Act to transport vessels ``for the purpose of
sinking such vessels in ocean waters * * *'' (40 CFR Part 229.2).
Subparagraph (a)(3) of this regulation states ``All such vessel
sinkings shall be conducted in water at least 1,000 fathoms (6,000
feet) deep and at least 50 nautical miles from land.''
Ship, aircraft, and submarine crews typically are scheduled to
attack the target with coordinated tactics and deliver live ordnance to
sink the target. Inert ordnance is often used during the first stages
of the event so that the target may be available for a longer time. The
duration of a SINKEX is unpredictable because it ends when the target
sinks, but the goal is to give all forces involved in the exercise an
opportunity to deliver their live ordnance. Sometimes the target will
begin to sink immediately after the first weapon impact and sometimes
only after multiple impacts by a variety of weapons. Typically, the
exercise lasts 4 to 8 hours, especially if inert ordnance such as 5-
inch gun projectiles or MK-76 dummy bombs are used during the first
hours. In the worst case of maximum exposure, the following ordnance
are all expended (in the indicated amounts): MK82 Live Bomb (4); MK83
Live Bomb (4); MK84 Live Bomb (4); HARM Missile (2); AGM-114 Hellfire
Missile (1); M-65 Maverick Missile (3); M-84 Harpoon Missile (3); AM ER
Missile (1); 5 in/62 Shell (500); 76 mm Shell (200); 48 ADCAP Torpedo
(1). If the hulk is not sunk by weapons, it will be sunk by Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD) personnel setting off demolition charges
previously placed on the ship. Since the target may sink at any time
during the exercise, the actual number of weapons used can vary widely.
Surface-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise--Surface-to-Surface Gunnery
Exercises (S-S GUNEX) take place in the open ocean to provide gunnery
practice for Navy ship crews. Exercises can involve a variety of
surface targets that are either stationary or maneuverable. Gun systems
employed against surface targets include the 5, 76 mm, 57
mm, .50 caliber and the 7.62 mm. A GUNEX lasts approximately one to two
hours, depending on target services and weather conditions. All rounds
fired are inert, containing no explosives.
Mine Warfare Training (MIW)
Mine Warfare Training includes Mine Countermeasures and Mine
Avoidance. Mine Avoidance includes use of an active sonar source
(although in very small amounts) and, therefore, was addressed in the
appropriate section previously. Because of the location of the EOD
ranges, the very limited use of explosives (4 individual explosions)
proposed annually for these Mine Countermeasure exercises, and the
likely effectiveness of the mitigation (e.g., marine mammal take is
only expected within 180 m of the impact area, which is well within the
shutdown zone of 700 yds from the point of impact), take of marine
mammals is not anticipated to occur in the NWTRC. However, a
description is included here for comparison as NMFS has authorized take
of marine mammals incidental to these activities in other areas where
the amount of activity is significantly greater.
Mine Countermeasures--Naval EOD personnel require proficiency in
underwater mine neutralization. Mine neutralization activities consist
of underwater demolitions designed to train personnel in the
destruction of mines, unexploded ordnance (UXO), obstacles, or other
structures in an area to prevent interference with friendly or neutral
forces and non-combatants. EOD units conduct underwater demolition
training in Crescent Harbor Underwater EOD Range, Indian Island
Underwater EOD Range, and Floral Point Underwater EOD Range. A 2.5 lb
(1.1 kg) charge of C-4 is used, consisting of one surface or one
subsurface detonation. No more than two detonations will take place
annually at Crescent Harbor, and no more than one each at Indian Island
and Floral Point. The total duration of the exercise is four hours for
an underwater detonation and one hour for a surface detonation. Small
boats such as the MK-5 Combat Rubber Raiding Craft and MK-7, or 9
(meters in length, respectively) Rigid Hull Inflatable Boats (RHIB) are
used to insert personnel for underwater activities and either a
helicopter (H-60) or RHIB is used for insertion for surface activities.
Vessel Movement
The operation and movement of vessels that is necessary to conduct
the training described above is also analyzed here. Training exercises
involving vessel movements occur intermittently and are variable in
duration, ranging from a few hours up to 2 weeks. During training,
speeds vary and depend on the specific type of activity, although 10-14
knots is considered the typical speed. Approximately 490 training
activities that involve Navy vessels occur within the Study Area during
a typical year. Training activities are widely dispersed throughout the
large OPAREA, which encompasses 122,468 nm\2\ (420,054 km\2\).
Consequently, the density of Navy ships within the Study Area at any
given time is low.
Research, Development, Testing, and Evaluation
RDT&E proposed in this action is limited to Unmanned Aerial Systems
(UAS) activities, the use of which is not anticipated to result in the
take of marine mammals because it utilizes small, relatively quiet
airborne, not undersea, gliders. Undersea RDT&E in the Pacific
Northwest is conducted at
[[Page 33838]]
the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Keyport range and is analyzed in
the NAVSEA Naval Undersea Warfare Center (NUWC) Keyport Range Extension
EIS/OEIS.
Additional information on the Navy's proposed activities may be
found in the LOA Application and the Navy's NWTRC DEIS.
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activities
The California Current passes through the NWTRC, creating a mixing
of temperate and tropical waters, thereby making this area one of the
most productive ocean systems in the world (Department of the Navy
[DoN], 2002a). Because of this productive environment, there is a rich
marine mammal fauna, as evidenced in abundance and species diversity
(Leatherwood et al., 1988; Bonnell and Dailey, 1993). In addition to
many marine mammal species that live here year-round and use the
region's coasts and islands for breeding and hauling out, there is a
community of seasonal residents and migrants. The narrow continental
shelf along the Pacific coast and the presence of the cold California
Current sweeping down from Alaska allows cold-water marine mammal
species to reach nearshore waters as far south as Baja California.
Thirty-three marine mammal species or populations/stocks have
confirmed or possible occurrence within the NWTRC, including six
species of baleen whales (mysticetes), 21 species of toothed whales
(odontocetes), five species of seals and sea lions (pinnipeds), and the
sea otter (mustelids). Table 4 summarizes their abundance, Endangered
Species Act (ESA) status, population trends, and occurrence in the
area. Most of these species are listed as ``common'' in the table,
indicating that they occur routinely, either year-round or during
annual migrations into or through the area. The other species are
indicated as ``rare'' because of sporadic sightings or as ``very rare''
because they have been documented once or twice as appearing outside
their normal range. All of the species that occur in the NWTRC are
either cosmopolitan (occur worldwide), or associated with the temperate
and sub-Arctic oceans (Leatherwood et al., 1988). Seven of the species
are ESA-listed and considered depleted under the MMPA: Blue whale; fin
whale; humpback whale; sei whale; sperm whale; southern resident killer
whale; and Steller sea lion.
Temperate and warm-water toothed whales often change their
distribution and abundance as oceanographic conditions vary both
seasonally (Forney and Barlow, 1998) and inter-annually (Forney, 2000).
Forney and Barlow (1998) noted significant north/south shifts in
distribution for Dall's porpoises, common dolphins, and Pacific white-
sided dolphins, and they identified significant inshore/offshore
differences for northern right whale dolphins and humpback whales.
Several authors have noted the impact of the El Ni[ntilde]o events of
1982/1983 and 1997/1998 on marine mammal occurrence patterns and
population dynamics in the waters off California (Wells et al., 1990;
Forney and Barlow, 1998; Benson et al., 2002).
The distribution of some marine mammal species is based on the
presence of salmon, an important prey source. Seals and sea lions
congregate near areas where migrating salmon run. For example, in the
San Juan Islands, harbor seals (Phoca vitulina richardii) congregate
near a constricted channel where incoming tidal currents funnel
migrating salmon (Zamon, 2001). In Oregon, harbor seals wait for chum
salmon runs during the incoming tide near a constriction in Netarts Bay
(Brown and Mat, 1983). During the summer, southern resident killer
whales (Orcinus orca) congregate at locations associated with high
densities of migrating salmon (Heimlich-Boran, 1986; Nichol and
Shackleton, 1996; Olson, 1998; National Marine Fisheries Service
[NMFS], 2005i). Their strong preference for Chinook salmon may
influence the year-round distribution patterns of southern resident
killer whales in the NWTRC (Ford and Ellis, 2005).
The Navy has compiled information on the abundance, behavior,
status and distribution, and vocalizations of marine mammal species in
the NWTRC waters from the Navy Marine Resource Assessment for NWTRC
(which was recently updated, during the development of the application
for this rule, based on peer-reviewed literature and government reports
such as NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports) and marine mammal experts
engaged in current research utilizing tagging and tracking. This
information may be viewed in the Navy's LOA application and/or the
Navy's DEIS for NWTRC (see Availability), and is incorporated by
reference herein. Included below, however, are summaries of some
important biological issues that are needed to further inform the MMPA
effects analysis. Additional information is available in NMFS Stock
Assessment Reports, which may be viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/species.htm.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 33839]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP13JY09.143
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
Species Not Considered Further
The North Pacific right whale is classified as endangered under the
ESA. Although there is designated critical habitat for this species in
the western Gulf of Alaska and an area in the southeastern Bering Sea
(NMFS, 2006), there is no designated critical habitat for this species
within the NWTRC. Census data are too limited to suggest a population
trend for this species. In the western North Pacific, the population
may number in the low hundreds (Brownell et al., 2001; Clapham et al.,
2004). The eastern population likely now numbers in the tens of
animals. Right whales were probably never common along the west coast
of North America (Scarff, 1986; Brownell et al., 2001). Historical
whaling records provide the most complete information on likely North
Pacific right whale
[[Page 33840]]
distribution. Presently, sightings are extremely rare, occurring
primarily in the Okhotsk Sea and the eastern Bering Sea (Brownell et
al., 2001; Shelden et al., 2005; Shelden and Clapham, 2006; Wade et
al., 2006). There were no sightings of North Pacific right whales
during ship surveys conducted off California, Oregon, and Washington
from 1991 through 2005 (Barlow and Forney, 2007), although recent
deployment of directional sonobuoys (focused on the gunshot call) in
the southeastern Bering Sea has resulted in multiple recordings of the
rarely detected marine mammals (Berchok et al., 2009). The area of
densest concentration in the Gulf of Alaska is east from 170[deg] W to
150[deg] W and south to 52[deg] N (Shelden and Clapham, 2006). Based
upon the extremely low probability of encountering this species
anywhere in the coastal and offshore waters in the NWTRC, this species
will not be included in this analysis.
Designated Critical Habitat
Southern Resident Killer Whale
NMFS designated critical habitat for the southern resident killer
whale (Orcinus orca) distinct population segment (DPS). Three specific
areas (which comprise approximately 2,560 square miles (6,630 sq km) of
marine habitat) are designated:
(1) The Summer Core Area in Haro Strait and waters around the San
Juan Islands--Occurrence of Southern Residents in Area 1 coincides with
concentrations of salmon, and is more consistent and concentrated in
the summer months of June through August, though they have been sighted
in Area 1 during every month of the year;
(2) Puget Sound--southern resident killer whale occurrence in Area
2 has been correlated with fall salmon runs; and
(3) The Strait of Juan de Fuca--All pods regularly use the Strait
of Juan de Fuca for passage from Areas 1 and 2 to outside waters in the
Pacific Ocean and to access outer coastal water feeding grounds.
The designated physical and biological features which are essential
to the conservation of southern resident killer whales and that may
require special management considerations or protection (Primary
Constituent Elements/PCEs) are as follows:
(1) Water quality to support growth and development--Because of
their long life span, position at the top of the food chain, and their
blubber stores, southern resident killer whales accumulate high
concentrations of contaminants;
(2) Prey species of sufficient quantity, quality and availability
to support individual growth, reproduction and development, as well as
overall population growth--Fish are the major dietary component of
southern resident killer whales in the northeastern Pacific. Salmon
comprise the southern resident killer whales' preferred prey, and are
likely consumed in large amounts; and
(3) Passage conditions to allow for migration, resting, and
foraging--In order to move between important habitat areas, find prey,
and fulfill other life history requirements, southern resident killer
whales require open waterways that are free from obstruction.
As noted previously, the Navy's proposed action does not include
the use of MFAS/HFAS in southern resident killer whale critical
habitat, and explosive use is limited to four detonations of 2.5-lb
charges annually in EOD exercises.
Steller Sea Lion
In California and Oregon, major Steller sea lion rookeries and
associated air and aquatic zones are designated as critical habitat.
Critical habitat includes an air zone extending 3,000 ft above rookery
areas historically occupied by sea lions and an aquatic zone extending
3,000 seaward. Three rookeries located along the southern Oregon Coast
have been designated as critical habitat sites in the NWTRC. These
include: Orford Reef (Long Brown Rock); Oxrord Reef (Seal Rock); Rogue
Reef (Pyramid Rock). The PCEs for Steller sea lions are: Nearshore
waters around rookeries and haulouts and prey resources and foraging
habitats.
Gray Whale Migration
The gray whale makes a well-defined seasonal north-south migration.
Most of the population summers in the shallow waters of the northern
Bering Sea, the Chukchi Sea, and the western Beaufort Sea (Rice and
Wolman, 1971), whereas some individuals also summer along the Pacific
coast from Vancouver Island to central California (Rice and Wolman,
1971; Darling 1984; Nerini, 1984). In October and November, the whales
begin to migrate southeast through Unimak Pass and follow the shoreline
south to breeding grounds on the west coast of Baja California and the
southeastern Gulf of California (Braham, 1984; Rugh, 1984). The average
gray whale migrates 7,500-10,000 km at a rate of 147 km/d (Rugh et al.,
2001; Jones and Swartz, 2002). Although some calves are born along the
coast of California, most are born in the shallow, protected waters on
the Pacific coast of Baja California from Morro de Santo Domingo
(28[deg] N) south to Isla Creciente (24[deg] N) (Urban et al., 2003).
The main calving sites are Laguna Guerrero Negro, Laguna Ojo de Liebre,
Laguna San Ignacio, and Estero Soledad (Rice et al., 1981).
Gray whales occur in the Pacific Northwest OPAREA and Puget Sound
throughout the year. In addition, larger numbers of migratory animals
transit along the coast of Washington, Oregon, and California during
migrations between breeding and feeding grounds. Peak sightings in the
NWTRC during the southbound migration occur in January (Rugh et al.,
2001). There are two phases of the northbound migration, including an
early phase from mid-February through April and a later phase, which
consists of mostly cows and calves, from late April through May
(Herzing and Mate, 1984).
Marine Mammal Hearing and Vocalizations
Cetaceans have an auditory anatomy that follows the basic mammalian
pattern, with some changes to adapt to the demands of hearing in the
sea. The typical mammalian ear is divided into an outer ear, middle
ear, and inner ear. The outer ear is separated from the inner ear by a
tympanic membrane, or eardrum. In terrestrial mammals, the outer ear,
eardrum, and middle ear transmit airborne sound to the inner ear, where
the sound waves are propagated through the cochlear fluid. Since the
impedance of water is close to that of the tissues of a cetacean, the
outer ear is not required to transduce sound energy as it does when
sound waves travel from air to fluid (inner ear). Sound waves traveling
through the inner ear cause the basilar membrane to vibrate.
Specialized cells, called hair cells, respond to the vibration and
produce nerve pulses that are transmitted to the central nervous
system. Acoustic energy causes the basilar membrane in the cochlea to
vibrate. Sensory cells at different positions along the basilar
membrane are excited by different frequencies of sound (Pickles, 1998).
Baleen whales have inner ears that appear to be specialized for low-
frequency hearing. Conversely, dolphins and porpoises have ears that
are specialized to hear high frequencies.
Marine mammal vocalizations often extend both above and below the
range of human hearing; vocalizations with frequencies lower than 18
Hertz (Hz) are labeled as infrasonic and those higher than 20 kHz as
ultrasonic (National Research Council [NRC], 2003; Figure 4-1).
Measured data on the hearing
[[Page 33841]]
abilities of cetaceans are sparse, particularly for the larger
cetaceans such as the baleen whales. The auditory thresholds of some of
the smaller odontocetes have been determined in captivity. It is
generally believed that cetaceans should at least be sensitive to the
frequencies of their own vocalizations. Comparisons of the anatomy of
cetacean inner ears and models of the structural properties and the
response to vibrations of the ear's components in different species
provide an indication of likely sensitivity to various sound
frequencies. The ears of small toothed whales are optimized for
receiving high-frequency sound, while baleen whale inner ears are best
in low to infrasonic frequencies (Ketten, 1992; 1997; 1998).
Baleen whale vocalizations are composed primarily of frequencies
below 1 kHz, and some contain fundamental frequencies as low as 16 Hz
(Watkins et al., 1987; Richardson et al., 1995; Rivers, 1997; Moore et
al., 1998; Stafford et al., 1999; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999) but can be
as high as 24 kHz (humpback whale; Au et al., 2006). Clark and Ellison
(2004) suggested that baleen whales use low frequency sounds not only
for long-range communication, but also as a simple form of echo
ranging, using echoes to navigate and orient relative to physical
features of the ocean. Information on auditory function in mysticetes
is extremely lacking. Sensitivity to low-frequency sound by baleen
whales has been inferred from observed vocalization frequencies,
observed reactions to playback of sounds, and anatomical analyses of
the auditory system. Although there is apparently much variation, the
source levels of most baleen whale vocalizations lie in the range of
150-190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at 1 m. Low-frequency vocalizations made by
baleen whales and their corresponding auditory anatomy suggest that
they have good low-frequency hearing (Ketten, 2000), although specific
data on sensitivity, frequency or intensity discrimination, or
localization abilities are lacking. Marine mammals, like all mammals,
have typical U-shaped audiograms that begin with relatively low
sensitivity (high threshold) at some specified low frequency with
increased sensitivity (low threshold) to a species specific optimum
followed by a generally steep rise at higher frequencies (high
threshold) (Fay, 1988).
The toothed whales produce a wide variety of sounds, which include
species-specific broadband ``clicks'' with peak energy between 10 and
200 kHz, individually variable ``burst pulse'' click trains, and
constant frequency or frequency-modulated (FM) whistles ranging from 4
to 16 kHz (Wartzok and Ketten, 1999). The general consensus is that the
tonal vocalizations (whistles) produced by toothed whales play an
important role in maintaining contact between dispersed individuals,
while broadband clicks are used during echolocation (Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999). Burst pulses have also been strongly implicated in
communication, with some scientists suggesting that they play an
important role in agonistic encounters (McCowan and Reiss, 1995), while
others have proposed that they represent ``emotive'' signals in a
broader sense, possibly representing graded communication signals
(Herzing, 1996). Sperm whales, however, are known to produce only
clicks, which are used for both communication and echolocation
(Whitehead, 2003). Most of the energy of toothed whales social
vocalizations is concentrated near 10 kHz, with source levels for
whistles as high as 100-180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at 1 m (Richardson et al.,
1995). No odontocete has been shown audiometrically to have acute
hearing (<80 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) below 500 Hz (DoN, 2001). Sperm whales
produce clicks, which may be used to echolocate (Mullins et al., 1988),
with a frequency range from less than 100 Hz to 30 kHz and source
levels up to 230 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 1 m or greater (Mohl et al., 2000).
Table 5 includes a summary of the vocalizations of the species
found in the NWTRC. The ``Brief Background on Sound'' section contained
a description of the functional hearing groups designated by Southall
et al., (2007), which includes the functional hearing range of various
marine mammal groups (i.e., what frequencies that can actually hear).
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Understanding the distribution and abundance of a particular marine
mammal species or stock is necessary to analyze the potential impacts
of an action on that species or stock. Further, in order to assess
quantitatively the likely acoustic impacts of a potential action on
individuals and to estimate take it is necessary to know the density of
the animals in the affected area. Density estimates for cetaceans were
obtained from the Marine Mammal and Sea Turtle Density Estimates for
the Pacific Northwest Study Area (DoN, 2007a). The abundance of most
cetaceans was derived from shipboard surveys conducted by the Southwest
Fisheries Science Center in 1991, 1993, 1996, 2001, and 2005 (Barlow,
1995; Barlow, 2003; Barlow and Forney, 2007). These estimates are used
to develop NMFS Stock Assessment Reports (Carretta et al., 2007);
interpret the impacts of human-caused mortality associated with fishery
bycatch, ship strikes, and other sources; and evaluate the ecological
role of cetaceans in the eastern North Pacific. In the density study,
predictive species-habitat models were built for species with
sufficient numbers of sightings to estimate densities for the NWTRC
(described in detail Appendix B of the Navy's application). For species
with insufficient numbers of sightings, density estimates were obtained
from Barlow and Forney (2007).
There are limited depth distribution data for most marine mammals.
This is especially true for cetaceans, as they must be tagged at-sea
and by using a tag that either must be implanted in the skin/blubber in
some manner or adhere to the skin. There is slightly more data for some
pinnipeds, as they can be tagged while on shore during breeding or
molting seasons and the tags can be glued to the pelage rather than
implanted. There are a few different methodologies/techniques that can
be used to determine depth distribution perc